Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

Modeling and numerical studies of high-precision laser powder bed fusion

Yi Wei ;Genyu Chen;Nengru Tao;Wei Zhou
https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0191504

In order to comprehensively reveal the evolutionary dynamics of the molten pool and the state of motion of the fluid during the high-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) process, this study aims to deeply investigate the specific manifestations of the multiphase flow, solidification phenomena, and heat transfer during the process by means of numerical simulation methods. Numerical simulation models of SS316L single-layer HP-LPBF formation with single and double tracks were constructed using the discrete element method and the computational fluid dynamics method. The effects of various factors such as Marangoni convection, surface tension, vapor recoil, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool have been paid attention to during the model construction process. The results show that the molten pool exhibits a “comet” shape, in which the temperature gradient at the front end of the pool is significantly larger than that at the tail end, with the highest temperature gradient up to 1.69 × 108 K/s. It is also found that the depth of the second track is larger than that of the first one, and the process parameter window has been determined preliminarily. In addition, the application of HP-LPBF technology helps to reduce the surface roughness and minimize the forming size.

Topics

Heat transferNonequilibrium thermodynamicsSolidification processComputer simulationDiscrete element methodLasersMass transferFluid mechanicsComputational fluid dynamicsMultiphase flows

I. INTRODUCTION

Laser powder bed fusion (LPBF) has become a research hotspot in the field of additive manufacturing of metals due to its advantages of high-dimensional accuracy, good surface quality, high density, and high material utilization.1,2 With the rapid development of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics, the demand for microfabrication technology is increasing day by day.3 High-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) is one of the key manufacturing technologies for tiny parts in the fields of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics because of its process characteristics such as small focal spot diameter, small powder particle size, and thin powder layup layer thickness.4–13 Compared with LPBF, HP-LPBF has the significant advantages of smaller focal spot diameter, smaller powder particle size, and thinner layer thickness. These advantages make HP-LPBF perform better in producing micro-fine parts, high surface quality, and parts with excellent mechanical properties.

HP-LPBF is in the exploratory stage, and researchers have already done some exploratory studies on the focal spot diameter, the amount of defocusing, and the powder particle size. In order to explore the influence of changing the laser focal spot diameter on the LPBF process characteristics of the law, Wildman et al.14 studied five groups of different focal spot diameter LPBF forming 316L stainless steel (SS316L) processing effect, the smallest focal spot diameter of 26 μm, and the results confirm that changing the focal spot diameter can be achieved to achieve the energy control, so as to control the quality of forming. Subsequently, Mclouth et al.15 proposed the laser out-of-focus amount (focal spot diameter) parameter, which characterizes the distance between the forming plane and the laser focal plane. The laser energy density was controlled by varying the defocusing amount while keeping the laser parameters constant. Sample preparation at different focal positions was investigated, and their microstructures were characterized. The results show that the samples at the focal plane have finer microstructure than those away from the focal plane, which is the effect of higher power density and smaller focal spot diameter. In order to explore the influence of changing the powder particle size on the characteristics of the LPBF process, Qian et al.16 carried out single-track scanning simulations on powder beds with average powder particle sizes of 70 and 40 μm, respectively, and the results showed that the melt tracks sizes were close to each other under the same process parameters for the two particle-size distributions and that the molten pool of powder beds with small particles was more elongated and the edges of the melt tracks were relatively flat. In order to explore the superiority of HP-LPBF technology, Xu et al.17 conducted a comparative analysis of HP-LPBF and conventional LPBF of SS316L. The results showed that the average surface roughness of the top surface after forming by HP-LPBF could reach 3.40 μm. Once again, it was verified that HP-LPBF had higher forming quality than conventional LPBF. On this basis, Wei et al.6 comparatively analyzed the effects of different laser focal spot diameters on different powder particle sizes formed by LPBF. The results showed that the smaller the laser focal spot diameter, the fewer the defects on the top and side surfaces. The above research results confirm that reducing the laser focal spot diameter can obtain higher energy density and thus better forming quality.

LPBF involves a variety of complex systems and mechanisms, and the final quality of the part is influenced by a large number of process parameters.18–24 Some research results have shown that there are more than 50 factors affecting the quality of the specimen. The influencing factors are mainly categorized into three main groups: (1) laser parameters, (2) powder parameters, and (3) equipment parameters, which interact with each other to determine the final specimen quality. With the continuous development of technologies such as computational materials science and computational fluid dynamics (CFD), the method of studying the influence of different factors on the forming quality of LPBF forming process has been shifted from time-consuming and laborious experimental characterization to the use of numerical simulation methods. As a result, more and more researchers are adopting this approach for their studies. Currently, numerical simulation studies on LPBF are mainly focused on the exploration of molten pool, temperature distribution, and residual stresses.

  1. Finite element simulation based on continuum mechanics and free surface fluid flow modeling based on fluid dynamics are two common approaches to study the behavior of LPBF molten pool.25–28 Finite element simulation focuses on the temperature and thermal stress fields, treats the powder bed as a continuum, and determines the molten pool size by plotting the elemental temperature above the melting point. In contrast, fluid dynamics modeling can simulate the 2D or 3D morphology of the metal powder pile and obtain the powder size and distribution by certain algorithms.29 The flow in the molten pool is mainly affected by recoil pressure and the Marangoni effect. By simulating the molten pool formation, it is possible to predict defects, molten pool shape, and flow characteristics, as well as the effect of process parameters on the molten pool geometry.30–34 In addition, other researchers have been conducted to optimize the laser processing parameters through different simulation methods and experimental data.35–46 Crystal growth during solidification is studied to further understand the effect of laser parameters on dendritic morphology and solute segregation.47–54 A multi-scale system has been developed to describe the fused deposition process during 3D printing, which is combined with the conductive heat transfer model and the dendritic solidification model.55,56
  2. Relevant scholars have adopted various different methods for simulation, such as sequential coupling theory,57 Lagrangian and Eulerian thermal models,58 birth–death element method,25 and finite element method,59 in order to reveal the physical phenomena of the laser melting process and optimize the process parameters. Luo et al.60 compared the LPBF temperature field and molten pool under double ellipsoidal and Gaussian heat sources by ANSYS APDL and found that the diffusion of the laser energy in the powder significantly affects the molten pool size and the temperature field.
  3. The thermal stresses obtained from the simulation correlate with the actual cracks,61 and local preheating can effectively reduce the residual stresses.62 A three-dimensional thermodynamic finite element model investigated the temperature and stress variations during laser-assisted fabrication and found that powder-to-solid conversion increases the temperature gradient, stresses, and warpage.63 Other scholars have predicted residual stresses and part deflection for LPBF specimens and investigated the effects of deposition pattern, heat, laser power, and scanning strategy on residual stresses, noting that high-temperature gradients lead to higher residual stresses.64–67 

In short, the process of LPBF forming SS316L is extremely complex and usually involves drastic multi-scale physicochemical changes that will only take place on a very small scale. Existing literature employs DEM-based mesoscopic-scale numerical simulations to investigate the effects of process parameters on the molten pool dynamics of LPBF-formed SS316L. However, a few studies have been reported on the key mechanisms of heating and solidification, spatter, and convective behavior of the molten pool of HP-LPBF-formed SS316L with small laser focal spot diameters. In this paper, the geometrical properties of coarse and fine powder particles under three-dimensional conditions were first calculated using DEM. Then, numerical simulation models for single-track and double-track cases in the single-layer HP-LPBF forming SS316L process were developed at mesoscopic scale using the CFD method. The flow genesis of the melt in the single-track and double-track molten pools is discussed, and their 3D morphology and dimensional characteristics are discussed. In addition, the effects of laser process parameters, powder particle size, and laser focal spot diameter on the temperature field, characterization information, and defects in the molten pool are discussed.

II. MODELING

A. 3D powder bed modeling

HP-LPBF is an advanced processing technique for preparing target parts layer by layer stacking, the process of which involves repetitive spreading and melting of powders. In this process, both the powder spreading and the morphology of the powder bed are closely related to the results of the subsequent melting process, while the melted surface also affects the uniform distribution of the next layer of powder. For this reason, this chapter focuses on the modeling of the physical action during the powder spreading process and the theory of DEM to establish the numerical model of the powder bed, so as to lay a solid foundation for the accuracy of volume of fluid (VOF) and CFD.

1. DEM

DEM is a numerical technique for calculating the interaction of a large number of particles, which calculates the forces and motions of the spheres by considering each powder sphere as an independent unit. The motion of the powder particles follows the laws of classical Newtonian mechanics, including translational and rotational,38,68–70 which are expressed as follows:����¨=���+∑��ij,

(1)����¨=∑�(�ij×�ij),

(2)

where �� is the mass of unit particle i in kg, ��¨ is the advective acceleration in m/s2, And g is the gravitational acceleration in m/s2. �ij is the force in contact with the neighboring particle � in N. �� is the rotational inertia of the unit particle � in kg · m2. ��¨ is the unit particle � angular acceleration in rad/s2. �ij is the vector pointing from unit particle � to the contact point of neighboring particle �⁠.

Equations (1) and (2) can be used to calculate the velocity and angular velocity variations of powder particles to determine their positions and velocities. A three-dimensional powder bed model of SS316L was developed using DEM. The powder particles are assumed to be perfect spheres, and the substrate and walls are assumed to be rigid. To describe the contact between the powder particles and between the particles and the substrate, a non-slip Hertz–Mindlin nonlinear spring-damping model71 was used with the following expression:�hz=��������+��[(�����ij−�eff����)−(�����+�eff����)],

(3)

where �hz is the force calculated using the Hertzian in M. �� and �� are the radius of unit particles � and � in m, respectively. �� is the overlap size of the two powder particles in m. ��⁠, �� are the elastic constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �ij is the unit vector connecting the centerlines of the two powder particles. �eff is the effective mass of the two powder particles in kg. �� and �� are the viscoelastic damping constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �� and �� are the components of the relative velocities of the two powder particles. ��� is the displacement vector between two spherical particles. The schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles is shown in Fig. 1.

FIG. 1.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles.

Because the particle size of the powder used for HP-LPBF is much smaller than 100 μm, the effect of van der Waals forces must be considered. Therefore, the cohesive force �jkr of the Hertz–Mindlin model was used instead of van der Waals forces,72 with the following expression:�jkr=−4��0�*�1.5+4�*3�*�3,

(4)1�*=(1−��2)��+(1−��2)��,

(5)1�*=1��+1��,

(6)

where �* is the equivalent Young’s modulus in GPa; �* is the equivalent particle radius in m; �0 is the surface energy of the powder particles in J/m2; α is the contact radius in m; �� and �� are the Young’s modulus of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively, in GPa; and �� and �� are the Poisson’s ratio of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively.

2. Model building

Figure 2 shows a 3D powder bed model generated using DEM with a coarse powder geometry of 1000 × 400 × 30 μm3. The powder layer thickness is 30 μm, and the powder bed porosity is 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 31.7 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 15–53 μm. The geometry of the fine powder was 1000 × 400 × 20 μm3, with a layer thickness of 20 μm, and the powder bed porosity of 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 11.5 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 5–25 μm. After the 3D powder bed model is generated, it needs to be imported into the CFD simulation software for calculation, and the imported geometric model is shown in Fig. 3. This geometric model is mainly composed of three parts: protective gas, powder bed, and substrate. Under the premise of ensuring the accuracy of the calculation, the mesh size is set to 3 μm, and the total number of coarse powder meshes is 1 704 940. The total number of fine powder meshes is 3 982 250.

FIG. 2.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Three-dimensional powder bed model: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

FIG. 3.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Geometric modeling of the powder bed computational domain: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

B. Modeling of fluid mechanics simulation

In order to solve the flow, melting, and solidification problems involved in HP-LPBF molten pool, the study must follow the three governing equations of conservation of mass, conservation of energy, and conservation of momentum.73 The VOF method, which is the most widely used in fluid dynamics, is used to solve the molten pool dynamics model.

1. VOF

VOF is a method for tracking the free interface between the gas and liquid phases on the molten pool surface. The core idea of the method is to define a volume fraction function F within each grid, indicating the proportion of the grid space occupied by the material, 0 ≤ F ≤ 1 in Fig. 4. Specifically, when F = 0, the grid is empty and belongs to the gas-phase region; when F = 1, the grid is completely filled with material and belongs to the liquid-phase region; and when 0 < F < 1, the grid contains free surfaces and belongs to the mixed region. The direction normal to the free surface is the direction of the fastest change in the volume fraction F (the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction), and the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction can be calculated from the values of the volume fractions in the neighboring grids.74 The equations controlling the VOF are expressed as follows:𝛻����+�⋅(��→)=0,

(7)

where t is the time in s and �→ is the liquid velocity in m/s.

FIG. 4.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of VOF.

The material parameters of the mixing zone are altered due to the inclusion of both the gas and liquid phases. Therefore, in order to represent the density of the mixing zone, the average density �¯ is used, which is expressed as follows:72�¯=(1−�1)�gas+�1�metal,

(8)

where �1 is the proportion of liquid phase, �gas is the density of protective gas in kg/m3, and �metal is the density of metal in kg/m3.

2. Control equations and boundary conditions

Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the HP-LPBF melting process. First, the laser light strikes a localized area of the material and rapidly heats up the area. Next, the energy absorbed in the region is diffused through a variety of pathways (heat conduction, heat convection, and surface radiation), and this process triggers complex phase transition phenomena (melting, evaporation, and solidification). In metals undergoing melting, the driving forces include surface tension and the Marangoni effect, recoil due to evaporation, and buoyancy due to gravity and uneven density. The above physical phenomena interact with each other and do not occur independently.

FIG. 5.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

  1. Laser heat sourceThe Gaussian surface heat source model is used as the laser heat source model with the following expression:�=2�0����2exp(−2�12��2),(9)where � is the heat flow density in W/m2, �0 is the absorption rate of SS316L, �� is the radius of the laser focal spot in m, and �1 is the radial distance from the center of the laser focal spot in m. The laser focal spot can be used for a wide range of applications.
  2. Energy absorptionThe formula for calculating the laser absorption �0 of SS316L is as follows:�0=0.365(�0[1+�0(�−20)]/�)0.5,(10)where �0 is the direct current resistivity of SS316L at 20 °C in Ω m, �0 is the resistance temperature coefficient in ppm/°C, � is the temperature in °C, and � is the laser wavelength in m.
  3. Heat transferThe basic principle of heat transfer is conservation of energy, which is expressed as follows:𝛻𝛻𝛻�(��)��+�·(��→�)=�·(�0����)+��,(11)where � is the density of liquid phase SS316L in kg/m3, �� is the specific heat capacity of SS316L in J/(kg K), 𝛻� is the gradient operator, t is the time in s, T is the temperature in K, 𝛻�� is the temperature gradient, �→ is the velocity vector, �0 is the coefficient of thermal conduction of SS316L in W/(m K), and  �� is the thermal energy dissipation term in the molten pool.
  4. Molten pool flowThe following three conditions need to be satisfied for the molten pool to flow:
    • Conservation of mass with the following expression:𝛻�·(��→)=0.(12)
    • Conservation of momentum (Navier–Stokes equation) with the following expression:𝛻𝛻𝛻𝛻���→��+�(�→·�)�→=�·[−pI+�(��→+(��→)�)]+�,(13)where � is the pressure in Pa exerted on the liquid phase SS316L microelement, � is the unit matrix, � is the fluid viscosity in N s/m2, and � is the volumetric force (gravity, atmospheric pressure, surface tension, vapor recoil, and the Marangoni effect).
    • Conservation of energy, see Eq. (11)
  5. Surface tension and the Marangoni effectThe effect of temperature on the surface tension coefficient is considered and set as a linear relationship with the following expression:�=�0−��dT(�−��),(14)where � is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature T in N/m, �� is the melting temperature of SS316L in K, �0 is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature �� in Pa, and σdσ/ dT is the surface tension temperature coefficient in N/(m K).In general, surface tension decreases with increasing temperature. A temperature gradient causes a gradient in surface tension that drives the liquid to flow, known as the Marangoni effect.
  6. Metal vapor recoilAt higher input energy densities, the maximum temperature of the molten pool surface reaches the evaporation temperature of the material, and a gasification recoil pressure occurs vertically downward toward the molten pool surface, which will be the dominant driving force for the molten pool flow.75 The expression is as follows:��=0.54�� exp ���−���0���,(15)where �� is the gasification recoil pressure in Pa, �� is the ambient pressure in kPa, �� is the latent heat of evaporation in J/kg, �0 is the gas constant in J/(mol K), T is the surface temperature of the molten pool in K, and Te is the evaporation temperature in K.
  7. Solid–liquid–gas phase transitionWhen the laser hits the powder layer, the powder goes through three stages: heating, melting, and solidification. During the solidification phase, mutual transformations between solid, liquid, and gaseous states occur. At this point, the latent heat of phase transition absorbed or released during the phase transition needs to be considered.68 The phase transition is represented based on the relationship between energy and temperature with the following expression:�=�����,(�<��),�(��)+�−����−����,(��<�<��)�(��)+(�−��)����,(��<�),,(16)where �� and �� are solid and liquid phase density, respectively, of SS316L in kg/m3. �� and �� unit volume of solid and liquid phase-specific heat capacity, respectively, of SS316L in J/(kg K). �� and ��⁠, respectively, are the solidification temperature and melting temperature of SS316L in K. �� is the latent heat of the phase transition of SS316L melting in J/kg.

3. Assumptions

The CFD model was computed using the commercial software package FLOW-3D.76 In order to simplify the calculation and solution process while ensuring the accuracy of the results, the model makes the following assumptions:

  1. It is assumed that the effects of thermal stress and material solid-phase thermal expansion on the calculation results are negligible.
  2. The molten pool flow is assumed to be a Newtonian incompressible laminar flow, while the effects of liquid thermal expansion and density on the results are neglected.
  3. It is assumed that the surface tension can be simplified to an equivalent pressure acting on the free surface of the molten pool, and the effect of chemical composition on the results is negligible.
  4. Neglecting the effect of the gas flow field on the molten pool.
  5. The mass loss due to evaporation of the liquid metal is not considered.
  6. The influence of the plasma effect of the molten metal on the calculation results is neglected.

It is worth noting that the formulation of assumptions requires a trade-off between accuracy and computational efficiency. In the above models, some physical phenomena that have a small effect or high difficulty on the calculation results are simplified or ignored. Such simplifications make numerical simulations more efficient and computationally tractable, while still yielding accurate results.

4. Initial conditions

The preheating temperature of the substrate was set to 393 K, at which time all materials were in the solid state and the flow rate was zero.

5. Material parameters

The material used is SS316L and the relevant parameters required for numerical simulations are shown in Table I.46,77,78

TABLE I.

SS316L-related parameters.

PropertySymbolValue
Density of solid metal (kg/m3�metal 7980 
Solid phase line temperature (K) �� 1658 
Liquid phase line temperature (K) �� 1723 
Vaporization temperature (K) �� 3090 
Latent heat of melting (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 2.60×105 
Latent heat of evaporation (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 7.45×106 
Surface tension of liquid phase (N /m⁠) � 1.60 
Liquid metal viscosity (kg/m s) �� 6×10−3 
Gaseous metal viscosity (kg/m s) �gas 1.85×10−5 
Temperature coefficient of surface tension (N/m K) ��/�T 0.80×10−3 
Molar mass (⁠ kg/mol⁠) 0.05 593 
Emissivity � 0.26 
Laser absorption �0 0.35 
Ambient pressure (kPa) �� 101 325 
Ambient temperature (K) �0 300 
Stefan–Boltzmann constant (W/m2 K4� 5.67×10−8 
Thermal conductivity of metals (⁠ W/m K⁠) � 24.55 
Density of protective gas (kg/m3�gas 1.25 
Coefficient of thermal expansion (/K) �� 16×10−6 
Generalized gas constant (⁠ J/mol K⁠) 8.314 

III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

With the objective of studying in depth the evolutionary patterns of single-track and double-track molten pool development, detailed observations were made for certain specific locations in the model, as shown in Fig. 6. In this figure, P1 and P2 represent the longitudinal tangents to the centers of the two melt tracks in the XZ plane, while L1 is the transverse profile in the YZ plane. The scanning direction is positive and negative along the X axis. Points A and B are the locations of the centers of the molten pool of the first and second melt tracks, respectively (x = 1.995 × 10−4, y = 5 × 10−7, and z = −4.85 × 10−5).

FIG. 6.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of observation position.

A. Single-track simulation

A series of single-track molten pool simulation experiments were carried out in order to investigate the influence law of laser power as well as scanning speed on the HP-LPBF process. Figure 7 demonstrates the evolution of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the single-track molten pool in the time period of 50–500 μs under a laser power of 100 W and a scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The powder bed is in the natural cooling state. When t = 50 μs, the powder is heated by the laser heat and rapidly melts and settles to form the initial molten pool. This process is accompanied by partial melting of the substrate and solidification together with the melted powder. The molten pool rapidly expands with increasing width, depth, length, and temperature, as shown in Fig. 7(a). When t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands more obviously, and the temperature starts to transfer to the surrounding area, forming a heat-affected zone. At this point, the width of the molten pool tends to stabilize, and the temperature in the center of the molten pool has reached its peak and remains largely stable. However, the phenomenon of molten pool spatter was also observed in this process, as shown in Fig. 7(b). As time advances, when t = 300 μs, solidification begins to occur at the tail of the molten pool, and tiny ripples are produced on the solidified surface. This is due to the fact that the melt flows toward the region with large temperature gradient under the influence of Marangoni convection and solidifies together with the melt at the end of the bath. At this point, the temperature gradient at the front of the bath is significantly larger than at the end. While the width of the molten pool was gradually reduced, the shape of the molten pool was gradually changed to a “comet” shape. In addition, a slight depression was observed at the top of the bath because the peak temperature at the surface of the bath reached the evaporation temperature, which resulted in a recoil pressure perpendicular to the surface of the bath downward, creating a depressed region. As the laser focal spot moves and is paired with the Marangoni convection of the melt, these recessed areas will be filled in as shown in Fig. 7(c). It has been shown that the depressed regions are the result of the coupled effect of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension.79 By t = 500 μs, the width and height of the molten pool stabilize and show a “comet” shape in Fig. 7(d).

FIG. 7.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Single-track molten pool process: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠.

Figure 8 depicts the velocity vector diagram of the P1 profile in a single-track molten pool, the length of the arrows represents the magnitude of the velocity, and the maximum velocity is about 2.36 m/s. When t = 50 μs, the molten pool takes shape, and the velocities at the two ends of the pool are the largest. The variation of the velocities at the front end is especially more significant in Fig. 8(a). As the time advances to t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands rapidly, in which the velocity at the tail increases and changes more significantly, while the velocity at the front is relatively small. At this stage, the melt moves backward from the center of the molten pool, which in turn expands the molten pool area. The melt at the back end of the molten pool center flows backward along the edge of the molten pool surface and then converges along the edge of the molten pool to the bottom center, rising to form a closed loop. Similarly, a similar closed loop is formed at the front end of the center of the bath, but with a shorter path. However, a large portion of the melt in the center of the closed loop formed at the front end of the bath is in a nearly stationary state. The main cause of this melt flow phenomenon is the effect of temperature gradient and surface tension (the Marangoni effect), as shown in Figs. 8(b) and 8(e). This dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” pool. At t = 300 μs, the tendency of the above two melt flows to close the loop is more prominent and faster in Fig. 8(c). When t = 500 μs, the velocity vector of the molten pool shows a stable trend, and the closed loop of melt flow also remains stable. With the gradual laser focal spot movement, the melt is gradually solidified at its tail, and finally, a continuous and stable single track is formed in Fig. 8(d).

FIG. 8.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of single-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠, (e) molten pool flow.

In order to explore in depth the transient evolution of the molten pool, the evolution of the single-track temperature field and the melt flow was monitored in the YZ cross section. Figure 9(a) shows the state of the powder bed at the initial moment. When t = 250 μs, the laser focal spot acts on the powder bed and the powder starts to melt and gradually collects in the molten pool. At this time, the substrate will also start to melt, and the melt flow mainly moves in the downward and outward directions and the velocity is maximum at the edges in Fig. 9(b). When t = 300 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool increase due to the recoil pressure. At this time, the melt flows more slowly at the center, but the direction of motion is still downward in Fig. 9(c). When t = 350 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool further increase, at which time the intensity of the melt flow reaches its peak and the direction of motion remains the same in Fig. 9(d). When t = 400 μs, the melt starts to move upward, and the surrounding powder or molten material gradually fills up, causing the surface of the molten pool to begin to flatten. At this time, the maximum velocity of the melt is at the center of the bath, while the velocity at the edge is close to zero, and the edge of the melt starts to solidify in Fig. 9(e). When t = 450 μs, the melt continues to move upward, forming a convex surface of the melt track. However, the melt movement slows down, as shown in Fig. 9(f). When t = 500 μs, the melt further moves upward and its speed gradually becomes smaller. At the same time, the melt solidifies further, as shown in Fig. 9(g). When t = 550 μs, the melt track is basically formed into a single track with a similar “mountain” shape. At this stage, the velocity is close to zero only at the center of the molten pool, and the flow behavior of the melt is poor in Fig. 9(h). At t = 600 μs, the melt stops moving and solidification is rapidly completed. Up to this point, a single track is formed in Fig. 9(i). During the laser action on the powder bed, the substrate melts and combines with the molten state powder. The powder-to-powder fusion is like the convergence of water droplets, which are rapidly fused by surface tension. However, the fusion between the molten state powder and the substrate occurs driven by surface tension, and the molten powder around the molten pool is pulled toward the substrate (a wetting effect occurs), which ultimately results in the formation of a monolithic whole.38,80,81

FIG. 9.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of single-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 0  ��⁠, (b) t = 250  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 350  ��⁠, (e) t = 400  ��⁠, (f) t = 450  ��⁠, (g) t = 500  ��⁠, (h) t = 550  ��⁠, (i) t = 600  ��⁠.

The wetting ability between the liquid metal and the solid substrate in the molten pool directly affects the degree of balling of the melt,82,83 and the wetting ability can be measured by the contact angle of a single track in Fig. 10. A smaller value of contact angle represents better wettability. The contact angle α can be calculated by�=�1−�22,

(17)

where �1 and �2 are the contact angles of the left and right regions, respectively.

FIG. 10.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic of contact angle.

Relevant studies have confirmed that the wettability is better at a contact angle α around or below 40°.84 After measurement, a single-track contact angle α of about 33° was obtained under this process parameter, which further confirms the good wettability.

B. Double-track simulation

In order to deeply investigate the influence of hatch spacing on the characteristics of the HP-LPBF process, a series of double-track molten pool simulation experiments were systematically carried out. Figure 11 shows in detail the dynamic changes of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool in the time period of 2050–2500 μs under the conditions of laser power of 100 W, scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. By comparing the study with Fig. 7, it is observed that the basic characteristics of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track. However, there are subtle differences between them. The first track exhibits a basically symmetric shape, but the second track morphology shows a slight deviation influenced by the difference in thermal diffusion rate between the solidified metal and the powder. Otherwise, the other characteristic information is almost the same as that of the first track. Figure 12 shows the velocity vector plot of the P2 profile in the double-track molten pool, with a maximum velocity of about 2.63 m/s. The melt dynamics at both ends of the pool are more stable at t = 2050 μs, where the maximum rate of the second track is only 1/3 of that of the first one. Other than that, the rest of the information is almost no significant difference from the characteristic information of the first track. Figure 13 demonstrates a detailed observation of the double-track temperature field and melts flow in the YZ cross section, and a comparative study with Fig. 9 reveals that the width of the second track is slightly wider. In addition, after the melt direction shifts from bottom to top, the first track undergoes four time periods (50 μs) to reach full solidification, while the second track takes five time periods. This is due to the presence of significant heat buildup in the powder bed after the forming of the first track, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt and an increased molten pool lifetime. In conclusion, the level of specimen forming can be significantly optimized by adjusting the laser power and hatch spacing.

FIG. 11.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool process: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 12.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of double-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 13.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of double-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 2250  ��⁠, (b) t = 2300  ��⁠, (c) t = 2350  ��⁠, (d) t = 2400  ��⁠, (e) t = 2450  ��⁠, (f) t = 2500  ��⁠, (g) t = 2550  ��⁠, (h) t = 2600  ��⁠, (i) t = 2650  ��⁠.

In order to quantitatively detect the molten pool dimensions as well as the remolten region dimensions, the molten pool characterization information in Fig. 14 is constructed by drawing the boundary on the YZ cross section based on the isothermal surface of the liquid phase line. It can be observed that the heights of the first track and second track are basically the same, but the depth of the second track increases relative to the first track. The molten pool width is mainly positively correlated with the laser power as well as the scanning speed (the laser line energy density �⁠). However, the remelted zone width is negatively correlated with the hatch spacing (the overlapping ratio). Overall, the forming quality of the specimens can be directly influenced by adjusting the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing.

FIG. 14.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool characterization information on YZ cross section.

In order to study the variation rule of the temperature in the center of the molten pool with time, Fig. 15 demonstrates the temperature variation curves with time for two reference points, A and B. Among them, the red dotted line indicates the liquid phase line temperature of SS316L. From the figure, it can be seen that the maximum temperature at the center of the molten pool in the first track is lower than that in the second track, which is mainly due to the heat accumulation generated after passing through the first track. The maximum temperature gradient was calculated to be 1.69 × 108 K/s. When the laser scanned the first track, the temperature in the center of the molten pool of the second track increased slightly. Similarly, when the laser scanned the second track, a similar situation existed in the first track. Since the temperature gradient in the second track is larger than that in the first track, the residence time of the liquid phase in the molten pool of the first track is longer than that of the second track.

FIG. 15.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Temperature profiles as a function of time for two reference points A and B.

C. Simulation analysis of molten pool under different process parameters

In order to deeply investigate the effects of various process parameters on the mesoscopic-scale temperature field, molten pool characteristic information and defects of HP-LPBF, numerical simulation experiments on mesoscopic-scale laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing of double-track molten pools were carried out.

1. Laser power

Figure 16 shows the effects of different laser power on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. When P = 50 W, a smaller molten pool is formed due to the lower heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time. This leads to a smaller track width, which results in adjacent track not lapping properly and the presence of a large number of unmelted powder particles, resulting in an increase in the number of defects, such as pores in the specimen. The surface of the track is relatively flat, and the depth is small. In addition, the temperature gradient before and after the molten pool was large, and the depression location appeared at the biased front end in Fig. 16(a). When P = 100 W, the surface of the track is flat and smooth with excellent lap. Due to the Marangoni effect, the velocity field of the molten pool is in the form of “vortex,” and the melt has good fluidity, and the maximum velocity reaches 2.15 m/s in Fig. 16(b). When P = 200 W, the heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time is too large, resulting in the melt rapidly reaching the evaporation temperature, generating a huge recoil pressure, forming a large molten pool, and the surface of the track is obviously raised. The melt movement is intense, especially the closed loop at the center end of the molten pool. At this time, the depth and width of the molten pool are large, leading to the expansion of the remolten region and the increased chance of the appearance of porosity defects in Fig. 16(c). The results show that at low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool is dominant. At high laser power, recoil pressure is its main role.

FIG. 16.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different laser powers: (a) P = 50 W, (b) P = 100 W, (c) P = 200 W.

Table II shows the effect of different laser powers on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. The negative overlapping ratio in the table indicates that the melt tracks are not lapped, and 26/29 indicates the melt depth of the first track/second track. It can be seen that with the increase in laser power, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, and remelted zone show a gradual increase. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also increases. Especially in the process of laser power from 50 to 200 W, the melting depth and melting width increased the most, which increased nearly 2 and 1.5 times, respectively. Meanwhile, the overlapping ratio also increases with the increase in laser power, which indicates that the melting and fusion of materials are better at high laser power. On the other hand, the dimensions of the molten pool did not change uniformly with the change of laser power. Specifically, the depth-to-width ratio of the molten pool increased from about 0.30 to 0.39 during the increase from 50 to 120 W, which further indicates that the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is greater than that in the horizontal direction with the increase in laser power. This dimensional response to laser power is mainly affected by the recoil pressure and also by the difference in the densification degree between the powder layer and the metal substrate. In addition, according to the experimental results, the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then decrease during the process of laser power increase, and always stays within the range of less than 33°. Therefore, in practical applications, it is necessary to select the appropriate laser power according to the specific needs in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE II.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different laser powers.

Laser power (W)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
50 16 54 11 −10 23 
100 26/29 74 14 18 23.33 33 
200 37/45 116 21 52 93.33 28 

2. Scanning speed

Figure 17 demonstrates the effect of different scanning speeds on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a laser power of 100 W and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. With the gradual increase in scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. When � = 200 mm/s, the slow scanning speed causes the material to absorb too much heat, which is very easy to trigger the overburning phenomenon. At this point, the molten pool is larger and the surface morphology is uneven. This situation is consistent with the previously discussed scenario with high laser power in Fig. 17(a). However, when � = 1600 mm/s, the scanning speed is too fast, resulting in the material not being able to absorb sufficient heat, which triggers the powder particles that fail to melt completely to have a direct effect on the bonding of the melt to the substrate. At this time, the molten pool volume is relatively small and the neighboring melt track cannot lap properly. This result is consistent with the previously discussed case of low laser power in Fig. 17(b). Overall, the ratio of the laser power to the scanning speed (the line energy density �⁠) has a direct effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 17.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different scanning speed: (a)  � = 200 mm/s, (b)  � = 1600 mm/s.

Table III shows the effects of different scanning speed on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. It can be seen that the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. With the increase in scanning speed, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remelted zone, and overlapping ratio show a gradual decreasing trend. Among them, the melt depth and melt width decreased faster, while the melt height and remolten region decreased relatively slowly. In addition, when the scanning speed was increased from 200 to 800 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were significantly accelerated, while the decreasing speeds of overlapping ratio were relatively slow. When the scanning speed was further increased to 1600 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were further accelerated, and the un-lapped condition of the melt channel also appeared. In addition, the contact angle increases and then decreases with the scanning speed, and both are lower than 33°. Therefore, when selecting the scanning speed, it is necessary to make reasonable trade-offs according to the specific situation, and take into account the factors of melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio, in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE III.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different scanning speeds.

Scanning speed (mm/s)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
200 55/68 182 19/32 124 203.33 22 
1600 13 50 11 −16.67 31 

3. Hatch spacing

Figure 18 shows the effect of different hatch spacing on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The surface morphology and temperature field of the first track and second track are basically the same, but slightly different. The first track shows a basically symmetric morphology along the scanning direction, while the second track shows a slight offset due to the difference in the heat transfer rate between the solidified material and the powder particles. When the hatch spacing is too small, the overlapping ratio increases and the probability of defects caused by remelting phenomenon grows. When the hatch spacing is too large, the neighboring melt track cannot overlap properly, and the powder particles are not completely melted, leading to an increase in the number of holes. In conclusion, the ratio of the line energy density � to the hatch spacing (the volume energy density E) has a significant effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 18.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different hatch spacings: (a) H = 0.03 mm, (b) H = 0.12 mm.

Table IV shows the effects of different hatch spacing on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. It can be seen that the hatch spacing has little effect on the melt depth, melt width, and melt height, but has some effect on the remolten region. With the gradual expansion of hatch spacing, the remolten region shows a gradual decrease. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also decreased with the increase in hatch spacing. In addition, it is observed that the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then remain stable when the hatch spacing increases, which has a more limited effect on it. Therefore, trade-offs and decisions need to be made on a case-by-case basis when selecting the hatch spacing.

TABLE IV.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different hatch spacings.

Hatch spacing (mm)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
0.03 25/27 82 14 59 173.33 30 
0.12 26 78 14 −35 33 

In summary, the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing have a significant effect on the formation of the molten pool, and the correct selection of these three process parameters is crucial to ensure the forming quality. In addition, the melt depth of the second track is slightly larger than that of the first track at higher line energy density � and volume energy density E. This is mainly due to the fact that a large amount of heat accumulation is generated after the first track, forming a larger molten pool volume, which leads to an increase in the melt depth.

D. Simulation analysis of molten pool with powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter

Figure 19 demonstrates the effect of different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under a laser power of 100 W, a scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. In the process of melting coarse powder with small laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy cannot completely melt the larger powder particles, resulting in their partial melting and further generating excessive pore defects. The larger powder particles tend to generate zigzag molten pool edges, which cause an increase in the roughness of the melt track surface. In addition, the molten pool is also prone to generate the present spatter phenomenon, which can directly affect the quality of forming. The volume of the formed molten pool is relatively small, while the melt depth, melt width, and melt height are all smaller relative to the fine powder in Fig. 19(a). In the process of melting fine powders with a large laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy is able to melt the fine powder particles sufficiently, even to the point of overmelting. This results in a large number of fine spatters being generated at the edge of the molten pool, which causes porosity defects in the melt track in Fig. 19(b). In addition, the maximum velocity of the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes compared to small powder particle sizes, which indicates that the temperature gradient in the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes and the melt motion is more intense. However, the size of the laser focal spot diameter has a relatively small effect on the melt motion. However, a larger focal spot diameter induces a larger melt volume with greater depth, width, and height. In conclusion, a small powder size helps to reduce the surface roughness of the specimen, and a small laser spot diameter reduces the minimum forming size of a single track.

FIG. 19.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool with different powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter: (a) focal spot = 25 μm, coarse powder, (b) focal spot = 80 μm, fine powder.

Table V shows the maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder sizes and laser focal spot diameters. As can be seen from the table, the maximum temperature gradient is lower than that of HP-LPBF for both coarse powders with a small laser spot diameter and fine powders with a large spot diameter, a phenomenon that leads to an increase in the heat transfer rate of HP-LPBF, which in turn leads to a corresponding increase in the cooling rate and, ultimately, to the formation of finer microstructures.

TABLE V.

Maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters.

Laser power (W)Scanning speed (mm/s)Hatch spacing (mm)Average powder size (μm)Laser focal spot diameter (μm)Maximum temperature gradient (×107 K/s)
100 800 0.06 31.7 25 7.89 
11.5 80 7.11 

IV. CONCLUSIONS

In this study, the geometrical characteristics of 3D coarse and fine powder particles were first calculated using DEM and then numerical simulations of single track and double track in the process of forming SS316L from monolayer HP-LPBF at mesoscopic scale were developed using CFD method. The effects of Marangoni convection, surface tension, recoil pressure, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool were considered in this model. The effects of laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing on the dynamics of the single-track and double-track molten pools, as well as on other characteristic information, were investigated. The effects of the powder particle size on the molten pool were investigated comparatively with the laser focal spot diameter. The main conclusions are as follows:

  1. The results show that the temperature gradient at the front of the molten pool is significantly larger than that at the tail, and the molten pool exhibits a “comet” morphology. At the top of the molten pool, there is a slightly concave region, which is the result of the coupling of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension. The melt flow forms two closed loops, which are mainly influenced by temperature gradients and surface tension. This special dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” molten pool and an almost “mountain” shape in single-track forming.
  2. The basic characteristics of the three-dimensional morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track, but there are subtle differences. The first track exhibits a basically symmetrical shape; however, due to the difference in thermal diffusion rates between the solidified metal and the powder, a slight asymmetry in the molten pool morphology of the second track occurs. After forming through the first track, there is a significant heat buildup in the powder bed, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt, which increases the life of the molten pool. The heights of the first track and second track remained essentially the same, but the depth of the second track was greater relative to the first track. In addition, the maximum temperature gradient was 1.69 × 108 K/s during HP-LPBF forming.
  3. At low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool plays a dominant role. At high laser power, recoil pressure becomes the main influencing factor. With the increase of laser power, the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is superior to that in the horizontal direction. With the gradual increase of scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. In addition, the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. Too large or too small hatch spacing will lead to remelting or non-lap phenomenon, which in turn causes the formation of defects.
  4. When using a small laser focal spot diameter, it is difficult to completely melt large powder particle sizes, resulting in partial melting and excessive porosity generation. At the same time, large powder particles produce curved edges of the molten pool, resulting in increased surface roughness of the melt track. In addition, spatter occurs, which directly affects the forming quality. At small focal spot diameters, the molten pool volume is relatively small, and the melt depth, the melt width, and the melt height are correspondingly small. Taken together, the small powder particle size helps to reduce surface roughness, while the small spot diameter reduces the forming size.

REFERENCES

  1. S. L. Sing and W. Y. Yeong , “ Laser powder bed fusion for metal additive manufacturing: Perspectives on recent developments,” Virtual Phys. Prototyping. 15, 359–370 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999
    Google ScholarCrossref
  2. A. M. Khorasani , I. G. Jithin , J. K. Veetil , and A. H. Ghasemi , “ A review of technological improvements in laser-based powder bed fusion of metal printers,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 108, 191–209 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-020-05361-3
    Google ScholarCrossref
  3. Y. Qin , A. Brockett , Y. Ma , A. Razali , J. Zhao , C. Harrison , W. Pan , X. Dai , and D. Loziak , “ Micro-manufacturing: Research, technology outcomes and development issues,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 47, 821–837 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-009-2411-2
    Google ScholarCrossref
  4. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Development of micro selective laser melting: The state of the art and future perspectives,” Engineering. 5, 702–720 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eng.2019.07.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  5. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , J. Xu , and W. Zhou , “ Micro selective laser melting of SS316L: Single tracks, defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 145, 107469 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.107469
    Google ScholarCrossref
  6. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , M. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , and J. Xu , “ Process optimization of micro selective laser melting and comparison of different laser diameter for forming different powder,” Opt. Laser Technol. 150, 107953 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2022.107953
    Google ScholarCrossref
  7. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Formation of SS316L single tracks in micro selective laser melting: Surface, geometry, and defects,” Adv. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2019, 9451406.https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9451406
    Crossref
  8. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , S. Gao , X. Song , R. Huang , M. Seita , and J. Wei , “ Effect of in-situ laser remelting on the microstructure of SS316L fabricated by micro selective laser melting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 330–336.
    Google ScholarCrossref
  9. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Tailoring surface roughness of micro selective laser melted SS316L by in-situ laser remelting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 337–343.
    Google Scholar
  10. J. Fu , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , Y. Long , H. Li , and M. Fu , “ Micro selective laser melting of NiTi shape memory alloy: Defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 131, 106374 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106374
    Google ScholarCrossref
  11. E. Abele and M. Kniepkamp , “ Analysis and optimisation of vertical surface roughness in micro selective laser melting,” Surf. Topogr.: Metrol. Prop. 3, 034007 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1088/2051-672X/3/3/034007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  12. S. Qu , J. Ding , J. Fu , M. Fu , B. Zhang , and X. Song , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion processing of pure copper,” Addit. Manuf. 48, 102417 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102417
    Google ScholarCrossref
  13. Y. Wei , G. Chen , M. Li , W. Li , Y. Zhou , J. Xu , and Z. wei , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion of 18Ni300 maraging steel and its SiC reinforcement composite materials,” J. Manuf. Process. 84, 750–763 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2022.10.049
    Google ScholarCrossref
  14. B. Liu , R. Wildman , T. Christopher , I. Ashcroft , and H. Richard , “ Investigation the effect of particle size distribution on processing parameters optimisation in selective laser melting process,” in 2011 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium ( University of Texas at Austin, 2011).
    Google Scholar
  15. T. D. McLouth , G. E. Bean , D. B. Witkin , S. D. Sitzman , P. M. Adams , D. N. Patel , W. Park , J.-M. Yang , and R. J. Zaldivar , “ The effect of laser focus shift on microstructural variation of Inconel 718 produced by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 149, 205–213 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2018.04.019
    Google ScholarCrossref
  16. Y. Qian , Y. Wentao , and L. Feng , “ Mesoscopic simulations of powder bed fusion: Research progresses and conditions,” Electromachining Mould 06, 46–52 (2017).https://doi.org/10.3969/j.issn.1009-279X.2017.06.012
    Google Scholar
  17. J. Fu , S. Qu , J. Ding , X. Song , and M. W. Fu , “ Comparison of the microstructure, mechanical properties and distortion of stainless Steel 316L fabricated by micro and conventional laser powder bed fusion,” Addit. Manuf. 44, 102067 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  18. N. T. Aboulkhair , I. Maskery , C. Tuck , I. Ashcroft , and N. M. Everitt , “ The microstructure and mechanical properties of selectively laser Melted AlSi10Mg: The effect of a conventional T6-like heat treatment,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 667, 139–146 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2016.04.092
    Google ScholarCrossref
  19. S. Y. Chen , J. C. Huang , C. T. Pan , C. H. Lin , T. L. Yang , Y. S. Huang , C. H. Ou , L. Y. Chen , D. Y. Lin , H. K. Lin , T. H. Li , J. S. C. Jang , and C. C. Yang , “ Microstructure and mechanical properties of open-cell porous Ti-6Al-4V fabricated by selective laser melting,” J. Alloys Compd. 713, 248–254 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2017.04.190
    Google ScholarCrossref
  20. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , D. Wang , and M. Zhang , “ Influence mechanism of parameters process and mechanical properties evolution mechanism of Maraging steel 300 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 703, 116–123 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.06.033
    Google ScholarCrossref
  21. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , Z. Xiao , M. Zhang , and D. Wang , “ Process optimization and mechanical property evolution of AlSiMg0.75 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 140, 257–266 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.045
    Google ScholarCrossref
  22. Y. Liu , M. Zhang , W. Shi , Y. Ma , and J. Yang , “ Study on performance optimization of 316L stainless steel parts by high-efficiency selective laser melting,” Opt. Laser Technol. 138, 106872 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106872
    Google ScholarCrossref
  23. D. Gu , Y.-C. Hagedorn , W. Meiners , G. Meng , R. J. S. Batista , K. Wissenbach , and R. Poprawe , “ Densification behavior, microstructure evolution, and wear performance of selective laser melting processed commercially pure titanium,” Acta Mater. 60, 3849–3860 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2012.04.006
    Google ScholarCrossref
  24. N. Read , W. Wang , K. Essa , and M. M. Attallah , “ Selective laser melting of AlSi10Mg alloy: Process optimisation and mechanical properties development,” Mater. Des. 65, 417–424 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2014.09.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  25. I. A. Roberts , C. J. Wang , R. Esterlein , M. Stanford , and D. J. Mynors , “ A three-dimensional finite element analysis of the temperature field during laser melting of metal powders in additive layer manufacturing,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 49(12–13), 916–923 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  26. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Finite element analysis of the effect of volume shrinkage during laser densification,” Acta Mater. 53(18), 4743–4754 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2005.06.014
    Google ScholarCrossref
  27. K. Carolin , E. Attar , and P. Heinl , “ Mesoscopic simulation of selective beam melting processes,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 211(6), 978–987 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.12.016
    Google ScholarCrossref
  28. F.-J. Gürtler , M. Karg , K.-H. Leitz , and M. Schmidt , “ Simulation of laser beam melting of steel powders using the three-dimensional volume of fluid method,” Phys. Procedia 41, 881–886 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.phpro.2013.03.162
    Google ScholarCrossref
  29. P. Meakin and R. Jullien , “ Restructuring effects in the rain model for random deposition,” J. Phys. France 48(10), 1651–1662 (1987).https://doi.org/10.1051/jphys:0198700480100165100
    Google ScholarCrossref
  30. J-m Wang , G-h Liu , Y-l Fang , and W-k Li , “ Marangoni effect in nonequilibrium multiphase system of material processing,” Rev. Chem. Eng. 32(5), 551–585 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1515/revce-2015-0067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  31. W. Ye , S. Zhang , L. L. Mendez , M. Farias , J. Li , B. Xu , P. Li , and Y. Zhang , “ Numerical simulation of the melting and alloying processes of elemental titanium and boron powders using selective laser alloying,” J. Manuf. Process. 64, 1235–1247 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.02.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  32. U. S. Bertoli , A. J. Wolfer , M. J. Matthews , J.-P. R. Delplanque , and J. M. Schoenung , “ On the limitations of volumetric energy density as a design parameter for selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 113, 331–340 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2016.10.037
    Google ScholarCrossref
  33. W. E. King , H. D. Barth , V. M. Castillo , G. F. Gallegos , J. W. Gibbs , D. E. Hahn , C. Kamath , and A. M. Rubenchik , “ Observation of keyhole-mode laser melting in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(12), 2915–2925 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  34. L. Cao , “ Numerical simulation of the impact of laying powder on selective laser melting single-pass formation,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 141, 1036–1048 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.07.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  35. L. Huang , X. Hua , D. Wu , and F. Li , “ Numerical study of keyhole instability and porosity formation mechanism in laser welding of aluminum alloy and steel,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 252, 421–431 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.10.011
    Google ScholarCrossref
  36. K. Q. Le , C. Tang , and C. H. Wong , “ On the study of keyhole-mode melting in selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Therm. Sci. 145, 105992 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijthermalsci.2019.105992
    Google ScholarCrossref
  37. J.-H. Cho and S.-J. Na , “ Theoretical analysis of keyhole dynamics in polarized laser drilling,” J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 40(24), 7638 (2007).https://doi.org/10.1088/0022-3727/40/24/007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  38. W. Ye , “ Mechanism analysis of selective laser melting and metallurgy process based on base element powder of titanium and boron,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Nanchang University, 2021).
    Google Scholar
  39. R. Ammer , M. Markl , U. Ljungblad , C. Körner , and U. Rüde , “ Simulating fast electron beam melting with a parallel thermal free surface lattice Boltzmann method,” Comput. Math. Appl. 67(2), 318–330 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2013.10.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  40. H. Chen , Q. Wei , S. Wen , Z. Li , and Y. Shi , “ Flow behavior of powder particles in layering process of selective laser melting: Numerical modeling and experimental verification based on discrete element method,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 123, 146–159 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2017.08.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  41. F. Verhaeghe , T. Craeghs , J. Heulens , and L. Pandelaers , “ A pragmatic model for selective laser melting with evaporation,” Acta Mater. 57(20), 6006–6012 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.08.027
    Google ScholarCrossref
  42. C. H. Fu and Y. B. Guo , “ Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V,” J. Manuf. Sci. Eng. 136(6), 061004 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4028539
    Google ScholarCrossref
  43. Y. Xiang , Z. Shuzhe , L. Junfeng , W. Zhengying , Y. Lixiang , and J. Lihao , “ Numerical simulation and experimental verification for selective laser single track melting forming of Ti6Al4V,” J. Zhejiang Univ. (Eng. Sci.) 53(11), 2102–2109 + 2117 (2019).https://doi.org/10.3785/j.issn.1008-973X.2019.11.007
    Google Scholar
  44. Q. He , H. Xia , J. Liu , X. Ao , and S. Lin , “ Modeling and numerical studies of selective laser melting: Multiphase flow, solidification and heat transfer,” Mater. Des. 196, 109115 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2020.109115
    Google ScholarCrossref
  45. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical simulation including the influence of process parameters on SLM single-layer multi-pass formation,” Metall. Mater. Trans. A 51, 4130–4145 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11661-020-05831-z
    Google ScholarCrossref
  46. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical investigation including the influence of process parameters on LPBF multi-layer multi-path formation,” Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 126(1), 5–23 (2021).https://doi.org/10.32604/cmes.2021.014693
    Google ScholarCrossref
  47. H. Yin and S. D. Felicelli , “ Dendrite growth simulation during solidification in the LENS process,” Acta Mater. 58(4), 1455–1465 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.10.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  48. P. Nie , O. A. Ojo , and Z. Li , “ Numerical modeling of microstructure evolution during laser additive manufacturing of a nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 77, 85–95 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.05.039
    Google ScholarCrossref
  49. Z. Liu and H. Qi , “ Effects of substrate crystallographic orientations on crystal growth and microstructure formation in laser powder deposition of nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 87, 248–258 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.12.046
    Google ScholarCrossref
  50. L. Wei , L. Xin , W. Meng , and H. Weidong , “ Cellular automaton simulation of the molten pool of laser solid forming process,” Acta Phys. Sin. 64(01), 018103–018363 (2015).https://doi.org/10.7498/aps.64.018103
    Google ScholarCrossref
  51. R. Acharya , J. A. Sharon , and A. Staroselsky , “ Prediction of microstructure in laser powder bed fusion process,” Acta Mater. 124, 360–371 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2016.11.018
    Google ScholarCrossref
  52. M. R. Rolchigo and R. LeSar , “ Modeling of binary alloy solidification under conditions representative of additive manufacturing,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 150, 535–545 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2018.04.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  53. S. Geng , P. Jiang , L. Guo , X. Gao , and G. Mi , “ Multi-scale simulation of grain/sub-grain structure evolution during solidification in laser welding of aluminum alloys,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119252 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119252
    Google ScholarCrossref
  54. W. L. Wang , W. Q. Liu , X. Yang , R. R. Xu , and Q. Y. Dai , “ Multi-scale simulation of columnar-to-equiaxed transition during laser selective melting of rare earth magnesium alloy,” J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 119, 11–24 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmst.2021.12.029
    Google ScholarCrossref
  55. Q. Xia , J. Yang , and Y. Li , “ On the conservative phase-field method with the N-component incompressible flows,” Phys. Fluids 35, 012120 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0135490
    Google ScholarCrossref
  56. Q. Xia , G. Sun , J. Kim , and Y. Li , “ Multi-scale modeling and simulation of additive manufacturing based on fused deposition technique,” Phys. Fluids 35, 034116 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0141316
    Google ScholarCrossref
  57. A. Hussein , L. Hao , C. Yan , and R. Everson , “ Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 52, 638–647 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2013.05.070
    Google ScholarCrossref
  58. J. Ding , P. Colegrove , J. Mehnen , S. Ganguly , P. M. Sequeira Almeida , F. Wang , and S. Williams , “ Thermo-mechanical analysis of wire and arc additive layer manufacturing process on large multi-layer parts,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 50(12), 3315–3322 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2011.06.023
    Google ScholarCrossref
  59. Y. Du , X. You , F. Qiao , L. Guo , and Z. Liu , “ A model for predicting the temperature field during selective laser melting,” Results Phys. 12, 52–60 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031
    Google ScholarCrossref
  60. X. Luo , M. Liu , L. Zhenhua , H. Li , and J. Shen , “ Effect of different heat-source models on calculated temperature field of selective laser melted 18Ni300,” Chin. J. Lasers 48(14), 1402005–1402062 (2021).https://doi.org/10.3788/CJL202148.1402005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  61. J. F. Li , L. Li , and F. H. Stott , “ Thermal stresses and their implication on cracking during laser melting of ceramic materials,” Acta Mater. 52(14), 4385–4398 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2004.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  62. P. Aggarangsi and J. L. Beuth , “ Localized preheating approaches for reducing residual stress in additive manufacturing,” paper presented at the 2006 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, The University of Texas in Austin on August 14–16, 2006.
  63. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Thermal and mechanical finite element modeling of laser forming from metal and ceramic powders,” Acta Mater. 52(1), 69–80 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2003.08.028
    Google ScholarCrossref
  64. A. H. Nickel , D. M. Barnett , and F. B. Prinz , “ Thermal stresses and deposition patterns in layered manufacturing,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 317(1–2), 59–64 (2001).https://doi.org/10.1016/S0921-5093(01)01179-0
    Google ScholarCrossref
  65. M. F. Zaeh and G. Branner , “ Investigations on residual stresses and deformations in selective laser melting,” Prod. Eng. 4(1), 35–45 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11740-009-0192-y
    Google ScholarCrossref
  66. P. Bian , J. Shi , Y. Liu , and Y. Xie , “ Influence of laser power and scanning strategy on residual stress distribution in additively manufactured 316L steel,” Opt. Laser Technol. 132, 106477 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106477
    Google ScholarCrossref
  67. B. M. Marques , C. M. Andrade , D. M. Neto , M. C. Oliveira , J. L. Alves , and L. F. Menezes , “ Numerical analysis of residual stresses in parts produced by selective laser melting process,” Procedia Manuf. 47, 1170–1177 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2020.04.167
    Google ScholarCrossref
  68. W. Mu , “ Numerical simulation of SLM forming process and research and prediction of forming properties,” MA thesis ( Anhui Jianzhu University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  69. Y. Zhang , “ Multi-scale multi-physics modeling of laser powder bed fusion process of metallic materials with experiment validation,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Purdue University, 2018).
    Google Scholar
  70. Y. Qian , “ Mesoscopic simulation studies of key processing issues for powder bed fusion technology,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Tsinghua University, 2019).
    Google Scholar
  71. N. V. Brilliantov , S. Frank , J.-M. Hertzsch , and T. Pöschel , “ Model for collisions in granular gases,” Phys. Rev. E 53(5), 5382–5392 (1996).https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevE.53.5382
    Google ScholarCrossref
  72. Z. Xiao , “ Research on microscale selective laser melting process of high strength pure copper specimens,” MA thesis ( Hunan University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  73. Z. Li , K. Mukai , M. Zeze , and K. C. Mills , “ Determination of the surface tension of liquid stainless steel,” J. Mater. Sci. 40(9–10), 2191–2195 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-005-1931-x
    Google ScholarCrossref
  74. R. Scardovelli and S. Zaleski , “ Analytical relations connecting linear interfaces and volume fractions in rectangular grids,” J. Comput. Phys. 164(1), 228–237 (2000).https://doi.org/10.1006/jcph.2000.6567
    Google ScholarCrossref
  75. D.-W. Cho , W.-I. Cho , and S.-J. Na , “ Modeling and simulation of arc: Laser and hybrid welding process,” J. Manuf. Process. 16(1), 26–55 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2013.06.012
    Google ScholarCrossref
    76.Flow3D. Version 11.1.0: User Manual ( FlowScience, Santa Fe, NM, USA, 2015).
  76. Y. Tian , L. Yang , D. Zhao , Y. Huang , and J. Pan , “ Numerical analysis of powder bed generation and single track forming for selective laser melting of ss316l stainless steel,” J. Manuf. Process. 58, 964–974 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2020.09.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  77. C. Tang , K. Q. Le , and C. H. Wong , “ Physics of humping formation in laser powder bed fusion,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119172 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119172
    Google ScholarCrossref
  78. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale simulation of pore evolution during laser powder bed fusion process,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 179, 109686 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2020.109686
    Google ScholarCrossref
  79. R. Li , J. Liu , Y. Shi , W. Li , and W. Jiang , “ Balling behavior of stainless steel and nickel powder during selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 59(9–12), 1025–1035 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-011-3566-1
    Google ScholarCrossref
  80. S. A. Khairallah and A. Anderson , “ Mesoscopic simulation model of selective laser melting of stainless steel powder,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(11), 2627–2636 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  81. J. Liu , D. Gu , H. Chen , D. Dai , and H. Zhang , “ Influence of substrate surface morphology on wetting behavior of tracks during selective laser melting of aluminum-based alloys,” J. Zhejiang Univ. Sci. A 19(2), 111–121 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1631/jzus.A1700599
    Google ScholarCrossref
  82. L. Li , J. Li , and T. Fan , “ Phase-field modeling of wetting and balling dynamics in powder bed fusion process,” Phys. Fluids 33, 042116 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0046771
    Google ScholarCrossref
  83. X. Nie , Z. Hu , H. Zhu , Z. Hu , L. Ke , and X. Zeng , “ Analysis of processing parameters and characteristics of selective laser melted high strength Al-Cu-Mg alloys: from single tracks to cubic samples,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 256, 69–77 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.01.030
    Google ScholarCrossref
Figure 3. Computed contour of velocity magnitude (m/s) for Run 1 to Run 15.

FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 이용한 유입구 및 배플 위치가 침전조 제거 효율에 미치는 영향

Ali Poorkarimi1
Khaled Mafakheri2
Shahrzad Maleki2

Journal of Hydraulic Structures
J. Hydraul. Struct., 2023; 9(4): 76-87
DOI: 10.22055/jhs.2024.44817.1265

Abstract

중력에 의한 침전은 부유 물질을 제거하기 위해 물과 폐수 처리 공정에 널리 적용됩니다. 이 연구에서는 침전조의 제거 효율에 대한 입구 및 배플 위치의 영향을 간략하게 설명합니다. 실험은 CCD(중심복합설계) 방법론을 기반으로 수행되었습니다. 전산유체역학(CFD)은 유압 설계, 미래 발전소에 대한 계획 연구, 토목 유지 관리 및 공급 효율성과 관련된 복잡한 문제를 모델링하고 분석하는 데 광범위하게 사용됩니다. 본 연구에서는 입구 높이, 입구로부터 배플까지의 거리, 배플 높이의 다양한 조건에 따른 영향을 조사하였다. CCD 접근 방식을 사용하여 얻은 데이터를 분석하면 축소된 2차 모델이 R2 = 0.77의 결정 계수로 부유 물질 제거를 예측할 수 있음이 나타났습니다. 연구 결과, 유입구와 배플의 부적절한 위치는 침전조의 효율에 부정적인 영향을 미칠 수 있음을 보여주었습니다. 입구 높이, 배플 거리, 배플 높이의 최적 값은 각각 0.87m, 0.77m, 0.56m였으며 제거 효율은 80.6%였습니다.

Sedimentation due to gravitation is applied widely in water and wastewater treatment processes to remove suspended solids. This study outlines the effect of the inlet and baffle position on the removal efficiency of sedimentation tanks. Experiments were carried out based on the central composite design (CCD) methodology. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is used extensively to model and analyze complex issues related to hydraulic design, planning studies for future generating stations, civil maintenance, and supply efficiency. In this study, the effect of different conditions of inlet elevation, baffle’s distance from the inlet, and baffle height were investigated. Analysis of the obtained data with a CCD approach illustrated that the reduced quadratic model can predict the suspended solids removal with a coefficient of determination of R2 = 0.77. The results showed that the inappropriate position of the inlet and the baffle can have a negative effect on the efficiency of the sedimentation tank. The optimal values of inlet elevation, baffle distance, and baffle height were 0.87 m, 0.77 m, and 0.56 m respectively with 80.6% removal efficiency.

Keywords

Sedimentation tank, Particle removal, Central Composite Design, Computational
Fluid Dynamics, Flow-3D

Figure 3. Computed contour of velocity magnitude (m/s) for Run 1 to Run 15.
Figure 3. Computed contour of velocity magnitude (m/s) for Run 1 to Run 15.

References

  1. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, M.A. Md. Said, S.R.S. Yazdi, and Syafalni, (2013). Experimental
    investigation of the influence of baffle position on the flow field, sediment concentration, and
    efficiency of rectangular primary sedimentation tanks. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering,.
    139(1): p. 88-94.
  2. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, M.A.M. Said, and S.R.S. Yazdi, (2012). The effect of number of
    baffles on the improvement efficiency of primary sedimentation tanks. Applied Mathematical
    Modelling,. 36(8): p. 3725-3735.
  3. Borna, M., A. Janfeshan, E. Merufinia, and A. Asnaashari, (2014). Numerical simulations of
    distribution and sediment transmission in pre-settled pools using Finite Volume Method and
    comparison with experimental results. Journal of Civil Engineering and Urbanism,. 4(3): p.
    287-292.
  4. Rad, M.J., P.E. Firoozabadi, and F. Rostami, (2022). Numerical Investigation of the Effect
    Dimensions of Rectangular Sedimentation Tanks on Its Hydraulic Efficiency Using Flow-3D
    Software. Acta Technica Jaurinensis,. 15(4): p. 207-220.
  5. Hirom, K. and T.T. Devi, (2022). Application of computational fluid dynamics in sedimentation
    tank design and its recent developments: A review. Water, Air, & Soil Pollution,. 233: p. 1-
    26.
  6. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, M.A.M. Said, S.-R. Sabbagh-Yazdi, S. Syafalni, and R. Abdullah,
    (2012). The effect of baffle angle on primary sedimentation tank efficiency. Canadian Journal
    of Civil Engineering,. 39(3): p. 293-303.
  7. Tarpagkou, R. and A. Pantokratoras, (2014). The influence of lamellar settler in sedimentation
    tanks for potable water treatment—A computational fluid dynamic study. Powder
    Technology,. 268: p. 139-149.
  8. Ekama, G. and P. Marais, (2004). Assessing the applicability of the 1D flux theory to full-scale
    secondary settling tank design with a 2D hydrodynamic model. Water research,. 38(3): p. 495-
    506.
  9. Gharagozian, A., (1998). Circular secondary clarifier investigations using a numerical model.,
    University of California, Los Angeles.
  10. Shahrokhi, M., F. Rostami, and M.A.M. Said, (2013). Numerical modeling of baffle location
    effects on the flow pattern of primary sedimentation tanks. Applied Mathematical Modelling,.
    37(6): p. 4486-4496.
  11. Razmi, A.M., R. Bakhtyar, B. Firoozabadi, and D.A. Barry, (2013). Experiments and
    numerical modeling of baffle configuration effects on the performance of sedimentation tanks.
    Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering,. 40(2): p. 140-150.
  12. Liu, Y., P. Zhang, and W. Wei, (2016). Simulation of effect of a baffle on the flow patterns
    and hydraulic efficiency in a sedimentation tank. Desalination and Water Treatment,. 57(54):
    p. 25950-25959.
  13. Saeedi, E., E. Behnamtalab, and S. Salehi Neyshabouri, (2020). Numerical simulation of baffle
    effect on the performance of sedimentation basin. Water and environment journal,. 34(2): p.
    212-222.
  14. Miri, J.K., B. Aminnejad, and A. Zahiri, (2023). Numerical Study of Flow Pattern, Sediment
    Field and Effect of the Arrangement of Guiding Blades (Baffles) on Sedimentation in PreSedimentation Basins by Numerical Models. Water Resources,. 50(1): p. 68-81.
  15. Heydari, M.M., M. Rahbani, and S.M.M. Jamal, (2014). Experimental and numerical
    investigations of baffle effect on the removal efficiency of sedimentation basin. Advances in
    Environmental Biology,: p. 1015-1022.
  16. Guo, H., S.J. Ki, S. Oh, Y.M. Kim, S. Wang, and J.H. Kim, (2017). Numerical simulation of
    separation process for enhancing fine particle removal in tertiary sedimentation tank mounting
    adjustable baffle. Chemical engineering science,. 158: p. 21-29.

Lab-on-a-Chip 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 검토: 엔지니어링 관점

Review on Blood Flow Dynamics in Lab-on-a-Chip Systems: An Engineering Perspective

  • Bin-Jie Lai
  • Li-Tao Zhu
  • Zhe Chen*
  • Bo Ouyang*
  • , and 
  • Zheng-Hong Luo*

Abstract

다양한 수송 메커니즘 하에서, “LOC(lab-on-a-chip)” 시스템에서 유동 전단 속도 조건과 밀접한 관련이 있는 혈류 역학은 다양한 수송 현상을 초래하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

본 연구는 적혈구의 동적 혈액 점도 및 탄성 거동과 같은 점탄성 특성의 역할을 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈류 패턴을 조사합니다. 모세관 및 전기삼투압의 주요 매개변수를 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈액 수송 현상에 대한 연구는 실험적, 이론적 및 수많은 수치적 접근 방식을 통해 제공됩니다.

전기 삼투압 점탄성 흐름에 의해 유발되는 교란은 특히 향후 연구 기회를 위해 혈액 및 기타 점탄성 유체를 취급하는 LOC 장치의 혼합 및 분리 기능 향상에 논의되고 적용됩니다. 또한, 본 연구는 보다 정확하고 단순화된 혈류 모델에 대한 요구와 전기역학 효과 하에서 점탄성 유체 흐름에 대한 수치 연구에 대한 강조와 같은 LOC 시스템 하에서 혈류 역학의 수치 모델링의 문제를 식별합니다.

전기역학 현상을 연구하는 동안 제타 전위 조건에 대한 보다 실용적인 가정도 강조됩니다. 본 연구는 모세관 및 전기삼투압에 의해 구동되는 미세유체 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 포괄적이고 학제적인 관점을 제공하는 것을 목표로 한다.

KEYWORDS: 

1. Introduction

1.1. Microfluidic Flow in Lab-on-a-Chip (LOC) Systems

Over the past several decades, the ability to control and utilize fluid flow patterns at microscales has gained considerable interest across a myriad of scientific and engineering disciplines, leading to growing interest in scientific research of microfluidics. 

(1) Microfluidics, an interdisciplinary field that straddles physics, engineering, and biotechnology, is dedicated to the behavior, precise control, and manipulation of fluids geometrically constrained to a small, typically submillimeter, scale. 

(2) The engineering community has increasingly focused on microfluidics, exploring different driving forces to enhance working fluid transport, with the aim of accurately and efficiently describing, controlling, designing, and applying microfluidic flow principles and transport phenomena, particularly for miniaturized applications. 

(3) This attention has chiefly been fueled by the potential to revolutionize diagnostic and therapeutic techniques in the biomedical and pharmaceutical sectorsUnder various driving forces in microfluidic flows, intriguing transport phenomena have bolstered confidence in sustainable and efficient applications in fields such as pharmaceutical, biochemical, and environmental science. The “lab-on-a-chip” (LOC) system harnesses microfluidic flow to enable fluid processing and the execution of laboratory tasks on a chip-sized scale. LOC systems have played a vital role in the miniaturization of laboratory operations such as mixing, chemical reaction, separation, flow control, and detection on small devices, where a wide variety of fluids is adapted. Biological fluid flow like blood and other viscoelastic fluids are notably studied among the many working fluids commonly utilized by LOC systems, owing to the optimization in small fluid sample volumed, rapid response times, precise control, and easy manipulation of flow patterns offered by the system under various driving forces. 

(4)The driving forces in blood flow can be categorized as passive or active transport mechanisms and, in some cases, both. Under various transport mechanisms, the unique design of microchannels enables different functionalities in driving, mixing, separating, and diagnosing blood and drug delivery in the blood. 

(5) Understanding and manipulating these driving forces are crucial for optimizing the performance of a LOC system. Such knowledge presents the opportunity to achieve higher efficiency and reliability in addressing cellular level challenges in medical diagnostics, forensic studies, cancer detection, and other fundamental research areas, for applications of point-of-care (POC) devices. 

(6)

1.2. Engineering Approach of Microfluidic Transport Phenomena in LOC Systems

Different transport mechanisms exhibit unique properties at submillimeter length scales in microfluidic devices, leading to significant transport phenomena that differ from those of macroscale flows. An in-depth understanding of these unique transport phenomena under microfluidic systems is often required in fluidic mechanics to fully harness the potential functionality of a LOC system to obtain systematically designed and precisely controlled transport of microfluids under their respective driving force. Fluid mechanics is considered a vital component in chemical engineering, enabling the analysis of fluid behaviors in various unit designs, ranging from large-scale reactors to separation units. Transport phenomena in fluid mechanics provide a conceptual framework for analytically and descriptively explaining why and how experimental results and physiological phenomena occur. The Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, along with other governing equations, is often adapted to accurately describe fluid dynamics by accounting for pressure, surface properties, velocity, and temperature variations over space and time. In addition, limiting factors and nonidealities for these governing equations should be considered to impose corrections for empirical consistency before physical models are assembled for more accurate controls and efficiency. Microfluidic flow systems often deviate from ideal conditions, requiring adjustments to the standard governing equations. These deviations could arise from factors such as viscous effects, surface interactions, and non-Newtonian fluid properties from different microfluid types and geometrical layouts of microchannels. Addressing these nonidealities supports the refining of theoretical models and prediction accuracy for microfluidic flow behaviors.

The analytical calculation of coupled nonlinear governing equations, which describes the material and energy balances of systems under ideal conditions, often requires considerable computational efforts. However, advancements in computation capabilities, cost reduction, and improved accuracy have made numerical simulations using different numerical and modeling methods a powerful tool for effectively solving these complex coupled equations and modeling various transport phenomena. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is a numerical technique used to investigate the spatial and temporal distribution of various flow parameters. It serves as a critical approach to provide insights and reasoning for decision-making regarding the optimal designs involving fluid dynamics, even prior to complex physical model prototyping and experimental procedures. The integration of experimental data, theoretical analysis, and reliable numerical simulations from CFD enables systematic variation of analytical parameters through quantitative analysis, where adjustment to delivery of blood flow and other working fluids in LOC systems can be achieved.

Numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element-Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) are heavily employed in CFD and offer diverse approaches to achieve discretization of Eulerian flow equations through filling a mesh of the flow domain. A more in-depth review of numerical methods in CFD and its application for blood flow simulation is provided in Section 2.2.2.

1.3. Scope of the Review

In this Review, we explore and characterize the blood flow phenomena within the LOC systems, utilizing both physiological and engineering modeling approaches. Similar approaches will be taken to discuss capillary-driven flow and electric-osmotic flow (EOF) under electrokinetic phenomena as a passive and active transport scheme, respectively, for blood transport in LOC systems. Such an analysis aims to bridge the gap between physical (experimental) and engineering (analytical) perspectives in studying and manipulating blood flow delivery by different driving forces in LOC systems. Moreover, the Review hopes to benefit the interests of not only blood flow control in LOC devices but also the transport of viscoelastic fluids, which are less studied in the literature compared to that of Newtonian fluids, in LOC systems.

Section 2 examines the complex interplay between viscoelastic properties of blood and blood flow patterns under shear flow in LOC systems, while engineering numerical modeling approaches for blood flow are presented for assistance. Sections 3 and 4 look into the theoretical principles, numerical governing equations, and modeling methodologies for capillary driven flow and EOF in LOC systems as well as their impact on blood flow dynamics through the quantification of key parameters of the two driving forces. Section 5 concludes the characterized blood flow transport processes in LOC systems under these two forces. Additionally, prospective areas of research in improving the functionality of LOC devices employing blood and other viscoelastic fluids and potentially justifying mechanisms underlying microfluidic flow patterns outside of LOC systems are presented. Finally, the challenges encountered in the numerical studies of blood flow under LOC systems are acknowledged, paving the way for further research.

2. Blood Flow Phenomena

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


2.1. Physiological Blood Flow Behavior

Blood, an essential physiological fluid in the human body, serves the vital role of transporting oxygen and nutrients throughout the body. Additionally, blood is responsible for suspending various blood cells including erythrocytes (red blood cells or RBCs), leukocytes (white blood cells), and thrombocytes (blood platelets) in a plasma medium.Among the cells mentioned above, red blood cells (RBCs) comprise approximately 40–45% of the volume of healthy blood. 

(7) An RBC possesses an inherent elastic property with a biconcave shape of an average diameter of 8 μm and a thickness of 2 μm. This biconcave shape maximizes the surface-to-volume ratio, allowing RBCs to endure significant distortion while maintaining their functionality. 

(8,9) Additionally, the biconcave shape optimizes gas exchange, facilitating efficient uptake of oxygen due to the increased surface area. The inherent elasticity of RBCs allows them to undergo substantial distortion from their original biconcave shape and exhibits high flexibility, particularly in narrow channels.RBC deformability enables the cell to deform from a biconcave shape to a parachute-like configuration, despite minor differences in RBC shape dynamics under shear flow between initial cell locations. As shown in Figure 1(a), RBCs initiating with different resting shapes and orientations displaying display a similar deformation pattern 

(10) in terms of its shape. Shear flow induces an inward bending of the cell at the rear position of the rim to the final bending position, 

(11) resulting in an alignment toward the same position of the flow direction.

Figure 1. Images of varying deformation of RBCs and different dynamic blood flow behaviors. (a) The deforming shape behavior of RBCs at four different initiating positions under the same experimental conditions of a flow from left to right, (10) (b) RBC aggregation, (13) (c) CFL region. (18) Reproduced with permission from ref (10). Copyright 2011 Elsevier. Reproduced with permission from ref (13). Copyright 2022 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/. Reproduced with permission from ref (18). Copyright 2019 Elsevier.

The flexible property of RBCs enables them to navigate through narrow capillaries and traverse a complex network of blood vessels. The deformability of RBCs depends on various factors, including the channel geometry, RBC concentration, and the elastic properties of the RBC membrane. 

(12) Both flexibility and deformability are vital in the process of oxygen exchange among blood and tissues throughout the body, allowing cells to flow in vessels even smaller than the original cell size prior to deforming.As RBCs serve as major components in blood, their collective dynamics also hugely affect blood rheology. RBCs exhibit an aggregation phenomenon due to cell to cell interactions, such as adhesion forces, among populated cells, inducing unique blood flow patterns and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems. For blood flow in large vessels between a diameter of 1 and 3 cm, where shear rates are not high, a constant viscosity and Newtonian behavior for blood can be assumed. However, under low shear rate conditions (0.1 s

–1) in smaller vessels such as the arteries and venules, which are within a diameter of 0.2 mm to 1 cm, blood exhibits non-Newtonian properties, such as shear-thinning viscosity and viscoelasticity due to RBC aggregation and deformability. The nonlinear viscoelastic property of blood gives rise to a complex relationship between viscosity and shear rate, primarily influenced by the highly elastic behavior of RBCs. A wide range of research on the transient behavior of the RBC shape and aggregation characteristics under varied flow circumstances has been conducted, aiming to obtain a better understanding of the interaction between blood flow shear forces from confined flows.

For a better understanding of the unique blood flow structures and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems, some blood flow patterns are introduced in the following section.

2.1.1. RBC Aggregation

RBC aggregation is a vital phenomenon to be considered when designing LOC devices due to its impact on the viscosity of the bulk flow. Under conditions of low shear rate, such as in stagnant or low flow rate regions, RBCs tend to aggregate, forming structures known as rouleaux, resembling stacks of coins as shown in Figure 1(b). 

(13) The aggregation of RBCs increases the viscosity at the aggregated region, 

(14) hence slowing down the overall blood flow. However, when exposed to high shear rates, RBC aggregates disaggregate. As shear rates continue to increase, RBCs tend to deform, elongating and aligning themselves with the direction of the flow. 

(15) Such a dynamic shift in behavior from the cells in response to the shear rate forms the basis of the viscoelastic properties observed in whole blood. In essence, the viscosity of the blood varies according to the shear rate conditions, which are related to the velocity gradient of the system. It is significant to take the intricate relationship between shear rate conditions and the change of blood viscosity due to RBC aggregation into account since various flow driving conditions may induce varied effects on the degree of aggregation.

2.1.2. Fåhræus-Lindqvist Effect

The Fåhræus–Lindqvist (FL) effect describes the gradual decrease in the apparent viscosity of blood as the channel diameter decreases. 

(16) This effect is attributed to the migration of RBCs toward the central region in the microchannel, where the flow rate is higher, due to the presence of higher pressure and asymmetric distribution of shear forces. This migration of RBCs, typically observed at blood vessels less than 0.3 mm, toward the higher flow rate region contributes to the change in blood viscosity, which becomes dependent on the channel size. Simultaneously, the increase of the RBC concentration in the central region of the microchannel results in the formation of a less viscous region close to the microchannel wall. This region called the Cell-Free Layer (CFL), is primarily composed of plasma. 

(17) The combination of the FL effect and the following CFL formation provides a unique phenomenon that is often utilized in passive and active plasma separation mechanisms, involving branched and constriction channels for various applications in plasma separation using microfluidic systems.

2.1.3. Cell-Free Layer Formation

In microfluidic blood flow, RBCs form aggregates at the microchannel core and result in a region that is mostly devoid of RBCs near the microchannel walls, as shown in Figure 1(c). 

(18) The region is known as the cell-free layer (CFL). The CFL region is often known to possess a lower viscosity compared to other regions within the blood flow due to the lower viscosity value of plasma when compared to that of the aggregated RBCs. Therefore, a thicker CFL region composed of plasma correlates to a reduced apparent whole blood viscosity. 

(19) A thicker CFL region is often established following the RBC aggregation at the microchannel core under conditions of decreasing the tube diameter. Apart from the dependence on the RBC concentration in the microchannel core, the CFL thickness is also affected by the volume concentration of RBCs, or hematocrit, in whole blood, as well as the deformability of RBCs. Given the influence CFL thickness has on blood flow rheological parameters such as blood flow rate, which is strongly dependent on whole blood viscosity, investigating CFL thickness under shear flow is crucial for LOC systems accounting for blood flow.

2.1.4. Plasma Skimming in Bifurcation Networks

The uneven arrangement of RBCs in bifurcating microchannels, commonly termed skimming bifurcation, arises from the axial migration of RBCs within flowing streams. This uneven distribution contributes to variations in viscosity across differing sizes of bifurcating channels but offers a stabilizing effect. Notably, higher flow rates in microchannels are associated with increased hematocrit levels, resulting in higher viscosity compared with those with lower flow rates. Parametric investigations on bifurcation angle, 

(20) thickness of the CFL, 

(21) and RBC dynamics, including aggregation and deformation, 

(22) may alter the varying viscosity of blood and its flow behavior within microchannels.

2.2. Modeling on Blood Flow Dynamics

2.2.1. Blood Properties and Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology

Under different shear rate conditions in blood flow, the elastic characteristics and dynamic changes of the RBC induce a complex velocity and stress relationship, resulting in the incompatibility of blood flow characterization through standard presumptions of constant viscosity used for Newtonian fluid flow. Blood flow is categorized as a viscoelastic non-Newtonian fluid flow where constitutive equations governing this type of flow take into consideration the nonlinear viscometric properties of blood. To mathematically characterize the evolving blood viscosity and the relationship between the elasticity of RBC and the shear blood flow, respectively, across space and time of the system, a stress tensor (τ) defined by constitutive models is often coupled in the Navier–Stokes equation to account for the collective impact of the constant dynamic viscosity (η) and the elasticity from RBCs on blood flow.The dynamic viscosity of blood is heavily dependent on the shear stress applied to the cell and various parameters from the blood such as hematocrit value, plasma viscosity, mechanical properties of the RBC membrane, and red blood cell aggregation rate. The apparent blood viscosity is considered convenient for the characterization of the relationship between the evolving blood viscosity and shear rate, which can be defined by Casson’s law, as shown in eq 1.

𝜇=𝜏0𝛾˙+2𝜂𝜏0𝛾˙⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√+𝜂�=�0�˙+2��0�˙+�

(1)where τ

0 is the yield stress–stress required to initiate blood flow motion, η is the Casson rheological constant, and γ̇ is the shear rate. The value of Casson’s law parameters under blood with normal hematocrit level can be defined as τ

0 = 0.0056 Pa and η = 0.0035 Pa·s. 

(23) With the known property of blood and Casson’s law parameters, an approximation can be made to the dynamic viscosity under various flow condition domains. The Power Law model is often employed to characterize the dynamic viscosity in relation to the shear rate, since precise solutions exist for specific geometries and flow circumstances, acting as a fundamental standard for definition. The Carreau and Carreau–Yasuda models can be advantageous over the Power Law model due to their ability to evaluate the dynamic viscosity at low to zero shear rate conditions. However, none of the above-mentioned models consider the memory or other elastic behavior of blood and its RBCs. Some other commonly used mathematical models and their constants for the non-Newtonian viscosity property characterization of blood are listed in Table 1 below. 

(24−26)Table 1. Comparison of Various Non-Newtonian Models for Blood Viscosity 

(24−26)

ModelNon-Newtonian ViscosityParameters
Power Law(2)n = 0.61, k = 0.42
Carreau(3)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 3.1736 s, m = 2.406, a = 0.254
Walburn–Schneck(4)C1 = 0.000797 Pa·s, C2 = 0.0608 Pa·s, C3 = 0.00499, C4 = 14.585 g–1, TPMA = 25 g/L
Carreau–Yasuda(5)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 1.902 s, n = 0.22, a = 1.25
Quemada(6)μp = 0.0012 Pa·s, k = 2.07, k0 = 4.33, γ̇c = 1.88 s–1

The blood rheology is commonly known to be influenced by two key physiological factors, namely, the hematocrit value (H

t) and the fibrinogen concentration (c

f), with an average value of 42% and 0.252 gd·L

–1, respectively. Particularly in low shear conditions, the presence of varying fibrinogen concentrations affects the tendency for aggregation and rouleaux formation, while the occurrence of aggregation is contingent upon specific levels of hematocrit. 

(27) The study from Apostolidis et al. 

(28) modifies the Casson model through emphasizing its reliance on hematocrit and fibrinogen concentration parameter values, owing to the extensive knowledge of the two physiological blood parameters.The viscoelastic response of blood is heavily dependent on the elasticity of the RBC, which is defined by the relationship between the deformation and stress relaxation from RBCs under a specific location of shear flow as a function of the velocity field. The stress tensor is usually characterized by constitutive equations such as the Upper-Convected Maxwell Model 

(29) and the Oldroyd-B model 

(30) to track the molecule effects under shear from different driving forces. The prominent non-Newtonian features, such as shear thinning and yield stress, have played a vital role in the characterization of blood rheology, particularly with respect to the evaluation of yield stress under low shear conditions. The nature of stress measurement in blood, typically on the order of 1 mPa, is challenging due to its low magnitude. The occurrence of the CFL complicates the measurement further due to the significant decrease in apparent viscosity near the wall over time and a consequential disparity in viscosity compared to the bulk region.In addition to shear thinning viscosity and yield stress, the formation of aggregation (rouleaux) from RBCs under low shear rates also contributes to the viscoelasticity under transient flow 

(31) and thixotropy 

(32) of whole blood. Given the difficulty in evaluating viscoelastic behavior of blood under low strain magnitudes and limitations in generalized Newtonian models, the utilization of viscoelastic models is advocated to encompass elasticity and delineate non-shear components within the stress tensor. Extending from the Oldroyd-B model, Anand et al. 

(33) developed a viscoelastic model framework for adapting elasticity within blood samples and predicting non-shear stress components. However, to also address the thixotropic effects, the model developed by Horner et al. 

(34) serves as a more comprehensive approach than the viscoelastic model from Anand et al. Thixotropy 

(32) typically occurs from the structural change of the rouleaux, where low shear rate conditions induce rouleaux formation. Correspondingly, elasticity increases, while elasticity is more representative of the isolated RBCs, under high shear rate conditions. The model of Horner et al. 

(34) considers the contribution of rouleaux to shear stress, taking into account factors such as the characteristic time for Brownian aggregation, shear-induced aggregation, and shear-induced breakage. Subsequent advancements in the model from Horner et al. often revolve around refining the three aforementioned key terms for a more substantial characterization of rouleaux dynamics. Notably, this has led to the recently developed mHAWB model 

(35) and other model iterations to enhance the accuracy of elastic and viscoelastic contributions to blood rheology, including the recently improved model suggested by Armstrong et al. 

(36)

2.2.2. Numerical Methods (FDM, FEM, FVM)

Numerical simulation has become increasingly more significant in analyzing the geometry, boundary layers of flow, and nonlinearity of hyperbolic viscoelastic flow constitutive equations. CFD is a powerful and efficient tool utilizing numerical methods to solve the governing hydrodynamic equations, such as the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, continuity equation, and energy conservation equation, for qualitative evaluation of fluid motion dynamics under different parameters. CFD overcomes the challenge of analytically solving nonlinear forms of differential equations by employing numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) to discretize and solve the partial differential equations (PDEs), allowing for qualitative reproduction of transport phenomena and experimental observations. Different numerical methods are chosen to cope with various transport systems for optimization of the accuracy of the result and control of error during the discretization process.FDM is a straightforward approach to discretizing PDEs, replacing the continuum representation of equations with a set of finite-difference equations, which is typically applied to structured grids for efficient implementation in CFD programs. 

(37) However, FDM is often limited to simple geometries such as rectangular or block-shaped geometries and struggles with curved boundaries. In contrast, FEM divides the fluid domain into small finite grids or elements, approximating PDEs through a local description of physics. 

(38) All elements contribute to a large, sparse matrix solver. However, FEM may not always provide accurate results for systems involving significant deformation and aggregation of particles like RBCs due to large distortion of grids. 

(39) FVM evaluates PDEs following the conservation laws and discretizes the selected flow domain into small but finite size control volumes, with each grid at the center of a finite volume. 

(40) The divergence theorem allows the conversion of volume integrals of PDEs with divergence terms into surface integrals of surface fluxes across cell boundaries. Due to its conservation property, FVM offers efficient outcomes when dealing with PDEs that embody mass, momentum, and energy conservation principles. Furthermore, widely accessible software packages like the OpenFOAM toolbox 

(41) include a viscoelastic solver, making it an attractive option for viscoelastic fluid flow modeling. 

(42)

2.2.3. Modeling Methods of Blood Flow Dynamics

The complexity in the blood flow simulation arises from deformability and aggregation that RBCs exhibit during their interaction with neighboring cells under different shear rate conditions induced by blood flow. Numerical models coupled with simulation programs have been applied as a groundbreaking method to predict such unique rheological behavior exhibited by RBCs and whole blood. The conventional approach of a single-phase flow simulation is often applied to blood flow simulations within large vessels possessing a moderate shear rate. However, such a method assumes the properties of plasma, RBCs and other cellular components to be evenly distributed as average density and viscosity in blood, resulting in the inability to simulate the mechanical dynamics, such as RBC aggregation under high-shear flow field, inherent in RBCs. To accurately describe the asymmetric distribution of RBC and blood flow, multiphase flow simulation, where numerical simulations of blood flows are often modeled as two immiscible phases, RBCs and blood plasma, is proposed. A common assumption is that RBCs exhibit non-Newtonian behavior while the plasma is treated as a continuous Newtonian phase.Numerous multiphase numerical models have been proposed to simulate the influence of RBCs on blood flow dynamics by different assumptions. In large-scale simulations (above the millimeter range), continuum-based methods are wildly used due to their lower computational demands. 

(43) Eulerian multiphase flow simulations offer the solution of a set of conservation equations for each separate phase and couple the phases through common pressure and interphase exchange coefficients. Xu et al. 

(44) utilized the combined finite-discrete element method (FDEM) to replicate the dynamic behavior and distortion of RBCs subjected to fluidic forces, utilizing the Johnson–Kendall–Roberts model 

(45) to define the adhesive forces of cell-to-cell interactions. The iterative direct-forcing immersed boundary method (IBM) is commonly employed in simulations of the fluid–cell interface of blood. This method effectively captures the intricacies of the thin and flexible RBC membranes within various external flow fields. 

(46) The study by Xu et al. 

(44) also adopts this approach to bridge the fluid dynamics and RBC deformation through IBM. Yoon and You utilized the Maxwell model to define the viscosity of the RBC membrane. 

(47) It was discovered that the Maxwell model could represent the stress relaxation and unloading processes of the cell. Furthermore, the reduced flexibility of an RBC under particular situations such as infection is specified, which was unattainable by the Kelvin–Voigt model 

(48) when compared to the Maxwell model in the literature. The Yeoh hyperplastic material model was also adapted to predict the nonlinear elasticity property of RBCs with FEM employed to discretize the RBC membrane using shell-type elements. Gracka et al. 

(49) developed a numerical CFD model with a finite-volume parallel solver for multiphase blood flow simulation, where an updated Maxwell viscoelasticity model and a Discrete Phase Model are adopted. In the study, the adapted IBM, based on unstructured grids, simulates the flow behavior and shape change of the RBCs through fluid-structure coupling. It was found that the hybrid Euler–Lagrange (E–L) approach 

(50) for the development of the multiphase model offered better results in the simulated CFL region in the microchannels.To study the dynamics of individual behaviors of RBCs and the consequent non-Newtonian blood flow, cell-shape-resolved computational models are often adapted. The use of the boundary integral method has become prevalent in minimizing computational expenses, particularly in the exclusive determination of fluid velocity on the surfaces of RBCs, incorporating the option of employing IBM or particle-based techniques. The cell-shaped-resolved method has enabled an examination of cell to cell interactions within complex ambient or pulsatile flow conditions 

(51) surrounding RBC membranes. Recently, Rydquist et al. 

(52) have looked to integrate statistical information from macroscale simulations to obtain a comprehensive overview of RBC behavior within the immediate proximity of the flow through introduction of respective models characterizing membrane shape definition, tension, bending stresses of RBC membranes.At a macroscopic scale, continuum models have conventionally been adapted for assessing blood flow dynamics through the application of elasticity theory and fluid dynamics. However, particle-based methods are known for their simplicity and adaptability in modeling complex multiscale fluid structures. Meshless methods, such as the boundary element method (BEM), smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH), and dissipative particle dynamics (DPD), are often used in particle-based characterization of RBCs and the surrounding fluid. By representing the fluid as discrete particles, meshless methods provide insights into the status and movement of the multiphase fluid. These methods allow for the investigation of cellular structures and microscopic interactions that affect blood rheology. Non-confronting mesh methods like IBM can also be used to couple a fluid solver such as FEM, FVM, or the Lattice Boltzmann Method (LBM) through membrane representation of RBCs. In comparison to conventional CFD methods, LBM has been viewed as a favorable numerical approach for solving the N–S equations and the simulation of multiphase flows. LBM exhibits the notable advantage of being amenable to high-performance parallel computing environments due to its inherently local dynamics. In contrast to DPD and SPH where RBC membranes are modeled as physically interconnected particles, LBM employs the IBM to account for the deformation dynamics of RBCs 

(53,54) under shear flows in complex channel geometries. 

(54,55) However, it is essential to acknowledge that the utilization of LBM in simulating RBC flows often entails a significant computational overhead, being a primary challenge in this context. Krüger et al. 

(56) proposed utilizing LBM as a fluid solver, IBM to couple the fluid and FEM to compute the response of membranes to deformation under immersed fluids. This approach decouples the fluid and membranes but necessitates significant computational effort due to the requirements of both meshes and particles.Despite the accuracy of current blood flow models, simulating complex conditions remains challenging because of the high computational load and cost. Balachandran Nair et al. 

(57) suggested a reduced order model of RBC under the framework of DEM, where the RBC is represented by overlapping constituent rigid spheres. The Morse potential force is adapted to account for the RBC aggregation exhibited by cell to cell interactions among RBCs at different distances. Based upon the IBM, the reduced-order RBC model is adapted to simulate blood flow transport for validation under both single and multiple RBCs with a resolved CFD-DEM solver. 

(58) In the resolved CFD-DEM model, particle sizes are larger than the grid size for a more accurate computation of the surrounding flow field. A continuous forcing approach is taken to describe the momentum source of the governing equation prior to discretization, which is different from a Direct Forcing Method (DFM). 

(59) As no body-conforming moving mesh is required, the continuous forcing approach offers lower complexity and reduced cost when compared to the DFM. Piquet et al. 

(60) highlighted the high complexity of the DFM due to its reliance on calculating an additional immersed boundary flux for the velocity field to ensure its divergence-free condition.The fluid–structure interaction (FSI) method has been advocated to connect the dynamic interplay of RBC membranes and fluid plasma within blood flow such as the coupling of continuum–particle interactions. However, such methodology is generally adapted for anatomical configurations such as arteries 

(61,62) and capillaries, 

(63) where both the structural components and the fluid domain undergo substantial deformation due to the moving boundaries. Due to the scope of the Review being blood flow simulation within microchannels of LOC devices without deformable boundaries, the Review of the FSI method will not be further carried out.In general, three numerical methods are broadly used: mesh-based, particle-based, and hybrid mesh–particle techniques, based on the spatial scale and the fundamental numerical approach, mesh-based methods tend to neglect the effects of individual particles, assuming a continuum and being efficient in terms of time and cost. However, the particle-based approach highlights more of the microscopic and mesoscopic level, where the influence of individual RBCs is considered. A review from Freund et al. 

(64) addressed the three numerical methodologies and their respective modeling approaches of RBC dynamics. Given the complex mechanics and the diverse levels of study concerning numerical simulations of blood and cellular flow, a broad spectrum of numerical methods for blood has been subjected to extensive review. 

(64−70) Ye at al. 

(65) offered an extensive review of the application of the DPD, SPH, and LBM for numerical simulations of RBC, while Rathnayaka et al. 

(67) conducted a review of the particle-based numerical modeling for liquid marbles through drawing parallels to the transport of RBCs in microchannels. A comparative analysis between conventional CFD methods and particle-based approaches for cellular and blood flow dynamic simulation can be found under the review by Arabghahestani et al. 

(66) Literature by Li et al. 

(68) and Beris et al. 

(69) offer an overview of both continuum-based models at micro/macroscales and multiscale particle-based models encompassing various length and temporal dimensions. Furthermore, these reviews deliberate upon the potential of coupling continuum-particle methods for blood plasma and RBC modeling. Arciero et al. 

(70) investigated various modeling approaches encompassing cellular interactions, such as cell to cell or plasma interactions and the individual cellular phases. A concise overview of the reviews is provided in Table 2 for reference.

Table 2. List of Reviews for Numerical Approaches Employed in Blood Flow Simulation

ReferenceNumerical methods
Li et al. (2013) (68)Continuum-based modeling (BIM), particle-based modeling (LBM, LB-FE, SPH, DPD)
Freund (2014) (64)RBC dynamic modeling (continuum-based modeling, complementary discrete microstructure modeling), blood flow dynamic modeling (FDM, IBM, LBM, particle-mesh methods, coupled boundary integral and mesh-based methods, DPD)
Ye et al. (2016) (65)DPD, SPH, LBM, coupled IBM-Smoothed DPD
Arciero et al. (2017) (70)LBM, IBM, DPD, conventional CFD Methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Arabghahestani et al. (2019) (66)Particle-based methods (LBM, DPD, direct simulation Monte Carlo, molecular dynamics), SPH, conventional CFD methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Beris et al. (2021) (69)DPD, smoothed DPD, IBM, LBM, BIM
Rathnayaka (2022) (67)SPH, CG, LBM

3. Capillary Driven Blood Flow in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


3.1. Capillary Driven Flow Phenomena

Capillary driven (CD) flow is a pivotal mechanism in passive microfluidic flow systems 

(9) such as the blood circulation system and LOC systems. 

(71) CD flow is essentially the movement of a liquid to flow against drag forces, where the capillary effect exerts a force on the liquid at the borders, causing a liquid–air meniscus to flow despite gravity or other drag forces. A capillary pressure drops across the liquid–air interface with surface tension in the capillary radius and contact angle. The capillary effect depends heavily on the interaction between the different properties of surface materials. Different values of contact angles can be manipulated and obtained under varying levels of surface wettability treatments to manipulate the surface properties, resulting in different CD blood delivery rates for medical diagnostic device microchannels. CD flow techniques are appealing for many LOC devices, because they require no external energy. However, due to the passive property of liquid propulsion by capillary forces and the long-term instability of surface treatments on channel walls, the adaptability of CD flow in geometrically complex LOC devices may be limited.

3.2. Theoretical and Numerical Modeling of Capillary Driven Blood Flow

3.2.1. Theoretical Basis and Assumptions of Microfluidic Flow

The study of transport phenomena regarding either blood flow driven by capillary forces or externally applied forces under microfluid systems all demands a comprehensive recognition of the significant differences in flow dynamics between microscale and macroscale. The fundamental assumptions and principles behind fluid transport at the microscale are discussed in this section. Such a comprehension will lay the groundwork for the following analysis of the theoretical basis of capillary forces and their role in blood transport in LOC systems.

At the macroscale, fluid dynamics are often strongly influenced by gravity due to considerable fluid mass. However, the high surface to volume ratio at the microscale shifts the balance toward surface forces (e.g., surface tension and viscous forces), much larger than the inertial force. This difference gives rise to transport phenomena unique to microscale fluid transport, such as the prevalence of laminar flow due to a very low Reynolds number (generally lower than 1). Moreover, the fluid in a microfluidic system is often assumed to be incompressible due to the small flow velocity, indicating constant fluid density in both space and time.Microfluidic flow behaviors are governed by the fundamental principles of mass and momentum conservation, which are encapsulated in the continuity equation and the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation. The continuity equation describes the conservation of mass, while the N–S equation captures the spatial and temporal variations in velocity, pressure, and other physical parameters. Under the assumption of the negligible influence of gravity in microfluidic systems, the continuity equation and the Eulerian representation of the incompressible N–S equation can be expressed as follows:

∇·𝐮⇀=0∇·�⇀=0

(7)

−∇𝑝+𝜇∇2𝐮⇀+∇·𝝉⇀−𝐅⇀=0−∇�+�∇2�⇀+∇·�⇀−�⇀=0

(8)Here, p is the pressure, u is the fluid viscosity, 

𝝉⇀�⇀ represents the stress tensor, and F is the body force exerted by external forces if present.

3.2.2. Theoretical Basis and Modeling of Capillary Force in LOC Systems

The capillary force is often the major driving force to manipulate and transport blood without an externally applied force in LOC systems. Forces induced by the capillary effect impact the free surface of fluids and are represented not directly in the Navier–Stokes equations but through the pressure boundary conditions of the pressure term p. For hydrophilic surfaces, the liquid generally induces a contact angle between 0° and 30°, encouraging the spread and attraction of fluid under a positive cos θ condition. For this condition, the pressure drop becomes positive and generates a spontaneous flow forward. A hydrophobic solid surface repels the fluid, inducing minimal contact. Generally, hydrophobic solids exhibit a contact angle larger than 90°, inducing a negative value of cos θ. Such a value will result in a negative pressure drop and a flow in the opposite direction. The induced contact angle is often utilized to measure the wall exposure of various surface treatments on channel walls where different wettability gradients and surface tension effects for CD flows are established. Contact angles between different interfaces are obtainable through standard values or experimental methods for reference. 

(72)For the characterization of the induced force by the capillary effect, the Young–Laplace (Y–L) equation 

(73) is widely employed. In the equation, the capillary is considered a pressure boundary condition between the two interphases. Through the Y–L equation, the capillary pressure force can be determined, and subsequently, the continuity and momentum balance equations can be solved to obtain the blood filling rate. Kim et al. 

(74) studied the effects of concentration and exposure time of a nonionic surfactant, Silwet L-77, on the performance of a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) microchannel in terms of plasma and blood self-separation. The study characterized the capillary pressure force by incorporating the Y–L equation and further evaluated the effects of the changing contact angle due to different levels of applied channel wall surface treatments. The expression of the Y–L equation utilized by Kim et al. 

(74) is as follows:

𝑃=−𝜎(cos𝜃b+cos𝜃tℎ+cos𝜃l+cos𝜃r𝑤)�=−�(cos⁡�b+cos⁡�tℎ+cos⁡�l+cos⁡�r�)

(9)where σ is the surface tension of the liquid and θ

bθ

tθ

l, and θ

r are the contact angle values between the liquid and the bottom, top, left, and right walls, respectively. A numerical simulation through Coventor software is performed to evaluate the dynamic changes in the filling rate within the microchannel. The simulation results for the blood filling rate in the microchannel are expressed at a specific time stamp, shown in Figure 2. The results portray an increasing instantaneous filling rate of blood in the microchannel following the decrease in contact angle induced by a higher concentration of the nonionic surfactant treated to the microchannel wall.

Figure 2. Numerical simulation of filling rate of capillary driven blood flow under various contact angle conditions at a specific timestamp. (74) Reproduced with permission from ref (74). Copyright 2010 Elsevier.

When in contact with hydrophilic or hydrophobic surfaces, blood forms a meniscus with a contact angle due to surface tension. The Lucas–Washburn (L–W) equation 

(75) is one of the pioneering theoretical definitions for the position of the meniscus over time. In addition, the L–W equation provides the possibility for research to obtain the velocity of the blood formed meniscus through the derivation of the meniscus position. The L–W equation 

(75) can be shown below:

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑡2𝜇⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�(�)=��⁡cos(�)�2�

(10)Here L(t) represents the distance of the liquid driven by the capillary forces. However, the generalized L–W equation solely assumes the constant physical properties from a Newtonian fluid rather than considering the non-Newtonian fluid behavior of blood. Cito et al. 

(76) constructed an enhanced version of the L–W equation incorporating the power law to consider the RBC aggregation and the FL effect. The non-Newtonian fluid apparent viscosity under the Power Law model is defined as

𝜇=𝑘·(𝛾˙)𝑛−1�=�·(�˙)�−1

(11)where γ̇ is the strain rate tensor defined as 

𝛾˙=12𝛾˙𝑖𝑗𝛾˙𝑗𝑖⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�˙=12�˙���˙��. The stress tensor term τ is computed as τ = μγ̇

ij. The updated L–W equation by Cito 

(76) is expressed as

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅[(𝑛+13𝑛+1)(𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑅𝑘)1/𝑛𝑡]𝑛/𝑛+1�(�)=�[(�+13�+1)(�⁡cos(�)��)1/��]�/�+1

(12)where k is the flow consistency index and n is the power law index, respectively. The power law index, from the Power Law model, characterizes the extent of the non-Newtonian behavior of blood. Both the consistency and power law index rely on blood properties such as hematocrit, the appearance of the FL effect, the formation of RBC aggregates, etc. The updated L–W equation computes the location and velocity of blood flow caused by capillary forces at specified time points within the LOC devices, taking into account the effects of blood flow characteristics such as RBC aggregation and the FL effect on dynamic blood viscosity.Apart from the blood flow behaviors triggered by inherent blood properties, unique flow conditions driven by capillary forces that are portrayed under different microchannel geometries also hold crucial implications for CD blood delivery. Berthier et al. 

(77) studied the spontaneous Concus–Finn condition, the condition to initiate the spontaneous capillary flow within a V-groove microchannel, as shown in Figure 3(a) both experimentally and numerically. Through experimental studies, the spontaneous Concus–Finn filament development of capillary driven blood flow is observed, as shown in Figure 3(b), while the dynamic development of blood flow is numerically simulated through CFD simulation.

Figure 3. (a) Sketch of the cross-section of Berthier’s V-groove microchannel, (b) experimental view of blood in the V-groove microchannel, (78) (c) illustration of the dynamic change of the extension of filament from FLOW 3D under capillary flow at three increasing time intervals. (78) Reproduced with permission from ref (78). Copyright 2014 Elsevier.

Berthier et al. 

(77) characterized the contact angle needed for the initiation of the capillary driving force at a zero-inlet pressure, through the half-angle (α) of the V-groove geometry layout, and its relation to the Concus–Finn filament as shown below:

𝜃<𝜋2−𝛼sin𝛼1+2(ℎ2/𝑤)sin𝛼<cos𝜃{�<�2−�sin⁡�1+2(ℎ2/�)⁡sin⁡�<cos⁡�

(13)Three possible regimes were concluded based on the contact angle value for the initiation of flow and development of Concus–Finn filament:

𝜃>𝜃1𝜃1>𝜃>𝜃0𝜃0no SCFSCF without a Concus−Finn filamentSCF without a Concus−Finn filament{�>�1no SCF�1>�>�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament

(14)Under Newton’s Law, the force balance with low Reynolds and Capillary numbers results in the neglect of inertial terms. The force balance between the capillary forces and the viscous force induced by the channel wall is proposed to derive the analytical fluid velocity. This relation between the two forces offers insights into the average flow velocity and the penetration distance function dependent on time. The apparent blood viscosity is defined by Berthier et al. 

(78) through Casson’s law, 

(23) given in eq 1. The research used the FLOW-3D program from Flow Science Inc. software, which solves transient, free-surface problems using the FDM in multiple dimensions. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) method 

(79) is utilized to locate and track the dynamic extension of filament throughout the advancing interface within the channel ahead of the main flow at three progressing time stamps, as depicted in Figure 3(c).

4. Electro-osmotic Flow (EOF) in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


The utilization of external forces, such as electric fields, has significantly broadened the possibility of manipulating microfluidic flow in LOC systems. 

(80) Externally applied electric field forces induce a fluid flow from the movement of ions in fluid terms as the “electro-osmotic flow” (EOF).Unique transport phenomena, such as enhanced flow velocity and flow instability, induced by non-Newtonian fluids, particularly viscoelastic fluids, under EOF, have sparked considerable interest in microfluidic devices with simple or complicated geometries within channels. 

(81) However, compared to the study of Newtonian fluids and even other electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flows, the literature focusing on the theoretical and numerical modeling of electro-osmotic blood flow is limited due to the complexity of blood properties. Consequently, to obtain a more comprehensive understanding of the complex blood flow behavior under EOF, theoretical and numerical studies of the transport phenomena in the EOF section will be based on the studies of different viscoelastic fluids under EOF rather than that of blood specifically. Despite this limitation, we believe these studies offer valuable insights that can help understand the complex behavior of blood flow under EOF.

4.1. EOF Phenomena

Electro-osmotic flow occurs at the interface between the microchannel wall and bulk phase solution. When in contact with the bulk phase, solution ions are absorbed or dissociated at the solid–liquid interface, resulting in the formation of a charge layer, as shown in Figure 4. This charged channel surface wall interacts with both negative and positive ions in the bulk sample, causing repulsion and attraction forces to create a thin layer of immobilized counterions, known as the Stern layer. The induced electric potential from the wall gradually decreases with an increase in the distance from the wall. The Stern layer potential, commonly termed the zeta potential, controls the intensity of the electrostatic interactions between mobile counterions and, consequently, the drag force from the applied electric field. Next to the Stern layer is the diffuse mobile layer, mainly composed of a mobile counterion. These two layers constitute the “electrical double layer” (EDL), the thickness of which is directly proportional to the ionic strength (concentration) of the bulk fluid. The relationship between the two parameters is characterized by a Debye length (λ

D), expressed as

𝜆𝐷=𝜖𝑘B𝑇2(𝑍𝑒)2𝑐0⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√��=��B�2(��)2�0

(15)where ϵ is the permittivity of the electrolyte solution, k

B is the Boltzmann constant, T is the electron temperature, Z is the integer valence number, e is the elementary charge, and c

0 is the ionic density.

Figure 4. Schematic diagram of an electro-osmotic flow in a microchannel with negative surface charge. (82) Reproduced with permission from ref (82). Copyright 2012 Woodhead Publishing.

When an electric field is applied perpendicular to the EDL, viscous drag is generated due to the movement of excess ions in the EDL. Electro-osmotic forces can be attributed to the externally applied electric potential (ϕ) and the zeta potential, the system wall induced potential by charged walls (ψ). As illustrated in Figure 4, the majority of ions in the bulk phase have a uniform velocity profile, except for a shear rate condition confined within an extremely thin Stern layer. Therefore, EOF displays a unique characteristic of a “near flat” or plug flow velocity profile, different from the parabolic flow typically induced by pressure-driven microfluidic flow (Hagen–Poiseuille flow). The plug-shaped velocity profile of the EOF possesses a high shear rate above the Stern layer.Overall, the EOF velocity magnitude is typically proportional to the Debye Length (λ

D), zeta potential, and magnitude of the externally applied electric field, while a more viscous liquid reduces the EOF velocity.

4.2. Modeling on Electro-osmotic Viscoelastic Fluid Flow

4.2.1. Theoretical Basis of EOF Mechanisms

The EOF of an incompressible viscoelastic fluid is commonly governed by the continuity and incompressible N–S equations, as shown in eqs 7 and 8, where the stress tensor and the electrostatic force term are coupled. The electro-osmotic body force term F, representing the body force exerted by the externally applied electric force, is defined as 

𝐹⇀=𝑝𝐸𝐸⇀�⇀=���⇀, where ρ

E and 

𝐸⇀�⇀ are the net electric charge density and the applied external electric field, respectively.Numerous models are established to theoretically study the externally applied electric potential and the system wall induced potential by charged walls. The following Laplace equation, expressed as eq 16, is generally adapted and solved to calculate the externally applied potential (ϕ).

∇2𝜙=0∇2�=0

(16)Ion diffusion under applied electric fields, together with mass transport resulting from convection and diffusion, transports ionic solutions in bulk flow under electrokinetic processes. The Nernst–Planck equation can describe these transport methods, including convection, diffusion, and electro-diffusion. Therefore, the Nernst–Planck equation is used to determine the distribution of the ions within the electrolyte. The electric potential induced by the charged channel walls follows the Poisson–Nernst–Plank (PNP) equation, which can be written as eq 17.

∇·[𝐷𝑖∇𝑛𝑖−𝑢⇀𝑛𝑖+𝑛𝑖𝐷𝑖𝑧𝑖𝑒𝑘𝑏𝑇∇(𝜙+𝜓)]=0∇·[��∇��−�⇀��+����������∇(�+�)]=0

(17)where D

in

i, and z

i are the diffusion coefficient, ionic concentration, and ionic valence of the ionic species I, respectively. However, due to the high nonlinearity and numerical stiffness introduced by different lengths and time scales from the PNP equations, the Poisson–Boltzmann (PB) model is often considered the major simplified method of the PNP equation to characterize the potential distribution of the EDL region in microchannels. In the PB model, it is assumed that the ionic species in the fluid follow the Boltzmann distribution. This model is typically valid for steady-state problems where charge transport can be considered negligible, the EDLs do not overlap with each other, and the intrinsic potentials are low. It provides a simplified representation of the potential distribution in the EDL region. The PB equation governing the EDL electric potential distribution is described as

∇2𝜓=(2𝑒𝑧𝑛0𝜀𝜀0)sinh(𝑧𝑒𝜓𝑘b𝑇)∇2�=(2���0��0)⁡sinh(����b�)

(18)where n

0 is the ion bulk concentration, z is the ionic valence, and ε

0 is the electric permittivity in the vacuum. Under low electric potential conditions, an even further simplified model to illustrate the EOF phenomena is the Debye–Hückel (DH) model. The DH model is derived by obtaining a charge density term by expanding the exponential term of the Boltzmann equation in a Taylor series.

4.2.2. EOF Modeling for Viscoelastic Fluids

Many studies through numerical modeling were performed to obtain a deeper understanding of the effect exhibited by externally applied electric fields on viscoelastic flow in microchannels under various geometrical designs. Bello et al. 

(83) found that methylcellulose solution, a non-Newtonian polymer solution, resulted in stronger electro-osmotic mobility in experiments when compared to the predictions by the Helmholtz–Smoluchowski equation, which is commonly used to define the velocity of EOF of a Newtonian fluid. Being one of the pioneers to identify the discrepancies between the EOF of Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, Bello et al. attributed such discrepancies to the presence of a very high shear rate in the EDL, resulting in a change in the orientation of the polymer molecules. Park and Lee 

(84) utilized the FVM to solve the PB equation for the characterization of the electric field induced force. In the study, the concept of fractional calculus for the Oldroyd-B model was adapted to illustrate the elastic and memory effects of viscoelastic fluids in a straight microchannel They observed that fluid elasticity and increased ratio of viscoelastic fluid contribution to overall fluid viscosity had a significant impact on the volumetric flow rate and sensitivity of velocity to electric field strength compared to Newtonian fluids. Afonso et al. 

(85) derived an analytical expression for EOF of viscoelastic fluid between parallel plates using the DH model to account for a zeta potential condition below 25 mV. The study established the understanding of the electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow under low zeta potential conditions. Apart from the electrokinetic forces, pressure forces can also be coupled with EOF to generate a unique fluid flow behavior within the microchannel. Sousa et al. 

(86) analytically studied the flow of a standard viscoelastic solution by combining the pressure gradient force with an externally applied electric force. It was found that, at a near wall skimming layer and the outer layer away from the wall, macromolecules migrating away from surface walls in viscoelastic fluids are observed. In the study, the Phan-Thien Tanner (PTT) constitutive model is utilized to characterize the viscoelastic properties of the solution. The approach is found to be valid when the EDL is much thinner than the skimming layer under an enhanced flow rate. Zhao and Yang 

(87) solved the PB equation and Carreau model for the characterization of the EOF mechanism and non-Newtonian fluid respectively through the FEM. The numerical results depict that, different from the EOF of Newtonian fluids, non-Newtonian fluids led to an increase of electro-osmotic mobility for shear thinning fluids but the opposite for shear thickening fluids.Like other fluid transport driving forces, EOF within unique geometrical layouts also portrays unique transport phenomena. Pimenta and Alves 

(88) utilized the FVM to perform numerical simulations of the EOF of viscoelastic fluids considering the PB equation and the Oldroyd-B model, in a cross-slot and flow-focusing microdevices. It was found that electroelastic instabilities are formed due to the development of large stresses inside the EDL with streamlined curvature at geometry corners. Bezerra et al. 

(89) used the FDM to numerically analyze the vortex formation and flow instability from an electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow in a microchannel with a nozzle geometry and parallel wall geometry setting. The PNP equation is utilized to characterize the charge motion in the EOF and the PTT model for non-Newtonian flow characterization. A constriction geometry is commonly utilized in blood flow adapted in LOC systems due to the change in blood flow behavior under narrow dimensions in a microchannel. Ji et al. 

(90) recently studied the EOF of viscoelastic fluid in a constriction microchannel connected by two relatively big reservoirs on both ends (as seen in Figure 5) filled with the polyacrylamide polymer solution, a viscoelastic fluid, and an incompressible monovalent binary electrolyte solution KCl.

Figure 5. Schematic diagram of a negatively charged constriction microchannel connected to two reservoirs at both ends. An electro-osmotic flow is induced in the system by the induced potential difference between the anode and cathode. (90) Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

In studying the EOF of viscoelastic fluids, the Oldroyd-B model is often utilized to characterize the polymeric stress tensor and the deformation rate of the fluid. The Oldroyd-B model is expressed as follows:

𝜏=𝜂p𝜆(𝐜−𝐈)�=�p�(�−�)

(19)where η

p, λ, c, and I represent the polymer dynamic viscosity, polymer relaxation time, symmetric conformation tensor of the polymer molecules, and the identity matrix, respectively.A log-conformation tensor approach is taken to prevent convergence difficulty induced by the viscoelastic properties. The conformation tensor (c) in the polymeric stress tensor term is redefined by a new tensor (Θ) based on the natural logarithm of the c. The new tensor is defined as

Θ=ln(𝐜)=𝐑ln(𝚲)𝐑Θ=ln(�)=�⁡ln(�)�

(20)in which Λ is the diagonal matrix and R is the orthogonal matrix.Under the new conformation tensor, the induced EOF of a viscoelastic fluid is governed by the continuity and N–S equations adapting the Oldroyd-B model, which is expressed as

∂𝚯∂𝑡+𝐮·∇𝚯=𝛀Θ−ΘΩ+2𝐁+1𝜆(eΘ−𝐈)∂�∂�+�·∇�=�Θ−ΘΩ+2�+1�(eΘ−�)

(21)where Ω and B represent the anti-symmetric matrix and the symmetric traceless matrix of the decomposition of the velocity gradient tensor ∇u, respectively. The conformation tensor can be recovered by c = exp(Θ). The PB model and Laplace equation are utilized to characterize the charged channel wall induced potential and the externally applied potential.The governing equations are numerically solved through the FVM by RheoTool, 

(42) an open-source viscoelastic EOF solver on the OpenFOAM platform. A SIMPLEC (Semi-Implicit Method for Pressure Linked Equations-Consistent) algorithm was applied to solve the velocity-pressure coupling. The pressure field and velocity field were computed by the PCG (Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient) solver and the PBiCG (Preconditioned Biconjugate Gradient) solver, respectively.Ranging magnitudes of an applied electric field or fluid concentration induce both different streamlines and velocity magnitudes at various locations and times of the microchannel. In the study performed by Ji et al., 

(90) notable fluctuation of streamlines and vortex formation is formed at the upper stream entrance of the constriction as shown in Figure 6(a) and (b), respectively, due to the increase of electrokinetic effect, which is seen as a result of the increase in polymeric stress (τ

xx). 

(90) The contraction geometry enhances the EOF velocity within the constriction channel under high E

app condition (600 V/cm). Such phenomena can be attributed to the dependence of electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow on the system wall surface and bulk fluid properties. 

(91)

Figure 6. Schematic diagram of vortex formation and streamlines of EOF depicting flow instability at (a) 1.71 s and (b) 1.75 s. Spatial distribution of the elastic normal stress at (c) high Eapp condition. Streamline of an electro-osmotic flow under Eapp of 600 V/cm (90) for (d) non-Newtonian and (e) Newtonian fluid through a constriction geometry. Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

As elastic normal stress exceeds the local shear stress, flow instability and vortex formation occur. The induced elastic stress under EOF not only enhances the instability of the flow but often generates an irregular secondary flow leading to strong disturbance. 

(92) It is also vital to consider the effect of the constriction layout of microchannels on the alteration of the field strength within the system. The contraction geometry enhances a larger electric field strength compared with other locations of the channel outside the constriction region, resulting in a higher velocity gradient and stronger extension on the polymer within the viscoelastic solution. Following the high shear flow condition, a higher magnitude of stretch for polymer molecules in viscoelastic fluids exhibits larger elastic stresses and enhancement of vortex formation at the region. 

(93)As shown in Figure 6(c), significant elastic normal stress occurs at the inlet of the constriction microchannel. Such occurrence of a polymeric flow can be attributed to the dominating elongational flow, giving rise to high deformation of the polymers within the viscoelastic fluid flow, resulting in higher elastic stress from the polymers. Such phenomena at the entrance result in the difference in velocity streamline as circled in Figure 6(d) compared to that of the Newtonian fluid at the constriction entrance in Figure 6(e). 

(90) The difference between the Newtonian and polymer solution at the exit, as circled in Figure 6(d) and (e), can be attributed to the extrudate swell effect of polymers 

(94) within the viscoelastic fluid flow. The extrudate swell effect illustrates that, as polymers emerge from the constriction exit, they tend to contract in the flow direction and grow in the normal direction, resulting in an extrudate diameter greater than the channel size. The deformation of polymers within the polymeric flow at both the entrance and exit of the contraction channel facilitates the change in shear stress conditions of the flow, leading to the alteration in streamlines of flows for each region.

4.3. EOF Applications in LOC Systems

4.3.1. Mixing in LOC Systems

Rather than relying on the micromixing controlled by molecular diffusion under low Reynolds number conditions, active mixers actively leverage convective instability and vortex formation induced by electro-osmotic flows from alternating current (AC) or direct current (DC) electric fields. Such adaptation is recognized as significant breakthroughs for promotion of fluid mixing in chemical and biological applications such as drug delivery, medical diagnostics, chemical synthesis, and so on. 

(95)Many researchers proposed novel designs of electro-osmosis micromixers coupled with numerical simulations in conjunction with experimental findings to increase their understanding of the role of flow instability and vortex formation in the mixing process under electrokinetic phenomena. Matsubara and Narumi 

(96) numerically modeled the mixing process in a microchannel with four electrodes on each side of the microchannel wall, which generated a disruption through unstable electro-osmotic vortices. It was found that particle mixing was sensitive to both the convection effect induced by the main and secondary vortex within the micromixer and the change in oscillation frequency caused by the supplied AC voltage when the Reynolds number was varied. Qaderi et al. 

(97) adapted the PNP equation to numerically study the effect of the geometry and zeta potential configuration of the microchannel on the mixing process with a combined electro-osmotic pressure driven flow. It was reported that the application of heterogeneous zeta potential configuration enhances the mixing efficiency by around 23% while the height of the hurdles increases the mixing efficiency at most 48.1%. Cho et al. 

(98) utilized the PB model and Laplace equation to numerically simulate the electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid mixing process within a wavy and block layout of microchannel walls. The Power Law model is adapted to describe the fluid rheological characteristic. It was found that shear-thinning fluids possess a higher volumetric flow rate, which could result in poorer mixing efficiency compared to that of Newtonian fluids. Numerous studies have revealed that flow instability and vortex generation, in particular secondary vortices produced by barriers or greater magnitudes of heterogeneous zeta potential distribution, enhance mixing by increasing bulk flow velocity and reducing flow distance.To better understand the mechanism of disturbance formed in the system due to externally applied forces, known as electrokinetic instability, literature often utilize the Rayleigh (Ra) number, 

(1) as described below:

𝑅𝑎𝑣=𝑢ev𝑢eo=(𝛾−1𝛾+1)2𝑊𝛿2𝐸el2𝐻2𝜁𝛿Ra�=�ev�eo=(�−1�+1)2��2�el2�2��

(22)where γ is the conductivity ratio of the two streams and can be written as 

𝛾=𝜎el,H𝜎el,L�=�el,H�el,L. The Ra number characterizes the ratio between electroviscous and electro-osmotic flow. A high Ra

v value often results in good mixing. It is evident that fluid properties such as the conductivity (σ) of the two streams play a key role in the formation of disturbances to enhance mixing in microsystems. At the same time, electrokinetic parameters like the zeta potential (ζ) in the Ra number is critical in the characterization of electro-osmotic velocity and a slip boundary condition at the microchannel wall.To understand the mixing result along the channel, the concentration field can be defined and simulated under the assumption of steady state conditions and constant diffusion coefficient for each of the working fluid within the system through the convection–diffusion equation as below:

∂𝑐𝒊∂𝑡+∇⇀(𝑐𝑖𝑢⇀−𝐷𝑖∇⇀𝑐𝒊)=0∂��∂�+∇⇀(���⇀−��∇⇀��)=0

(23)where c

i is the species concentration of species i and D

i is the diffusion coefficient of the corresponding species.The standard deviation of concentration (σ

sd) can be adapted to evaluate the mixing quality of the system. 

(97) The standard deviation for concentration at a specific portion of the channel may be calculated using the equation below:

𝜎sd=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)−𝐶m)2d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯�sd=∫01(�*(�*)−�m)2d�*∫01d�*

(24)where C*(y*) and C

m are the non-dimensional concentration profile and the mean concentration at the portion, respectively. C* is the non-dimensional concentration and can be calculated as 

𝐶∗=𝐶𝐶ref�*=��ref, where C

ref is the reference concentration defined as the bulk solution concentration. The mean concentration profile can be calculated as 

𝐶m=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗�m=∫01(�*(�*)d�*∫01d�*. With the standard deviation of concentration, the mixing efficiency 

(97) can then be calculated as below:

𝜀𝑥=1−𝜎sd𝜎sd,0��=1−�sd�sd,0

(25)where σ

sd,0 is the standard derivation of the case of no mixing. The value of the mixing efficiency is typically utilized in conjunction with the simulated flow field and concentration field to explore the effect of geometrical and electrokinetic parameters on the optimization of the mixing results.

5. Summary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


5.1. Conclusion

Viscoelastic fluids such as blood flow in LOC systems are an essential topic to proceed with diagnostic analysis and research through microdevices in the biomedical and pharmaceutical industries. The complex blood flow behavior is tightly controlled by the viscoelastic characteristics of blood such as the dynamic viscosity and the elastic property of RBCs under various shear rate conditions. Furthermore, the flow behaviors under varied driving forces promote an array of microfluidic transport phenomena that are critical to the management of blood flow and other adapted viscoelastic fluids in LOC systems. This review addressed the blood flow phenomena, the complicated interplay between shear rate and blood flow behaviors, and their numerical modeling under LOC systems through the lens of the viscoelasticity characteristic. Furthermore, a theoretical understanding of capillary forces and externally applied electric forces leads to an in-depth investigation of the relationship between blood flow patterns and the key parameters of the two driving forces, the latter of which is introduced through the lens of viscoelastic fluids, coupling numerical modeling to improve the knowledge of blood flow manipulation in LOC systems. The flow disturbances triggered by the EOF of viscoelastic fluids and their impact on blood flow patterns have been deeply investigated due to their important role and applications in LOC devices. Continuous advancements of various numerical modeling methods with experimental findings through more efficient and less computationally heavy methods have served as an encouraging sign of establishing more accurate illustrations of the mechanisms for multiphase blood and other viscoelastic fluid flow transport phenomena driven by various forces. Such progress is fundamental for the manipulation of unique transport phenomena, such as the generated disturbances, to optimize functionalities offered by microdevices in LOC systems.

The following section will provide further insights into the employment of studied blood transport phenomena to improve the functionality of micro devices adapting LOC technology. A discussion of the novel roles that external driving forces play in microfluidic flow behaviors is also provided. Limitations in the computational modeling of blood flow and electrokinetic phenomena in LOC systems will also be emphasized, which may provide valuable insights for future research endeavors. These discussions aim to provide guidance and opportunities for new paths in the ongoing development of LOC devices that adapt blood flow.

5.2. Future Directions

5.2.1. Electro-osmosis Mixing in LOC Systems

Despite substantial research, mixing results through flow instability and vortex formation phenomena induced by electro-osmotic mixing still deviate from the effective mixing results offered by chaotic mixing results such as those seen in turbulent flows. However, recent discoveries of a mixing phenomenon that is generally observed under turbulent flows are found within electro-osmosis micromixers under low Reynolds number conditions. Zhao 

(99) experimentally discovered a rapid mixing process in an AC applied micromixer, where the power spectrum of concentration under an applied voltage of 20 V

p-p induces a −5/3 slope within a frequency range. This value of the slope is considered as the O–C spectrum in macroflows, which is often visible under relatively high Re conditions, such as the Taylor microscale Reynolds number Re > 500 in turbulent flows. 

(100) However, the Re value in the studied system is less than 1 at the specific location and applied voltage. A secondary flow is also suggested to occur close to microchannel walls, being attributed to the increase of convective instability within the system.Despite the experimental phenomenon proposed by Zhao et al., 

(99) the range of effects induced by vital parameters of an EOF mixing system on the enhanced mixing results and mechanisms of disturbance generated by the turbulent-like flow instability is not further characterized. Such a gap in knowledge may hinder the adaptability and commercialization of the discovery of micromixers. One of the parameters for further evaluation is the conductivity gradient of the fluid flow. A relatively strong conductivity gradient (5000:1) was adopted in the system due to the conductive properties of the two fluids. The high conductivity gradients may contribute to the relatively large Rayleigh number and differences in EDL layer thickness, resulting in an unusual disturbance in laminar flow conditions and enhanced mixing results. However, high conductivity gradients are not always achievable by the working fluids due to diverse fluid properties. The reliance on turbulent-like phenomena and rapid mixing results in a large conductivity gradient should be established to prevent the limited application of fluids for the mixing system. In addition, the proposed system utilizes distinct zeta potential distributions at the top and bottom walls due to their difference in material choices, which may be attributed to the flow instability phenomena. Further studies should be made on varying zeta potential magnitude and distribution to evaluate their effect on the slip boundary conditions of the flow and the large shear rate condition close to the channel wall of EOF. Such a study can potentially offer an optimized condition in zeta potential magnitude through material choices and geometrical layout of the zeta potential for better mixing results and manipulation of mixing fluid dynamics. The two vital parameters mentioned above can be varied with the aid of numerical simulation to understand the effect of parameters on the interaction between electro-osmotic forces and electroviscous forces. At the same time, the relationship of developed streamlines of the simulated velocity and concentration field, following their relationship with the mixing results, under the impact of these key parameters can foster more insight into the range of impact that the two parameters have on the proposed phenomena and the microfluidic dynamic principles of disturbances.

In addition, many of the current investigations of electrokinetic mixers commonly emphasize the fluid dynamics of mixing for Newtonian fluids, while the utilization of biofluids, primarily viscoelastic fluids such as blood, and their distinctive response under shear forces in these novel mixing processes of LOC systems are significantly less studied. To develop more compatible microdevice designs and efficient mixing outcomes for the biomedical industry, it is necessary to fill the knowledge gaps in the literature on electro-osmotic mixing for biofluids, where properties of elasticity, dynamic viscosity, and intricate relationship with shear flow from the fluid are further considered.

5.2.2. Electro-osmosis Separation in LOC Systems

Particle separation in LOC devices, particularly in biological research and diagnostics, is another area where disturbances may play a significant role in optimization. 

(101) Plasma analysis in LOC systems under precise control of blood flow phenomena and blood/plasma separation procedures can detect vital information about infectious diseases from particular antibodies and foreign nucleic acids for medical treatments, diagnostics, and research, 

(102) offering more efficient results and simple operating procedures compared to that of the traditional centrifugation method for blood and plasma separation. However, the adaptability of LOC devices for blood and plasma separation is often hindered by microchannel clogging, where flow velocity and plasma yield from LOC devices is reduced due to occasional RBC migration and aggregation at the filtration entrance of microdevices. 

(103)It is important to note that the EOF induces flow instability close to microchannel walls, which may provide further solutions to clogging for the separation process of the LOC systems. Mohammadi et al. 

(104) offered an anti-clogging effect of RBCs at the blood and plasma separating device filtration entry, adjacent to the surface wall, through RBC disaggregation under high shear rate conditions generated by a forward and reverse EOF direction.

Further theoretical and numerical research can be conducted to characterize the effect of high shear rate conditions near microchannel walls toward the detachment of binding blood cells on surfaces and the reversibility of aggregation. Through numerical modeling with varying electrokinetic parameters to induce different degrees of disturbances or shear conditions at channel walls, it may be possible to optimize and better understand the process of disrupting the forces that bind cells to surface walls and aggregated cells at filtration pores. RBCs that migrate close to microchannel walls are often attracted by the adhesion force between the RBC and the solid surface originating from the van der Waals forces. Following RBC migration and attachment by adhesive forces adjacent to the microchannel walls as shown in Figure 7, the increase in viscosity at the region causes a lower shear condition and encourages RBC aggregation (cell–cell interaction), which clogs filtering pores or microchannels and reduces flow velocity at filtration region. Both the impact that shear forces and disturbances may induce on cell binding forces with surface walls and other cells leading to aggregation may suggest further characterization. Kinetic parameters such as activation energy and the rate-determining step for cell binding composition attachment and detachment should be considered for modeling the dynamics of RBCs and blood flows under external forces in LOC separation devices.

Figure 7. Schematic representations of clogging at a microchannel pore following the sequence of RBC migration, cell attachment to channel walls, and aggregation. (105) Reproduced with permission from ref (105). Copyright 2018 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

5.2.3. Relationship between External Forces and Microfluidic Systems

In blood flow, a thicker CFL suggests a lower blood viscosity, suggesting a complex relationship between shear stress and shear rate, affecting the blood viscosity and blood flow. Despite some experimental and numerical studies on electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow, limited literature has performed an in-depth investigation of the role that applied electric forces and other external forces could play in the process of CFL formation. Additional studies on how shear rates from external forces affect CFL formation and microfluidic flow dynamics can shed light on the mechanism of the contribution induced by external driving forces to the development of a separate phase of layer, similar to CFL, close to the microchannel walls and distinct from the surrounding fluid within the system, then influencing microfluidic flow dynamics.One of the mechanisms of phenomena to be explored is the formation of the Exclusion Zone (EZ) region following a “Self-Induced Flow” (SIF) phenomenon discovered by Li and Pollack, 

(106) as shown in Figure 8(a) and (b), respectively. A spontaneous sustained axial flow is observed when hydrophilic materials are immersed in water, resulting in the buildup of a negative layer of charges, defined as the EZ, after water molecules absorb infrared radiation (IR) energy and break down into H and OH

+.

Figure 8. Schematic representations of (a) the Exclusion Zone region and (b) the Self Induced Flow through visualization of microsphere movement within a microchannel. (106) Reproduced with permission from ref (106). Copyright 2020 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

Despite the finding of such a phenomenon, the specific mechanism and role of IR energy have yet to be defined for the process of EZ development. To further develop an understanding of the role of IR energy in such phenomena, a feasible study may be seen through the lens of the relationships between external forces and microfluidic flow. In the phenomena, the increase of SIF velocity under a rise of IR radiation resonant characteristics is shown in the participation of the external electric field near the microchannel walls under electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow systems. The buildup of negative charges at the hydrophilic surfaces in EZ is analogous to the mechanism of electrical double layer formation. Indeed, research has initiated the exploration of the core mechanisms for EZ formation through the lens of the electrokinetic phenomena. 

(107) Such a similarity of the role of IR energy and the transport phenomena of SIF with electrokinetic phenomena paves the way for the definition of the unknown SIF phenomena and EZ formation. Furthermore, Li and Pollack 

(106) suggest whether CFL formation might contribute to a SIF of blood using solely IR radiation, a commonly available source of energy in nature, as an external driving force. The proposition may be proven feasible with the presence of the CFL region next to the negatively charged hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer, coating the luminal side of blood vessels. 

(108) Further research can dive into the resonating characteristics between the formation of the CFL region next to the hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer and that of the EZ formation close to hydrophilic microchannel walls. Indeed, an increase in IR energy is known to rapidly accelerate EZ formation and SIF velocity, depicting similarity to the increase in the magnitude of electric field forces and greater shear rates at microchannel walls affecting CFL formation and EOF velocity. Such correlation depicts a future direction in whether SIF blood flow can be observed and characterized theoretically further through the lens of the relationship between blood flow and shear forces exhibited by external energy.

The intricate link between the CFL and external forces, more specifically the externally applied electric field, can receive further attention to provide a more complete framework for the mechanisms between IR radiation and EZ formation. Such characterization may also contribute to a greater comprehension of the role IR can play in CFL formation next to the endothelial glycocalyx layer as well as its role as a driving force to propel blood flow, similar to the SIF, but without the commonly assumed pressure force from heart contraction as a source of driving force.

5.3. Challenges

Although there have been significant improvements in blood flow modeling under LOC systems over the past decade, there are still notable constraints that may require special attention for numerical simulation applications to benefit the adaptability of the designs and functionalities of LOC devices. Several points that require special attention are mentioned below:

1.The majority of CFD models operate under the relationship between the viscoelasticity of blood and the shear rate conditions of flow. The relative effect exhibited by the presence of highly populated RBCs in whole blood and their forces amongst the cells themselves under complex flows often remains unclearly defined. Furthermore, the full range of cell populations in whole blood requires a much more computational load for numerical modeling. Therefore, a vital goal for future research is to evaluate a reduced modeling method where the impact of cell–cell interaction on the viscoelastic property of blood is considered.
2.Current computational methods on hemodynamics rely on continuum models based upon non-Newtonian rheology at the macroscale rather than at molecular and cellular levels. Careful considerations should be made for the development of a constructive framework for the physical and temporal scales of micro/nanoscale systems to evaluate the intricate relationship between fluid driving forces, dynamic viscosity, and elasticity.
3.Viscoelastic fluids under the impact of externally applied electric forces often deviate from the assumptions of no-slip boundary conditions due to the unique flow conditions induced by externally applied forces. Furthermore, the mechanism of vortex formation and viscoelastic flow instability at laminar flow conditions should be better defined through the lens of the microfluidic flow phenomenon to optimize the prediction of viscoelastic flow across different geometrical layouts. Mathematical models and numerical methods are needed to better predict such disturbance caused by external forces and the viscoelasticity of fluids at such a small scale.
4.Under practical situations, zeta potential distribution at channel walls frequently deviates from the common assumption of a constant distribution because of manufacturing faults or inherent surface charges prior to the introduction of electrokinetic influence. These discrepancies frequently lead to inconsistent surface potential distribution, such as excess positive ions at relatively more negatively charged walls. Accordingly, unpredicted vortex formation and flow instability may occur. Therefore, careful consideration should be given to these discrepancies and how they could trigger the transport process and unexpected results of a microdevice.

Author Information

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


  • Corresponding Authors
    • Zhe Chen – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: zaccooky@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Bo Ouyang – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: bouy93@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Zheng-Hong Luo – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-9011-6020; Email: luozh@sjtu.edu.cn
  • Authors
    • Bin-Jie Lai – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0009-0002-8133-5381
    • Li-Tao Zhu – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-6514-8864
  • NotesThe authors declare no competing financial interest.

Acknowledgments

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 22238005) and the Postdoctoral Research Foundation of China (No. GZC20231576).

Vocabulary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


Microfluidicsthe field of technological and scientific study that investigates fluid flow in channels with dimensions between 1 and 1000 μm
Lab-on-a-Chip Technologythe field of research and technological development aimed at integrating the micro/nanofluidic characteristics to conduct laboratory processes on handheld devices
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)the method utilizing computational abilities to predict physical fluid flow behaviors mathematically through solving the governing equations of corresponding fluid flows
Shear Ratethe rate of change in velocity where one layer of fluid moves past the adjacent layer
Viscoelasticitythe property holding both elasticity and viscosity characteristics relying on the magnitude of applied shear stress and time-dependent strain
Electro-osmosisthe flow of fluid under an applied electric field when charged solid surface is in contact with the bulk fluid
Vortexthe rotating motion of a fluid revolving an axis line

References

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This article references 108 other publications.

  1. 1Neethirajan, S.; Kobayashi, I.; Nakajima, M.; Wu, D.; Nandagopal, S.; Lin, F. Microfluidics for food, agriculture and biosystems industries. Lab Chip 201111 (9), 1574– 1586,  DOI: 10.1039/c0lc00230eViewGoogle Scholar
  2. 2Whitesides, G. M. The origins and the future of microfluidics. Nature 2006442 (7101), 368– 373,  DOI: 10.1038/nature05058ViewGoogle Scholar
  3. 3Burklund, A.; Tadimety, A.; Nie, Y.; Hao, N.; Zhang, J. X. J. Chapter One – Advances in diagnostic microfluidics; Elsevier, 2020; DOI:  DOI: 10.1016/bs.acc.2019.08.001 .ViewGoogle Scholar
  4. 4Abdulbari, H. A. Chapter 12 – Lab-on-a-chip for analysis of blood. In Nanotechnology for Hematology, Blood Transfusion, and Artificial Blood; Denizli, A., Nguyen, T. A., Rajan, M., Alam, M. F., Rahman, K., Eds.; Elsevier, 2022; pp 265– 283.ViewGoogle Scholar
  5. 5Vladisavljević, G. T.; Khalid, N.; Neves, M. A.; Kuroiwa, T.; Nakajima, M.; Uemura, K.; Ichikawa, S.; Kobayashi, I. Industrial lab-on-a-chip: Design, applications and scale-up for drug discovery and delivery. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 201365 (11), 1626– 1663,  DOI: 10.1016/j.addr.2013.07.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  6. 6Kersaudy-Kerhoas, M.; Dhariwal, R.; Desmulliez, M. P. Y.; Jouvet, L. Hydrodynamic blood plasma separation in microfluidic channels. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 20108 (1), 105– 114,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-009-0450-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  7. 7Popel, A. S.; Johnson, P. C. Microcirculation and Hemorheology. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 43– 69,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.042604.133933ViewGoogle Scholar
  8. 8Fedosov, D. A.; Peltomäki, M.; Gompper, G. Deformation and dynamics of red blood cells in flow through cylindrical microchannels. Soft Matter 201410 (24), 4258– 4267,  DOI: 10.1039/C4SM00248BViewGoogle Scholar
  9. 9Chakraborty, S. Dynamics of capillary flow of blood into a microfluidic channel. Lab Chip 20055 (4), 421– 430,  DOI: 10.1039/b414566fViewGoogle Scholar
  10. 10Tomaiuolo, G.; Guido, S. Start-up shape dynamics of red blood cells in microcapillary flow. Microvascular Research 201182 (1), 35– 41,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2011.03.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  11. 11Sherwood, J. M.; Dusting, J.; Kaliviotis, E.; Balabani, S. The effect of red blood cell aggregation on velocity and cell-depleted layer characteristics of blood in a bifurcating microchannel. Biomicrofluidics 20126 (2), 24119,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4717755ViewGoogle Scholar
  12. 12Nader, E.; Skinner, S.; Romana, M.; Fort, R.; Lemonne, N.; Guillot, N.; Gauthier, A.; Antoine-Jonville, S.; Renoux, C.; Hardy-Dessources, M.-D. Blood Rheology: Key Parameters, Impact on Blood Flow, Role in Sickle Cell Disease and Effects of Exercise. Frontiers in Physiology 201910, 01329,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2019.01329ViewGoogle Scholar
  13. 13Trejo-Soto, C.; Lázaro, G. R.; Pagonabarraga, I.; Hernández-Machado, A. Microfluidics Approach to the Mechanical Properties of Red Blood Cell Membrane and Their Effect on Blood Rheology. Membranes 202212 (2), 217,  DOI: 10.3390/membranes12020217ViewGoogle Scholar
  14. 14Wagner, C.; Steffen, P.; Svetina, S. Aggregation of red blood cells: From rouleaux to clot formation. Comptes Rendus Physique 201314 (6), 459– 469,  DOI: 10.1016/j.crhy.2013.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  15. 15Kim, H.; Zhbanov, A.; Yang, S. Microfluidic Systems for Blood and Blood Cell Characterization. Biosensors 202313 (1), 13,  DOI: 10.3390/bios13010013ViewGoogle Scholar
  16. 16Fåhræus, R.; Lindqvist, T. THE VISCOSITY OF THE BLOOD IN NARROW CAPILLARY TUBES. American Journal of Physiology-Legacy Content 193196 (3), 562– 568,  DOI: 10.1152/ajplegacy.1931.96.3.562ViewGoogle Scholar
  17. 17Ascolese, M.; Farina, A.; Fasano, A. The Fåhræus-Lindqvist effect in small blood vessels: how does it help the heart?. J. Biol. Phys. 201945 (4), 379– 394,  DOI: 10.1007/s10867-019-09534-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  18. 18Bento, D.; Fernandes, C. S.; Miranda, J. M.; Lima, R. In vitro blood flow visualizations and cell-free layer (CFL) measurements in a microchannel network. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science 2019109, 109847,  DOI: 10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2019.109847ViewGoogle Scholar
  19. 19Namgung, B.; Ong, P. K.; Wong, Y. H.; Lim, D.; Chun, K. J.; Kim, S. A comparative study of histogram-based thresholding methods for the determination of cell-free layer width in small blood vessels. Physiological Measurement 201031 (9), N61,  DOI: 10.1088/0967-3334/31/9/N01ViewGoogle Scholar
  20. 20Hymel, S. J.; Lan, H.; Fujioka, H.; Khismatullin, D. B. Cell trapping in Y-junction microchannels: A numerical study of the bifurcation angle effect in inertial microfluidics. Phys. Fluids (1994) 201931 (8), 082003,  DOI: 10.1063/1.5113516ViewGoogle Scholar
  21. 21Li, X.; Popel, A. S.; Karniadakis, G. E. Blood-plasma separation in Y-shaped bifurcating microfluidic channels: a dissipative particle dynamics simulation study. Phys. Biol. 20129 (2), 026010,  DOI: 10.1088/1478-3975/9/2/026010ViewGoogle Scholar
  22. 22Yin, X.; Thomas, T.; Zhang, J. Multiple red blood cell flows through microvascular bifurcations: Cell free layer, cell trajectory, and hematocrit separation. Microvascular Research 201389, 47– 56,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2013.05.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  23. 23Shibeshi, S. S.; Collins, W. E. The Rheology of Blood Flow in a Branched Arterial System. Appl. Rheol 200515 (6), 398– 405,  DOI: 10.1515/arh-2005-0020ViewGoogle Scholar
  24. 24Sequeira, A.; Janela, J. An Overview of Some Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology. In A Portrait of State-of-the-Art Research at the Technical University of Lisbon; Pereira, M. S., Ed.; Springer Netherlands: Dordrecht, 2007; pp 65– 87.ViewGoogle Scholar
  25. 25Walburn, F. J.; Schneck, D. J. A constitutive equation for whole human blood. Biorheology 197613, 201– 210,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1976-13307ViewGoogle Scholar
  26. 26Quemada, D. A rheological model for studying the hematocrit dependence of red cell-red cell and red cell-protein interactions in blood. Biorheology 198118, 501– 516,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1981-183-615ViewGoogle Scholar
  27. 27Varchanis, S.; Dimakopoulos, Y.; Wagner, C.; Tsamopoulos, J. How viscoelastic is human blood plasma?. Soft Matter 201814 (21), 4238– 4251,  DOI: 10.1039/C8SM00061AViewGoogle Scholar
  28. 28Apostolidis, A. J.; Moyer, A. P.; Beris, A. N. Non-Newtonian effects in simulations of coronary arterial blood flow. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2016233, 155– 165,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.03.008ViewGoogle Scholar
  29. 29Luo, X. Y.; Kuang, Z. B. A study on the constitutive equation of blood. J. Biomech. 199225 (8), 929– 934,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9290(92)90233-QViewGoogle Scholar
  30. 30Oldroyd, J. G.; Wilson, A. H. On the formulation of rheological equations of state. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences 1950200 (1063), 523– 541,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1950.0035ViewGoogle Scholar
  31. 31Prado, G.; Farutin, A.; Misbah, C.; Bureau, L. Viscoelastic transient of confined red blood cells. Biophys J. 2015108 (9), 2126– 2136,  DOI: 10.1016/j.bpj.2015.03.046ViewGoogle Scholar
  32. 32Huang, C. R.; Pan, W. D.; Chen, H. Q.; Copley, A. L. Thixotropic properties of whole blood from healthy human subjects. Biorheology 198724 (6), 795– 801,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1987-24630ViewGoogle Scholar
  33. 33Anand, M.; Kwack, J.; Masud, A. A new generalized Oldroyd-B model for blood flow in complex geometries. International Journal of Engineering Science 201372, 78– 88,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2013.06.009ViewGoogle Scholar
  34. 34Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Investigation of blood rheology under steady and unidirectional large amplitude oscillatory shear. J. Rheol. 201862 (2), 577– 591,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5017623ViewGoogle Scholar
  35. 35Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Measurements of human blood viscoelasticity and thixotropy under steady and transient shear and constitutive modeling thereof. J. Rheol. 201963 (5), 799– 813,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5108737ViewGoogle Scholar
  36. 36Armstrong, M.; Tussing, J. A methodology for adding thixotropy to Oldroyd-8 family of viscoelastic models for characterization of human blood. Phys. Fluids 202032 (9), 094111,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0022501ViewGoogle Scholar
  37. 37Crank, J.; Nicolson, P. A practical method for numerical evaluation of solutions of partial differential equations of the heat-conduction type. Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 194743 (1), 50– 67,  DOI: 10.1017/S0305004100023197ViewGoogle Scholar
  38. 38Clough, R. W. Original formulation of the finite element method. Finite Elements in Analysis and Design 19907 (2), 89– 101,  DOI: 10.1016/0168-874X(90)90001-UViewGoogle Scholar
  39. 39Liu, W. K.; Liu, Y.; Farrell, D.; Zhang, L.; Wang, X. S.; Fukui, Y.; Patankar, N.; Zhang, Y.; Bajaj, C.; Lee, J.Immersed finite element method and its applications to biological systems. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 2006195 (13), 1722– 1749,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cma.2005.05.049ViewGoogle Scholar
  40. 40Lopes, D.; Agujetas, R.; Puga, H.; Teixeira, J.; Lima, R.; Alejo, J. P.; Ferrera, C. Analysis of finite element and finite volume methods for fluid-structure interaction simulation of blood flow in a real stenosed artery. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 2021207, 106650,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2021.106650ViewGoogle Scholar
  41. 41Favero, J. L.; Secchi, A. R.; Cardozo, N. S. M.; Jasak, H. Viscoelastic flow analysis using the software OpenFOAM and differential constitutive equations. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2010165 (23), 1625– 1636,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2010.08.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  42. 42Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Stabilization of an open-source finite-volume solver for viscoelastic fluid flows. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2017239, 85– 104,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.12.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  43. 43Chee, C. Y.; Lee, H. P.; Lu, C. Using 3D fluid-structure interaction model to analyse the biomechanical properties of erythrocyte. Phys. Lett. A 2008372 (9), 1357– 1362,  DOI: 10.1016/j.physleta.2007.09.067ViewGoogle Scholar
  44. 44Xu, D.; Kaliviotis, E.; Munjiza, A.; Avital, E.; Ji, C.; Williams, J. Large scale simulation of red blood cell aggregation in shear flows. J. Biomech. 201346 (11), 1810– 1817,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2013.05.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  45. 45Johnson, K. L.; Kendall, K.; Roberts, A. Surface energy and the contact of elastic solids. Proceedings of the royal society of London. A. mathematical and physical sciences 1971324 (1558), 301– 313,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1971.0141ViewGoogle Scholar
  46. 46Shi, L.; Pan, T.-W.; Glowinski, R. Deformation of a single red blood cell in bounded Poiseuille flows. Phys. Rev. E 201285 (1), 016307,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevE.85.016307ViewGoogle Scholar
  47. 47Yoon, D.; You, D. Continuum modeling of deformation and aggregation of red blood cells. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2267– 2279,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  48. 48Mainardi, F.; Spada, G. Creep, relaxation and viscosity properties for basic fractional models in rheology. European Physical Journal Special Topics 2011193 (1), 133– 160,  DOI: 10.1140/epjst/e2011-01387-1ViewGoogle Scholar
  49. 49Gracka, M.; Lima, R.; Miranda, J. M.; Student, S.; Melka, B.; Ostrowski, Z. Red blood cells tracking and cell-free layer formation in a microchannel with hyperbolic contraction: A CFD model validation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022226, 107117,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.107117ViewGoogle Scholar
  50. 50Aryan, H.; Beigzadeh, B.; Siavashi, M. Euler-Lagrange numerical simulation of improved magnetic drug delivery in a three-dimensional CT-based carotid artery bifurcation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022219, 106778,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.106778ViewGoogle Scholar
  51. 51Czaja, B.; Závodszky, G.; Azizi Tarksalooyeh, V.; Hoekstra, A. G. Cell-resolved blood flow simulations of saccular aneurysms: effects of pulsatility and aspect ratio. J. R Soc. Interface 201815 (146), 20180485,  DOI: 10.1098/rsif.2018.0485ViewGoogle Scholar
  52. 52Rydquist, G.; Esmaily, M. A cell-resolved, Lagrangian solver for modeling red blood cell dynamics in macroscale flows. J. Comput. Phys. 2022461, 111204,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2022.111204ViewGoogle Scholar
  53. 53Dadvand, A.; Baghalnezhad, M.; Mirzaee, I.; Khoo, B. C.; Ghoreishi, S. An immersed boundary-lattice Boltzmann approach to study the dynamics of elastic membranes in viscous shear flows. Journal of Computational Science 20145 (5), 709– 718,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jocs.2014.06.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  54. 54Krüger, T.; Holmes, D.; Coveney, P. V. Deformability-based red blood cell separation in deterministic lateral displacement devices─A simulation study. Biomicrofluidics 20148 (5), 054114,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4897913ViewGoogle Scholar
  55. 55Takeishi, N.; Ito, H.; Kaneko, M.; Wada, S. Deformation of a Red Blood Cell in a Narrow Rectangular Microchannel. Micromachines 201910 (3), 199,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10030199ViewGoogle Scholar
  56. 56Krüger, T.; Varnik, F.; Raabe, D. Efficient and accurate simulations of deformable particles immersed in a fluid using a combined immersed boundary lattice Boltzmann finite element method. Computers & Mathematics with Applications 201161 (12), 3485– 3505,  DOI: 10.1016/j.camwa.2010.03.057ViewGoogle Scholar
  57. 57Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Umundum, T.; Saeedipour, M. A reduced-order model for deformable particles with application in bio-microfluidics. Computational Particle Mechanics 20207 (3), 593– 601,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-019-00283-8ViewGoogle Scholar
  58. 58Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Saeedipour, M. Resolved CFD-DEM simulation of blood flow with a reduced-order RBC model. Computational Particle Mechanics 20229 (4), 759– 774,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-021-00441-xViewGoogle Scholar
  59. 59Mittal, R.; Iaccarino, G. IMMERSED BOUNDARY METHODS. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 239– 261,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.061903.175743ViewGoogle Scholar
  60. 60Piquet, A.; Roussel, O.; Hadjadj, A. A comparative study of Brinkman penalization and direct-forcing immersed boundary methods for compressible viscous flows. Computers & Fluids 2016136, 272– 284,  DOI: 10.1016/j.compfluid.2016.06.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  61. 61Akerkouch, L.; Le, T. B. A Hybrid Continuum-Particle Approach for Fluid-Structure Interaction Simulation of Red Blood Cells in Fluid Flows. Fluids 20216 (4), 139,  DOI: 10.3390/fluids6040139ViewGoogle Scholar
  62. 62Barker, A. T.; Cai, X.-C. Scalable parallel methods for monolithic coupling in fluid-structure interaction with application to blood flow modeling. J. Comput. Phys. 2010229 (3), 642– 659,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2009.10.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  63. 63Cetin, A.; Sahin, M. A monolithic fluid-structure interaction framework applied to red blood cells. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 201935 (2), e3171  DOI: 10.1002/cnm.3171ViewGoogle Scholar
  64. 64Freund, J. B. Numerical Simulation of Flowing Blood Cells. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 201446 (1), 67– 95,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev-fluid-010313-141349ViewGoogle Scholar
  65. 65Ye, T.; Phan-Thien, N.; Lim, C. T. Particle-based simulations of red blood cells─A review. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2255– 2266,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.050ViewGoogle Scholar
  66. 66Arabghahestani, M.; Poozesh, S.; Akafuah, N. K. Advances in Computational Fluid Mechanics in Cellular Flow Manipulation: A Review. Applied Sciences 20199 (19), 4041,  DOI: 10.3390/app9194041ViewGoogle Scholar
  67. 67Rathnayaka, C. M.; From, C. S.; Geekiyanage, N. M.; Gu, Y. T.; Nguyen, N. T.; Sauret, E. Particle-Based Numerical Modelling of Liquid Marbles: Recent Advances and Future Perspectives. Archives of Computational Methods in Engineering 202229 (5), 3021– 3039,  DOI: 10.1007/s11831-021-09683-7ViewGoogle Scholar
  68. 68Li, X.; Vlahovska, P. M.; Karniadakis, G. E. Continuum- and particle-based modeling of shapes and dynamics of red blood cells in health and disease. Soft Matter 20139 (1), 28– 37,  DOI: 10.1039/C2SM26891DViewGoogle Scholar
  69. 69Beris, A. N.; Horner, J. S.; Jariwala, S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J. Recent advances in blood rheology: a review. Soft Matter 202117 (47), 10591– 10613,  DOI: 10.1039/D1SM01212FViewGoogle Scholar
  70. 70Arciero, J.; Causin, P.; Malgaroli, F. Mathematical methods for modeling the microcirculation. AIMS Biophysics 20174 (3), 362– 399,  DOI: 10.3934/biophy.2017.3.362ViewGoogle Scholar
  71. 71Maria, M. S.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow-driven blood plasma separation and on-chip analyte detection in microfluidic devices. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201721 (4), 72,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-017-1907-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  72. 72Huhtamäki, T.; Tian, X.; Korhonen, J. T.; Ras, R. H. A. Surface-wetting characterization using contact-angle measurements. Nat. Protoc. 201813 (7), 1521– 1538,  DOI: 10.1038/s41596-018-0003-zViewGoogle Scholar
  73. 73Young, T., III. An essay on the cohesion of fluids. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 180595, 65– 87,  DOI: 10.1098/rstl.1805.0005ViewGoogle Scholar
  74. 74Kim, Y. C.; Kim, S.-H.; Kim, D.; Park, S.-J.; Park, J.-K. Plasma extraction in a capillary-driven microfluidic device using surfactant-added poly(dimethylsiloxane). Sens. Actuators, B 2010145 (2), 861– 868,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2010.01.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  75. 75Washburn, E. W. The Dynamics of Capillary Flow. Physical Review 192117 (3), 273– 283,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRev.17.273ViewGoogle Scholar
  76. 76Cito, S.; Ahn, Y. C.; Pallares, J.; Duarte, R. M.; Chen, Z.; Madou, M.; Katakis, I. Visualization and measurement of capillary-driven blood flow using spectral domain optical coherence tomography. Microfluid Nanofluidics 201213 (2), 227– 237,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-012-0950-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  77. 77Berthier, E.; Dostie, A. M.; Lee, U. N.; Berthier, J.; Theberge, A. B. Open Microfluidic Capillary Systems. Anal Chem. 201991 (14), 8739– 8750,  DOI: 10.1021/acs.analchem.9b01429ViewGoogle Scholar
  78. 78Berthier, J.; Brakke, K. A.; Furlani, E. P.; Karampelas, I. H.; Poher, V.; Gosselin, D.; Cubizolles, M.; Pouteau, P. Whole blood spontaneous capillary flow in narrow V-groove microchannels. Sens. Actuators, B 2015206, 258– 267,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2014.09.040ViewGoogle Scholar
  79. 79Hirt, C. W.; Nichols, B. D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 198139 (1), 201– 225,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  80. 80Chen, J.-L.; Shih, W.-H.; Hsieh, W.-H. AC electro-osmotic micromixer using a face-to-face, asymmetric pair of planar electrodes. Sens. Actuators, B 2013188, 11– 21,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2013.07.012ViewGoogle Scholar
  81. 81Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electrokinetics of non-Newtonian fluids: A review. Advances in Colloid and Interface Science 2013201-202, 94– 108,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cis.2013.09.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  82. 82Oh, K. W. 6 – Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. In MEMS for Biomedical Applications; Bhansali, S., Vasudev, A., Eds.; Woodhead Publishing, 2012; pp 150– 171.ViewGoogle Scholar
  83. 83Bello, M. S.; De Besi, P.; Rezzonico, R.; Righetti, P. G.; Casiraghi, E. Electroosmosis of polymer solutions in fused silica capillaries. ELECTROPHORESIS 199415 (1), 623– 626,  DOI: 10.1002/elps.1150150186ViewGoogle Scholar
  84. 84Park, H. M.; Lee, W. M. Effect of viscoelasticity on the flow pattern and the volumetric flow rate in electroosmotic flows through a microchannel. Lab Chip 20088 (7), 1163– 1170,  DOI: 10.1039/b800185eViewGoogle Scholar
  85. 85Afonso, A. M.; Alves, M. A.; Pinho, F. T. Analytical solution of mixed electro-osmotic/pressure driven flows of viscoelastic fluids in microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2009159 (1), 50– 63,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2009.01.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  86. 86Sousa, J. J.; Afonso, A. M.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Effect of the skimming layer on electro-osmotic─Poiseuille flows of viscoelastic fluids. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201110 (1), 107– 122,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-010-0651-yViewGoogle Scholar
  87. 87Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electro-osmotic mobility of non-Newtonian fluids. Biomicrofluidics 20115 (1), 014110,  DOI: 10.1063/1.3571278ViewGoogle Scholar
  88. 88Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic instabilities in cross-shaped microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2018259, 61– 77,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2018.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  89. 89Bezerra, W. S.; Castelo, A.; Afonso, A. M. Numerical Study of Electro-Osmotic Fluid Flow and Vortex Formation. Micromachines (Basel) 201910 (12), 796,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10120796ViewGoogle Scholar
  90. 90Ji, J.; Qian, S.; Liu, Z. Electroosmotic Flow of Viscoelastic Fluid through a Constriction Microchannel. Micromachines (Basel) 202112 (4), 417,  DOI: 10.3390/mi12040417ViewGoogle Scholar
  91. 91Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Exact solutions for electro-osmotic flow of viscoelastic fluids in rectangular micro-channels. Applied Mathematics and Computation 2009211 (2), 502– 509,  DOI: 10.1016/j.amc.2009.01.068ViewGoogle Scholar
  92. 92Gerum, R.; Mirzahossein, E.; Eroles, M.; Elsterer, J.; Mainka, A.; Bauer, A.; Sonntag, S.; Winterl, A.; Bartl, J.; Fischer, L. Viscoelastic properties of suspended cells measured with shear flow deformation cytometry. Elife 202211, e78823,  DOI: 10.7554/eLife.78823ViewGoogle Scholar
  93. 93Sadek, S. H.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic flow instabilities of viscoelastic fluids in contraction/expansion micro-geometries. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2020283, 104293,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2020.104293ViewGoogle Scholar
  94. 94Spanjaards, M.; Peters, G.; Hulsen, M.; Anderson, P. Numerical Study of the Effect of Thixotropy on Extrudate Swell. Polymers 202113 (24), 4383,  DOI: 10.3390/polym13244383ViewGoogle Scholar
  95. 95Rashidi, S.; Bafekr, H.; Valipour, M. S.; Esfahani, J. A. A review on the application, simulation, and experiment of the electrokinetic mixers. Chemical Engineering and Processing – Process Intensification 2018126, 108– 122,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cep.2018.02.021ViewGoogle Scholar
  96. 96Matsubara, K.; Narumi, T. Microfluidic mixing using unsteady electroosmotic vortices produced by a staggered array of electrodes. Chemical Engineering Journal 2016288, 638– 647,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cej.2015.12.013ViewGoogle Scholar
  97. 97Qaderi, A.; Jamaati, J.; Bahiraei, M. CFD simulation of combined electroosmotic-pressure driven micro-mixing in a microchannel equipped with triangular hurdle and zeta-potential heterogeneity. Chemical Engineering Science 2019199, 463– 477,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2019.01.034ViewGoogle Scholar
  98. 98Cho, C.-C.; Chen, C.-L.; Chen, C. o.-K. Mixing enhancement in crisscross micromixer using aperiodic electrokinetic perturbing flows. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 201255 (11), 2926– 2933,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.02.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  99. 99Zhao, W.; Yang, F.; Wang, K.; Bai, J.; Wang, G. Rapid mixing by turbulent-like electrokinetic microflow. Chemical Engineering Science 2017165, 113– 121,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2017.02.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  100. 100Tran, T.; Chakraborty, P.; Guttenberg, N.; Prescott, A.; Kellay, H.; Goldburg, W.; Goldenfeld, N.; Gioia, G. Macroscopic effects of the spectral structure in turbulent flows. Nat. Phys. 20106 (6), 438– 441,  DOI: 10.1038/nphys1674ViewGoogle Scholar
  101. 101Toner, M.; Irimia, D. Blood-on-a-chip. Annu. Rev. Biomed Eng. 20057, 77– 103,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.bioeng.7.011205.135108ViewGoogle Scholar
  102. 102Maria, M. S.; Rakesh, P. E.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow of blood in a microchannel with differential wetting for blood plasma separation and on-chip glucose detection. Biomicrofluidics 201610 (5), 054108,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4962874ViewGoogle Scholar
  103. 103Tripathi, S.; Varun Kumar, Y. V. B.; Prabhakar, A.; Joshi, S. S.; Agrawal, A. Passive blood plasma separation at the microscale: a review of design principles and microdevices. Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering 201525 (8), 083001,  DOI: 10.1088/0960-1317/25/8/083001ViewGoogle Scholar
  104. 104Mohammadi, M.; Madadi, H.; Casals-Terré, J. Microfluidic point-of-care blood panel based on a novel technique: Reversible electroosmotic flow. Biomicrofluidics 20159 (5), 054106,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4930865ViewGoogle Scholar
  105. 105Kang, D. H.; Kim, K.; Kim, Y. J. An anti-clogging method for improving the performance and lifespan of blood plasma separation devices in real-time and continuous microfluidic systems. Sci. Rep 20188 (1), 17015,  DOI: 10.1038/s41598-018-35235-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  106. 106Li, Z.; Pollack, G. H. Surface-induced flow: A natural microscopic engine using infrared energy as fuel. Science Advances 20206 (19), eaba0941  DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.aba0941ViewGoogle Scholar
  107. 107Mercado-Uribe, H.; Guevara-Pantoja, F. J.; García-Muñoz, W.; García-Maldonado, J. S.; Méndez-Alcaraz, J. M.; Ruiz-Suárez, J. C. On the evolution of the exclusion zone produced by hydrophilic surfaces: A contracted description. J. Chem. Phys. 2021154 (19), 194902,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0043084ViewGoogle Scholar
  108. 108Yalcin, O.; Jani, V. P.; Johnson, P. C.; Cabrales, P. Implications Enzymatic Degradation of the Endothelial Glycocalyx on the Microvascular Hemodynamics and the Arteriolar Red Cell Free Layer of the Rat Cremaster Muscle. Front Physiol 20189, 168,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2018.00168ViewGoogle Scholar
Fig. 9 From: An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

Abstract

웨어의 두 가지 서로 다른 배열(즉, 직선형 웨어와 직사각형 미로 웨어)을 사용하여 웨어 모양, 웨어 간격, 웨어의 오리피스 존재, 흐름 영역에 대한 바닥 경사와 같은 기하학적 매개변수의 영향을 평가했습니다.

유량과 수심의 관계, 수심 평균 속도의 변화와 분포, 난류 특성, 어도에서의 에너지 소산. 흐름 조건에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 FLOW-3D® 소프트웨어를 사용하여 전산 유체 역학 시뮬레이션을 수행했습니다.

수치 모델은 계산된 표면 프로파일과 속도를 문헌의 실험적으로 측정된 값과 비교하여 검증되었습니다. 수치 모델과 실험 데이터의 결과, 급락유동의 표면 프로파일과 표준화된 속도 프로파일에 대한 평균 제곱근 오차와 평균 절대 백분율 오차가 각각 0.014m와 3.11%로 나타나 수치 모델의 능력을 확인했습니다.

수영장과 둑의 흐름 특성을 예측합니다. 각 모델에 대해 L/B = 1.83(L: 웨어 거리, B: 수로 폭) 값에서 급락 흐름이 발생할 수 있고 L/B = 0.61에서 스트리밍 흐름이 발생할 수 있습니다. 직사각형 미로보 모델은 기존 모델보다 무차원 방류량(Q+)이 더 큽니다.

수중 흐름의 기존 보와 직사각형 미로 보의 경우 Q는 각각 1.56과 1.47h에 비례합니다(h: 보 위 수심). 기존 웨어의 풀 내 평균 깊이 속도는 직사각형 미로 웨어의 평균 깊이 속도보다 높습니다.

그러나 주어진 방류량, 바닥 경사 및 웨어 간격에 대해 난류 운동 에너지(TKE) 및 난류 강도(TI) 값은 기존 웨어에 비해 직사각형 미로 웨어에서 더 높습니다. 기존의 웨어는 직사각형 미로 웨어보다 에너지 소산이 더 낮습니다.

더 낮은 TKE 및 TI 값은 미로 웨어 상단, 웨어 하류 벽 모서리, 웨어 측벽과 채널 벽 사이에서 관찰되었습니다. 보와 바닥 경사면 사이의 거리가 증가함에 따라 평균 깊이 속도, 난류 운동 에너지의 평균값 및 난류 강도가 증가하고 수영장의 체적 에너지 소산이 감소했습니다.

둑에 개구부가 있으면 평균 깊이 속도와 TI 값이 증가하고 풀 내에서 가장 높은 TKE 범위가 감소하여 두 모델 모두에서 물고기를 위한 휴식 공간이 더 넓어지고(TKE가 낮아짐) 에너지 소산율이 감소했습니다.

Two different arrangements of the weir (i.e., straight weir and rectangular labyrinth weir) were used to evaluate the effects of geometric parameters such as weir shape, weir spacing, presence of an orifice at the weir, and bed slope on the flow regime and the relationship between discharge and depth, variation and distribution of depth-averaged velocity, turbulence characteristics, and energy dissipation at the fishway. Computational fluid dynamics simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® software to examine the effects on flow conditions. The numerical model was validated by comparing the calculated surface profiles and velocities with experimentally measured values from the literature. The results of the numerical model and experimental data showed that the root-mean-square error and mean absolute percentage error for the surface profiles and normalized velocity profiles of plunging flows were 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, confirming the ability of the numerical model to predict the flow characteristics of the pool and weir. A plunging flow can occur at values of L/B = 1.83 (L: distance of the weir, B: width of the channel) and streaming flow at L/B = 0.61 for each model. The rectangular labyrinth weir model has larger dimensionless discharge values (Q+) than the conventional model. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: the water depth above the weir). The average depth velocity in the pool of a conventional weir is higher than that of a rectangular labyrinth weir. However, for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir spacing, the turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) values are higher for a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to conventional weir. The conventional weir has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth weir. Lower TKE and TI values were observed at the top of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall. As the distance between the weirs and the bottom slope increased, the average depth velocity, the average value of turbulent kinetic energy and the turbulence intensity increased, and the volumetric energy dissipation in the pool decreased. The presence of an opening in the weir increased the average depth velocity and TI values and decreased the range of highest TKE within the pool, resulted in larger resting areas for fish (lower TKE), and decreased the energy dissipation rates in both models.

1 Introduction

Artificial barriers such as detour dams, weirs, and culverts in lakes and rivers prevent fish from migrating and completing the upstream and downstream movement cycle. This chain is related to the life stage of the fish, its location, and the type of migration. Several riverine fish species instinctively migrate upstream for spawning and other needs. Conversely, downstream migration is a characteristic of early life stages [1]. A fish ladder is a waterway that allows one or more fish species to cross a specific obstacle. These structures are constructed near detour dams and other transverse structures that have prevented such migration by allowing fish to overcome obstacles [2]. The flow pattern in fish ladders influences safe and comfortable passage for ascending fish. The flow’s strong turbulence can reduce the fish’s speed, injure them, and delay or prevent them from exiting the fish ladder. In adult fish, spawning migrations are usually complex, and delays are critical to reproductive success [3].

Various fish ladders/fishways include vertical slots, denil, rock ramps, and pool weirs [1]. The choice of fish ladder usually depends on many factors, including water elevation, space available for construction, and fish species. Pool and weir structures are among the most important fish ladders that help fish overcome obstacles in streams or rivers and swim upstream [1]. Because they are easy to construct and maintain, this type of fish ladder has received considerable attention from researchers and practitioners. Such a fish ladder consists of a sloping-floor channel with series of pools directly separated by a series of weirs [4]. These fish ladders, with or without underwater openings, are generally well-suited for slopes of 10% or less [12]. Within these pools, flow velocities are low and provide resting areas for fish after they enter the fish ladder. After resting in the pools, fish overcome these weirs by blasting or jumping over them [2]. There may also be an opening in the flooded portion of the weir through which the fish can swim instead of jumping over the weir. Design parameters such as the length of the pool, the height of the weir, the slope of the bottom, and the water discharge are the most important factors in determining the hydraulic structure of this type of fish ladder [3]. The flow over the weir depends on the flow depth at a given slope S0 and the pool length, either “plunging” or “streaming.” In plunging flow, the water column h over each weir creates a water jet that releases energy through turbulent mixing and diffusion mechanisms [5]. The dimensionless discharges for plunging (Q+) and streaming (Q*) flows are shown in Fig. 1, where Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, w is the weir height, S0 is the slope of the bottom, h is the water depth above the weir, d is the flow depth, and g is the acceleration due to gravity. The maximum velocity occurs near the top of the weir for plunging flow. At the water’s surface, it drops to about half [6].

figure 1
Fig. 1

Extensive experimental studies have been conducted to investigate flow patterns for various physical geometries (i.e., bed slope, pool length, and weir height) [2]. Guiny et al. [7] modified the standard design by adding vertical slots, orifices, and weirs in fishways. The efficiency of the orifices and vertical slots was related to the velocities at their entrances. In the laboratory experiments of Yagci [8], the three-dimensional (3D) mean flow and turbulence structure of a pool weir fishway combined with an orifice and a slot is investigated. It is shown that the energy dissipation per unit volume and the discharge have a linear relationship.

Considering the beneficial characteristics reported in the limited studies of researchers on the labyrinth weir in the pool-weir-type fishway, and knowing that the characteristics of flow in pool-weir-type fishways are highly dependent on the geometry of the weir, an alternative design of the rectangular labyrinth weir instead of the straight weirs in the pool-weir-type fishway is investigated in this study [79]. Kim [10] conducted experiments to compare the hydraulic characteristics of three different weir types in a pool-weir-type fishway. The results show that a straight, rectangular weir with a notch is preferable to a zigzag or trapezoidal weir. Studies on natural fish passes show that pass ability can be improved by lengthening the weir’s crest [7]. Zhong et al. [11] investigated the semi-rigid weir’s hydraulic performance in the fishway’s flow field with a pool weir. The results showed that this type of fishway performed better with a lower invert slope and a smaller radius ratio but with a larger pool spacing.

Considering that an alternative method to study the flow characteristics in a fishway with a pool weir is based on numerical methods and modeling from computational fluid dynamics (CFD), which can easily change the geometry of the fishway for different flow fields, this study uses the powerful package CFD and the software FLOW-3D to evaluate the proposed weir design and compare it with the conventional one to extend the application of the fishway. The main objective of this study was to evaluate the hydraulic performance of the rectangular labyrinth pool and the weir with submerged openings in different hydraulic configurations. The primary objective of creating a new weir configuration for suitable flow patterns is evaluated based on the swimming capabilities of different fish species. Specifically, the following questions will be answered: (a) How do the various hydraulic and geometric parameters relate to the effects of water velocity and turbulence, expressed as turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) within the fishway, i.e., are conventional weirs more affected by hydraulics than rectangular labyrinth weirs? (b) Which weir configurations have the greatest effect on fish performance in the fishway? (c) In the presence of an orifice plate, does the performance of each weir configuration differ with different weir spacing, bed gradients, and flow regimes from that without an orifice plate?

2 Materials and Methods

2.1 Physical Model Configuration

This paper focuses on Ead et al. [6]’s laboratory experiments as a reference, testing ten pool weirs (Fig. 2). The experimental flume was 6 m long, 0.56 m wide, and 0.6 m high, with a bottom slope of 10%. Field measurements were made at steady flow with a maximum flow rate of 0.165 m3/s. Discharge was measured with magnetic flow meters in the inlets and water level with point meters (see Ead et al. [6]. for more details). Table 1 summarizes the experimental conditions considered for model calibration in this study.

figure 2
Fig. 2

Table 1 Experimental conditions considered for calibration

Full size table

2.2 Numerical Models

Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® v11.2 to validate a series of experimental liner pool weirs by Ead et al. [6] and to investigate the effects of the rectangular labyrinth pool weir with an orifice. The dimensions of the channel and data collection areas in the numerical models are the same as those of the laboratory model. Two types of pool weirs were considered: conventional and labyrinth. The proposed rectangular labyrinth pool weirs have a symmetrical cross section and are sized to fit within the experimental channel. The conventional pool weir model had a pool length of l = 0.685 and 0.342 m, a weir height of w = 0.141 m, a weir width of B = 0.56 m, and a channel slope of S0 = 5 and 10%. The rectangular labyrinth weirs have the same front width as the offset, i.e., a = b = c = 0.186 m. A square underwater opening with a width of 0.05 m and a depth of 0.05 m was created in the middle of the weir. The weir configuration considered in the present study is shown in Fig. 3.

figure 3
Fig. 3

2.3 Governing Equations

FLOW-3D® software solves the Navier–Stokes–Reynolds equations for three-dimensional analysis of incompressible flows using the fluid-volume method on a gridded domain. FLOW -3D® uses an advanced free surface flow tracking algorithm (TruVOF) developed by Hirt and Nichols [12], where fluid configurations are defined in terms of a VOF function F (xyzt). In this case, F (fluid fraction) represents the volume fraction occupied by the fluid: F = 1 in cells filled with fluid and F = 0 in cells without fluid (empty areas) [413]. The free surface area is at an intermediate value of F. (Typically, F = 0.5, but the user can specify a different intermediate value.) The equations in Cartesian coordinates (xyz) applicable to the model are as follows:

�f∂�∂�+∂(���x)∂�+∂(���y)∂�+∂(���z)∂�=�SOR

(1)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�x+�x

(2)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�y+�y

(3)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�z+�z

(4)

where (uvw) are the velocity components, (AxAyAz) are the flow area components, (Gx, Gy, Gz) are the mass accelerations, and (fxfyfz) are the viscous accelerations in the directions (xyz), ρ is the fluid density, RSOR is the spring term, Vf is the volume fraction associated with the flow, and P is the pressure. The kε turbulence model (RNG) was used in this study to solve the turbulence of the flow field. This model is a modified version of the standard kε model that improves performance. The model is a two-equation model; the first equation (Eq. 5) expresses the turbulence’s energy, called turbulent kinetic energy (k) [14]. The second equation (Eq. 6) is the turbulent dissipation rate (ε), which determines the rate of dissipation of kinetic energy [15]. These equations are expressed as follows Dasineh et al. [4]:

∂(��)∂�+∂(����)∂��=∂∂��[������∂�∂��]+��−�ε

(5)

∂(�ε)∂�+∂(�ε��)∂��=∂∂��[�ε�eff∂ε∂��]+�1εε��k−�2ε�ε2�

(6)

In these equations, k is the turbulent kinetic energy, ε is the turbulent energy consumption rate, Gk is the generation of turbulent kinetic energy by the average velocity gradient, with empirical constants αε = αk = 1.39, C1ε = 1.42, and C2ε = 1.68, eff is the effective viscosity, μeff = μ + μt [15]. Here, μ is the hydrodynamic density coefficient, and μt is the turbulent density of the fluid.

2.4 Meshing and the Boundary Conditions in the Model Setup

The numerical area is divided into three mesh blocks in the X-direction. The meshes are divided into different sizes, a containing mesh block for the entire spatial domain and a nested block with refined cells for the domain of interest. Three different sizes were selected for each of the grid blocks. By comparing the accuracy of their results based on the experimental data, the reasonable mesh for the solution domain was finally selected. The convergence index method (GCI) evaluated the mesh sensitivity analysis. Based on this method, many researchers, such as Ahmadi et al. [16] and Ahmadi et al. [15], have studied the independence of numerical results from mesh size. Three different mesh sizes with a refinement ratio (r) of 1.33 were used to perform the convergence index method. The refinement ratio is the ratio between the larger and smaller mesh sizes (r = Gcoarse/Gfine). According to the recommendation of Celik et al. [17], the recommended number for the refinement ratio is 1.3, which gives acceptable results. Table 2 shows the characteristics of the three mesh sizes selected for mesh sensitivity analysis.Table 2 Characteristics of the meshes tested in the convergence analysis

Full size table

The results of u1 = umax (u1 = velocity component along the x1 axis and umax = maximum velocity of u1 in a section perpendicular to the invert of the fishway) at Q = 0.035 m3/s, × 1/l = 0.66, and Y1/b = 0 in the pool of conventional weir No. 4, obtained from the output results of the software, were used to evaluate the accuracy of the calculation range. As shown in Fig. 4x1 = the distance from a given weir in the x-direction, Y1 = the water depth measured in the y-direction, Y0 = the vertical distance in the Cartesian coordinate system, h = the water column at the crest, b = the distance between the two points of maximum velocity umax and zero velocity, and l = the pool length.

figure 4
Fig. 4

The apparent index of convergence (p) in the GCI method is calculated as follows:

�=ln⁡(�3−�2)(�2−�1)/ln⁡(�)

(7)

f1f2, and f3 are the hydraulic parameters obtained from the numerical simulation (f1 corresponds to the small mesh), and r is the refinement ratio. The following equation defines the convergence index of the fine mesh:

GCIfine=1.25|ε|��−1

(8)

Here, ε = (f2 − f1)/f1 is the relative error, and f2 and f3 are the values of hydraulic parameters considered for medium and small grids, respectively. GCI12 and GCI23 dimensionless indices can be calculated as:

GCI12=1.25|�2−�1�1|��−1

(9)

Then, the independence of the network is preserved. The convergence index of the network parameters obtained by Eqs. (7)–(9) for all three network variables is shown in Table 3. Since the GCI values for the smaller grid (GCI12) are lower compared to coarse grid (GCI23), it can be concluded that the independence of the grid is almost achieved. No further change in the grid size of the solution domain is required. The calculated values (GCI23/rpGCI12) are close to 1, which shows that the numerical results obtained are within the convergence range. As a result, the meshing of the solution domain consisting of a block mesh with a mesh size of 0.012 m and a block mesh within a larger block mesh with a mesh size of 0.009 m was selected as the optimal mesh (Fig. 5).Table 3 GCI calculation

Full size table

figure 5
Fig. 5

The boundary conditions applied to the area are shown in Fig. 6. The boundary condition of specific flow rate (volume flow rate-Q) was used for the inlet of the flow. For the downstream boundary, the flow output (outflow-O) condition did not affect the flow in the solution area. For the Zmax boundary, the specified pressure boundary condition was used along with the fluid fraction = 0 (P). This type of boundary condition considers free surface or atmospheric pressure conditions (Ghaderi et al. [19]). The wall boundary condition is defined for the bottom of the channel, which acts like a virtual wall without friction (W). The boundary between mesh blocks and walls were considered a symmetrical condition (S).

figure 6
Fig. 6

The convergence of the steady-state solutions was controlled during the simulations by monitoring the changes in discharge at the inlet boundary conditions. Figure 7 shows the time series plots of the discharge obtained from the Model A for the three main discharges from the numerical results. The 8 s to reach the flow equilibrium is suitable for the case of the fish ladder with pool and weir. Almost all discharge fluctuations in the models are insignificant in time, and the flow has reached relative stability. The computation time for the simulations was between 6 and 8 h using a personal computer with eight cores of a CPU (Intel Core i7-7700K @ 4.20 GHz and 16 GB RAM).

figure 7
Fig. 7

3 Results

3.1 Verification of Numerical Results

Quantitative outcomes, including free surface and normalized velocity profiles obtained using FLOW-3D software, were reviewed and compared with the results of Ead et al. [6]. The fourth pool was selected to present the results and compare the experiment and simulation. For each quantity, the percentage of mean absolute error (MAPE (%)) and root-mean-square error (RMSE) are calculated. Equations (10) and (11) show the method used to calculate the errors.

MAPE(%)100×1�∑1�|�exp−�num�exp|

(10)

RMSE(−)1�∑1�(�exp−�num)2

(11)

Here, Xexp is the value of the laboratory data, Xnum is the numerical data value, and n is the amount of data. As shown in Fig. 8, let x1 = distance from a given weir in the x-direction and Y1 = water depth in the y-direction from the bottom. The trend of the surface profiles for each of the numerical results is the same as that of the laboratory results. The surface profiles of the plunging flows drop after the flow enters and then rises to approach the next weir. The RMSE and MAPE error values for Model A are 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, indicating acceptable agreement between numerical and laboratory results. Figure 9 shows the velocity vectors and plunging flow from the numerical results, where x and y are horizontal and vertical to the flow direction, respectively. It can be seen that the jet in the fish ladder pool has a relatively high velocity. The two vortices, i.e., the enclosed vortex rotating clockwise behind the weir and the surface vortex rotating counterclockwise above the jet, are observed for the regime of incident flow. The point where the jet meets the fish passage bed is shown in the figure. The normalized velocity profiles upstream and downstream of the impact points are shown in Fig. 10. The figure shows that the numerical results agree well with the experimental data of Ead et al. [6].

figure 8
Fig. 8
figure 9
Fig. 9
figure 10
Fig. 10

3.2 Flow Regime and Discharge-Depth Relationship

Depending on the geometric shape of the fishway, including the distance of the weir, the slope of the bottom, the height of the weir, and the flow conditions, the flow regime in the fishway is divided into three categories: dipping, transitional, and flow regimes [4]. In the plunging flow regime, the flow enters the pool through the weir, impacts the bottom of the fishway, and forms a hydraulic jump causing two eddies [220]. In the streamwise flow regime, the surface of the flow passing over the weir is almost parallel to the bottom of the channel. The transitional regime has intermediate flow characteristics between the submerged and flow regimes. To predict the flow regime created in the fishway, Ead et al. [6] proposed two dimensionless parameters, Qt* and L/w, where Qt* is the dimensionless discharge, L is the distance between weirs, and w is the height of the weir:

��∗=���0���

(12)

Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, S0 is the slope of the bed, and g is the gravity acceleration. Figure 11 shows different ranges for each flow regime based on the slope of the bed and the distance between the pools in this study. The results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22] were used for this comparison. The distance between the pools affects the changes in the regime of the fish ladder. So, if you decrease the distance between weirs, the flow regime more likely becomes. This study determined all three flow regimes in a fish ladder. When the corresponding range of Qt* is less than 0.6, the flow regime can dip at values of L/B = 1.83. If the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow may occur at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, when Qt* is greater than 1, streamwise flow can occur at values of L/B = 0.61. These observations agree well with the results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22].

figure 11
Fig. 11

For plunging flows, another dimensionless discharge (Q+) versus h/w given by Ead et al. [6] was used for further evaluation:

�+=��ℎ�ℎ=23�d�

(13)

where h is the water depth above the weir, and Cd is the discharge coefficient. Figure 12a compares the numerical and experimental results of Ead et al. [6]. In this figure, Rehbock’s empirical equation is used to estimate the discharge coefficient of Ead et al. [6].

�d=0.57+0.075ℎ�

(14)

figure 12
Fig. 12

The numerical results for the conventional weir (Model A) and the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) of this study agree well with the laboratory results of Ead et al. [6]. When comparing models A and B, it is also found that a rectangular labyrinth weir has larger Q + values than the conventional weir as the length of the weir crest increases for a given channel width and fixed headwater elevation. In Fig. 12b, Models A and B’s flow depth plot shows the plunging flow regime. The power trend lines drawn through the data are the best-fit lines. The data shown in Fig. 12b are for different bed slopes and weir geometries. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q can be assumed to be proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively. In the results of Ead et al. [6], Q is proportional to 1.5h. If we assume that the flow through the orifice is Qo and the total outflow is Q, the change in the ratio of Qo/Q to total outflow for models A and B can be shown in Fig. 13. For both models, the flow through the orifice decreases as the total flow increases. A logarithmic trend line was also found between the total outflow and the dimensionless ratio Qo/Q.

figure 13
Fig. 13

3.3 Depth-Averaged Velocity Distributions

To ensure that the target fish species can pass the fish ladder with maximum efficiency, the average velocity in the fish ladder should be low enough [4]. Therefore, the average velocity in depth should be as much as possible below the critical swimming velocities of the target fishes at a constant flow depth in the pool [20]. The contour plot of depth-averaged velocity was used instead of another direction, such as longitudinal velocity because fish are more sensitive to depth-averaged flow velocity than to its direction under different hydraulic conditions. Figure 14 shows the distribution of depth-averaged velocity in the pool for Models A and B in two cases with and without orifice plates. Model A’s velocity within the pool differs slightly in the spanwise direction. However, no significant variation in velocity was observed. The flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes through the rectangular labyrinth weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel. Therefore, the high-velocity zone is located at the sides. The low velocity is in the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish. The presence of an opening in the weir increases the flow velocity at the opening and in the pool’s center, especially in Model A. The flow velocity increase caused by the models’ opening varied from 7.7 to 12.48%. Figure 15 illustrates the effect of the inverted slope on the averaged depth velocity distribution in the pool at low and high discharge. At constant discharge, flow velocity increases with increasing bed slope. In general, high flow velocity was found in the weir toe sidewall and the weir and channel sidewalls.

figure 14
Fig. 14
figure 15
Fig. 15

On the other hand, for a constant bed slope, the high-velocity area of the pool increases due to the increase in runoff. For both bed slopes and different discharges, the most appropriate path for fish to travel from upstream to downstream is through the middle of the cross section and along the top of the rectangular labyrinth weirs. The maximum dominant velocities for Model B at S0 = 5% were 0.83 and 1.01 m/s; at S0 = 10%, they were 1.12 and 1.61 m/s at low and high flows, respectively. The low mean velocities for the same distance and S0 = 5 and 10% were 0.17 and 0.26 m/s, respectively.

Figure 16 shows the contour of the averaged depth velocity for various distances from the weir at low and high discharge. The contour plot shows a large variation in velocity within short distances from the weir. At L/B = 0.61, velocities are low upstream and downstream of the top of the weir. The high velocities occur in the side walls of the weir and the channel. At L/B = 1.22, the low-velocity zone displaces the higher velocity in most of the pool. Higher velocities were found only on the sides of the channel. As the discharge increases, the velocity zone in the pool becomes wider. At L/B = 1.83, there is an area of higher velocities only upstream of the crest and on the sides of the weir. At high discharge, the prevailing maximum velocities for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 were 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. As the distance between weirs increases, the range of maximum velocity increases.

figure 16
Fig. 16

On the other hand, the low mean velocity for these distances was 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. Thus, the low-velocity zone decreases with increasing distance between weirs. Figure 17 shows the pattern distribution of streamlines along with the velocity contour at various distances from the weir for Q = 0.05 m3/s. A stream-like flow is generally formed in the pool at a small distance between weirs (L/B = 0.61). The rotation cell under the jet forms clockwise between the two weirs. At the distances between the spillways (L/B = 1.22), the transition regime of the flow is formed. The transition regime occurs when or shortly after the weir is flooded. The rotation cell under the jet is clockwise smaller than the flow regime and larger than the submergence regime. At a distance L/B = 1.83, a plunging flow is formed so that the plunging jet dips into the pool and extends downstream to the center of the pool. The clockwise rotation of the cell is bounded by the dipping jet of the weir and is located between the bottom and the side walls of the weir and the channel.

figure 17
Fig. 17

Figure 18 shows the average depth velocity bar graph for each weir at different bed slopes and with and without orifice plates. As the distance between weirs increases, all models’ average depth velocity increases. As the slope of the bottom increases and an orifice plate is present, the average depth velocity in the pool increases. In addition, the average pool depth velocity increases as the discharge increases. Among the models, Model A’s average depth velocity is higher than Model B’s. The variation in velocity ranged from 8.11 to 12.24% for the models without an orifice plate and from 10.26 to 16.87% for the models with an orifice plate.

figure 18
Fig. 18

3.4 Turbulence Characteristics

The turbulent kinetic energy is one of the important parameters reflecting the turbulent properties of the flow field [23]. When the k value is high, more energy and a longer transit time are required to migrate the target species. The turbulent kinetic energy is defined as follows:

�=12(�x′2+�y′2+�z′2)

(15)

where uxuy, and uz are fluctuating velocities in the xy, and z directions, respectively. An illustration of the TKE and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an opening in the weir is shown in Fig. 19. For a given bed slope, in Model A, the highest TKE values are uniformly distributed in the weir’s upstream portion in the channel’s cross section. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B), the highest TKE values are concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value in Models A and B is 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%). In the downstream portion of the conventional weir and within the crest of the weir and the walls of the rectangular labyrinth, there was a much lower TKE value that provided the best conditions for fish to recover in the pool between the weirs. The average of the lowest TKE for bottom slopes of 5 and 10% in Model A is 0.041 and 0.056 J/kg, and for Model B, is 0.047 and 0.064 J/kg. The presence of an opening in the weirs reduces the area of the highest TKE within the pool. It also increases the resting areas for fish (lower TKE). The highest TKE at the highest bottom slope in Models A and B with an orifice is 0.208 and 0.191 J/kg, respectively.

figure 19
Fig. 19

Figure 20 shows the effect of slope on the longitudinal distribution of TKE in the pools. TKE values significantly increase for a given discharge with an increasing bottom slope. Thus, for a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has expanded with average values of 0.131 and 0.168 J/kg for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average TKE values are 0.176 and 0.234 J/kg. Furthermore, as the discharge increases, the area with high TKE values within the pool increases. Lower TKE values are observed at the apex of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall for both bottom slopes. The effect of distance between weirs on TKE is shown in Fig. 21. Low TKE values were observed at low discharge and short distances between weirs. Low TKE values are located at the top of the rectangular labyrinth weir and the downstream corner of the weir wall. There is a maximum value of TKE at the large distances between weirs, L/B = 1.83, along the center line of the pool, where the dip jet meets the bottom of the bed. At high discharge, the maximum TKE value for the distance L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 0.246, 0.322, and 0.417 J/kg, respectively. In addition, the maximum TKE range increases with the distance between weirs.

figure 20
Fig. 20
figure 21
Fig. 21

For TKE size, the average value (TKEave) is plotted against q in Fig. 22. For all models, the TKE values increase with increasing q. For example, in models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and a slope of 10%, the TKE value increases by 41.66 and 86.95%, respectively, as q increases from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. The TKE values in Model B are higher than Model A for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir distance. The TKEave in Model B is higher compared to Model A, ranging from 31.46 to 57.94%. The presence of an orifice in the weir reduces the TKE values in both weirs. The intensity of the reduction is greater in Model B. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, an orifice reduces TKEave values by 60.35 and 19.04%, respectively. For each model, increasing the bed slope increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, for Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, increasing the bed slope from 5 to 10% increases the TKEave value by 14.34%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, in Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TKEave in the pool increases by 34.22% if you increase the distance between weirs from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 22
Fig. 22

Cotel et al. [24] suggested that turbulence intensity (TI) is a suitable parameter for studying fish swimming performance. Figure 23 shows the plot of TI and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an orifice. In Model A, the highest TI values are found upstream of the weirs and are evenly distributed across the cross section of the channel. The TI values increase as you move upstream to downstream in the pool. For the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TI values were concentrated on the sides of the pool, between the top of the weir and the side wall of the channel, and along the top of the weir. Downstream of the conventional weir, within the apex of the weir, and at the corners of the walls of the rectangular labyrinth weir, the percentage of TI was low. At the highest discharge, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 24–45% and 15–62%, respectively. The diversity of TI is greater in the rectangular labyrinth weir than the conventional weir. Fish swimming performance is reduced due to higher turbulence intensity. However, fish species may prefer different disturbance intensities depending on their swimming abilities; for example, Salmo trutta prefers a disturbance intensity of 18–53% [25]. Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] found a higher range of TI for fishways, such as natural rock weirs, of 40–60%. The presence of an orifice in the weir increases TI values within the pool, especially along the middle portion of the cross section of the fishway. With an orifice in the weir, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 28–59% and 22–73%, respectively.

figure 23
Fig. 23

The effect of bed slope on TI variation is shown in Fig. 24. TI increases in different pool areas as the bed slope increases for a given discharge. For a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has increased from 38 to 63% and from 56 to 71% for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average values of TI are 45–67% and 61–73% for low and high discharge, respectively. Therefore, as runoff increases, the area with high TI values within the pool increases. A lower TI is observed for both bottom slopes in the corner of the wall, downstream of the crest walls, and between the side walls in the weir and channel. Figure 25 compares weir spacing with the distribution of TI values within the pool. The TI values are low at low flows and short distances between weirs. A maximum value of TI occurs at long spacing and where the plunging stream impinges on the bed and the area around the bed. TI ranges from 36 to 57%, 58–72%, and 47–76% for the highest flow in a wide pool area for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83, respectively.

figure 24
Fig. 24
figure 25
Fig. 25

The average value of turbulence intensity (TIave) is plotted against q in Fig. 26. The increase in TI values with the increase in q values is seen in all models. For example, the average values of TI for Models A and B at L/B = 0.61 and slope of 10% increased from 23.9 to 33.5% and from 42 to 51.8%, respectively, with the increase in q from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. For a given discharge, a given gradient, and a given spacing of weirs, the TIave is higher in Model B than Model A. The presence of an orifice in the weirs increases the TI values in both types. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, the presence of an orifice increases TIave from 23.9 to 37.1% and from 42 to 48.8%, respectively. For each model, TIave in the pool increases with increasing bed slope. For Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, TIave increases from 37.5 to 45.8% when you increase the invert slope from 5 to 10%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TIave in the pool. In Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TIave in the pool increases from 51.8 to 63.7% as the distance between weirs increases from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 26
Fig. 26

3.5 Energy Dissipation

To facilitate the passage of various target species through the pool of fishways, it is necessary to pay attention to the energy dissipation of the flow and to keep the flow velocity in the pool slow. The average volumetric energy dissipation (k) in the pool is calculated using the following basic formula:

�=����0��

(16)

where ρ is the water density, and H is the average water depth of the pool. The change in k versus Q for all models at two bottom slopes, S0 = 5%, and S0 = 10%, is shown in Fig. 27. Like the results of Yagci [8] and Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26], at a constant bottom slope, the energy dissipation in the pool increases with increasing discharge. The trend of change in k as a function of Q from the present study at a bottom gradient of S0 = 5% is also consistent with the results of Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] for the fishway with rock weir. The only difference between the results is the geometry of the fishway and the combination of boulders instead of a solid wall. Comparison of the models shows that the conventional model has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth for a given discharge. Also, increasing the distance between weirs decreases the volumetric energy dissipation for each model with the same bed slope. Increasing the slope of the bottom leads to an increase in volumetric energy dissipation, and an opening in the weir leads to a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both models. Therefore, as a guideline for volumetric energy dissipation, if the value within the pool is too high, the increased distance of the weir, the decreased slope of the bed, or the creation of an opening in the weir would decrease the volumetric dissipation rate.

figure 27
Fig. 27

To evaluate the energy dissipation inside the pool, the general method of energy difference in two sections can use:

ε=�1−�2�1

(17)

where ε is the energy dissipation rate, and E1 and E2 are the specific energies in Sects. 1 and 2, respectively. The distance between Sects. 1 and 2 is the same. (L is the distance between two upstream and downstream weirs.) Figure 28 shows the changes in ε relative to q (flow per unit width). The rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (Model A) at a constant bottom gradient. For example, at S0 = 5%, L/B = 0.61, and q = 0.08 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate in Model A (conventional weir) was 0.261. In Model B (rectangular labyrinth weir), however, it was 0.338 (22.75% increase). For each model, the energy dissipation rate within the pool increases as the slope of the bottom increases. For Model B with L/B = 1.83 and q = 0.178 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate at S0 = 5% and 10% is 0.305 and 0.358, respectively (14.8% increase). Figure 29 shows an orifice’s effect on the pools’ energy dissipation rate. With an orifice in the weir, both models’ energy dissipation rates decreased. Thus, the reduction in energy dissipation rate varied from 7.32 to 9.48% for Model A and from 8.46 to 10.57 for Model B.

figure 28
Fig. 28
figure 29
Fig. 29

4 Discussion

This study consisted of entirely of numerical analysis. Although this study was limited to two weirs, the hydraulic performance and flow characteristics in a pooled fishway are highlighted by the rectangular labyrinth weir and its comparison with the conventional straight weir. The study compared the numerical simulations with laboratory experiments in terms of surface profiles, velocity vectors, and flow characteristics in a fish ladder pool. The results indicate agreement between the numerical and laboratory data, supporting the reliability of the numerical model in capturing the observed phenomena.

When the configuration of the weir changes to a rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow characteristics, the maximum and minimum area, and even the location of each hydraulic parameter change compared to a conventional weir. In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes the weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel [21]. Therefore, the high-velocity area is located on the sides. In the downstream apex of the weir, the flow velocity is low, and this area may be suitable for swimming target fish. However, no significant change in velocity was observed at the conventional weir within the fish ladder. This resulted in an average increase in TKE of 32% and an average increase in TI of about 17% compared to conventional weirs.

In addition, there is a slight difference in the flow regime for both weir configurations. In addition, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate for a given discharge and constant bottom slope than the conventional weir. By reducing the distance between the weirs, this becomes even more intense. Finally, the presence of an orifice in both configurations of the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, reducing the highest TKE value and increasing the values of TI within the pool of the fish ladder. This resulted in a reduction in volumetric energy dissipation for both weir configurations.

The results of this study will help the reader understand the direct effects of the governing geometric parameters on the hydraulic characteristics of a fishway with a pool and weir. However, due to the limited configurations of the study, further investigation is needed to evaluate the position of the weir’s crest on the flow direction and the difference in flow characteristics when combining boulders instead of a solid wall for this type of labyrinth weir [26]. In addition, hydraulic engineers and biologists must work together to design an effective fishway with rectangular labyrinth configurations. The migration habits of the target species should be considered when designing the most appropriate design [27]. Parametric studies and field observations are recommended to determine the perfect design criteria.

The current study focused on comparing a rectangular labyrinth weir with a conventional straight weir. Further research can explore other weir configurations, such as variations in crest position, different shapes of labyrinth weirs, or the use of boulders instead of solid walls. This would help understand the influence of different geometric parameters on hydraulic characteristics.

5 Conclusions

A new layout of the weir was evaluated, namely a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to a straight weir in a pool and weir system. The differences between the weirs were highlighted, particularly how variations in the geometry of the structures, such as the shape of the weir, the spacing of the weir, the presence of an opening at the weir, and the slope of the bottom, affect the hydraulics within the structures. The main findings of this study are as follows:

  • The calculated dimensionless discharge (Qt*) confirmed three different flow regimes: when the corresponding range of Qt* is smaller than 0.6, the regime of plunging flow occurs for values of L/B = 1.83. (L: distance of the weir; B: channel width). When the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow occurs at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, if Qt* is greater than 1, the streaming flow is at values of L/B = 0.61.
  • For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir with the plunging flow, it can be assumed that the discharge (Q) is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: water depth above the weir). This information is useful for estimating the discharge based on water depth in practical applications.
  • In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the high-velocity zone is located on the side walls between the top of the weir and the channel wall. A high-velocity variation within short distances of the weir. Low velocity occurs within the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish.
  • As the distance between weirs increased, the zone of maximum velocity increased. However, the zone of low speed decreased. The prevailing maximum velocity for a rectangular labyrinth weir at L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. The low mean velocities for these distances were 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. This finding highlights the importance of weir spacing in determining the flow characteristics within the fishway.
  • The presence of an orifice in the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, especially in a conventional weir. The increase ranged from 7.7 to 12.48%.
  • For a given bottom slope, in a conventional weir, the highest values of turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) are uniformly distributed in the upstream part of the weir in the cross section of the channel. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TKE values were concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value for the conventional and the rectangular labyrinth weir was 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%).
  • For a given discharge, bottom slope, and weir spacing, the average values of TI are higher for the rectangular labyrinth weir than for the conventional weir. At the highest discharge, the average range of turbulence intensity (TI) for the conventional and rectangular labyrinth weirs was between 24 and 45% and 15% and 62%, respectively. This reveals that the rectangular labyrinth weir may generate more turbulent flow conditions within the fishway.
  • For a given discharge and constant bottom slope, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (22.75 and 34.86%).
  • Increasing the distance between weirs decreased volumetric energy dissipation. However, increasing the gradient increased volumetric energy dissipation. The presence of an opening in the weir resulted in a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both model types.

Availability of data and materials

Data is contained within the article.

References

  1. Katopodis C (1992) Introduction to fishway design, working document. Freshwater Institute, Central Arctic Region
  2. Marriner, B.A.; Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Thiem, J.D.; Cooke, S.J.; Katopodis, C.: Field and numerical assessment of turning pool hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway. Ecol. Eng. 63, 88–101 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2013.12.010Article Google Scholar 
  3. Dasineh, M.; Ghaderi, A.; Bagherzadeh, M.; Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.: Prediction of hydraulic jumps on a triangular bed roughness using numerical modeling and soft computing methods. Mathematics 9, 3135 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  4. Silva, A.T.; Bermúdez, M.; Santos, J.M.; Rabuñal, J.R.; Puertas, J.: Pool-type fishway design for a potamodromous cyprinid in the Iberian Peninsula: the Iberian barbel—synthesis and future directions. Sustainability 12, 3387 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3390/su12083387Article Google Scholar 
  5. Santos, J.M.; Branco, P.; Katopodis, C.; Ferreira, T.; Pinheiro, A.: Retrofitting pool-and-weir fishways to improve passage performance of benthic fishes: effect of boulder density and fishway discharge. Ecol. Eng. 73, 335–344 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2014.09.065Article Google Scholar 
  6. Ead, S.; Katopodis, C.; Sikora, G.; Rajaratnam, N.J.J.: Flow regimes and structure in pool and weir fishways. J. Environ. Eng. Sci. 3, 379–390 (2004)Article Google Scholar 
  7. Guiny, E.; Ervine, D.A.; Armstrong, J.D.: Hydraulic and biological aspects of fish passes for Atlantic salmon. J. Hydraul. Eng. 131, 542–553 (2005)Article Google Scholar 
  8. Yagci, O.: Hydraulic aspects of pool-weir fishways as ecologically friendly water structure. Ecol. Eng. 36, 36–46 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2009.09.007Article Google Scholar 
  9. Dizabadi, S.; Hakim, S.S.; Azimi, A.H.: Discharge characteristics and structure of flow in labyrinth weirs with a downstream pool. Flow Meas. Instrum. 71, 101683 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101683Article Google Scholar 
  10. Kim, J.H.: Hydraulic characteristics by weir type in a pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 16, 425–433 (2001). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0925-8574(00)00125-7Article Google Scholar 
  11. Zhong, Z.; Ruan, T.; Hu, Y.; Liu, J.; Liu, B.; Xu, W.: Experimental and numerical assessment of hydraulic characteristic of a new semi-frustum weir in the pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 170, 106362 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2021.106362Article Google Scholar 
  12. Hirt, C.W.; Nichols, B.D.: Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39, 201–225 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5Article Google Scholar 
  13. Roache, P.J.: Perspective: a method for uniform reporting of grid refinement studies. J. Fluids Eng. 1994(116), 405–413 (1994)Article Google Scholar 
  14. Guo, S.; Chen, S.; Huang, X.; Zhang, Y.; Jin, S.: CFD and experimental investigations of drag force on spherical leak detector in pipe flows at high Reynolds number. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 101(1), 59–80 (2014)Google Scholar 
  15. Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.; Nezhad, H.M.; Ghaderi, A.; Mohammadi, M.: Innovative configuration of vertical slot fishway to enhance fish swimming conditions. J. Hydrodyn. 34, 917–933 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-022-0071-yArticle Google Scholar 
  16. Ahmadi, M.; Ghaderi, A.; MohammadNezhad, H.; Kuriqi, A.; Di Francesco, S.J.W.: Numerical investigation of hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway with upgraded configurations. Water 13, 2711 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  17. Celik, I.B.; Ghia, U.; Roache, P.J.; Freitas, C.J.J.: Procedure for estimation and reporting of uncertainty due to discretization in CFD applications. J. Fluids Eng. Trans. ASME (2008). https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2960953Article Google Scholar 
  18. Li, S.; Yang, J.; Ansell, A.: Evaluation of pool-type fish passage with labyrinth weirs. Sustainability (2022). https://doi.org/10.3390/su14031098Article Google Scholar 
  19. Ghaderi, A.; Dasineh, M.; Aristodemo, F.; Aricò, C.: Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13(5), 674 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  20. Branco, P.; Santos, J.M.; Katopodis, C.; Pinheiro, A.; Ferreira, M.T.: Pool-type fishways: two different morpho-ecological cyprinid species facing plunging and streaming flows. PLoS ONE 8, e65089 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0065089Article Google Scholar 
  21. Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Harwood, A.; Lewis, A.; Healey, K.: Rock-weir fishway I: flow regimes and hydraulic characteristics. J. Ecohydraulics 2, 122–141 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1080/24705357.2017.1369182Article Google Scholar 
  22. Dizabadi, S.; Azimi, A.H.: Hydraulic and turbulence structure of triangular labyrinth weir-pool fishways. River Res. Appl. 36, 280–295 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3581Article Google Scholar 
  23. Faizal, W.M.; Ghazali, N.N.N.; Khor, C.Y.; Zainon, M.Z.; Ibrahim, N.B.; Razif, R.M.: Turbulent kinetic energy of flow during inhale and exhale to characterize the severity of obstructive sleep apnea patient. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 136(1), 43–61 (2023)Google Scholar 
  24. Cotel, A.J.; Webb, P.W.; Tritico, H.: Do brown trout choose locations with reduced turbulence? Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 135, 610–619 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1577/T04-196.1Article Google Scholar 
  25. Hargreaves, D.M.; Wright, N.G.: On the use of the k–ε model in commercial CFD software to model the neutral atmospheric boundary layer. J. Wind Eng. Ind. Aerodyn. 95, 355–369 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jweia.2006.08.002Article Google Scholar 
  26. Kupferschmidt, C.; Zhu, D.Z.: Physical modelling of pool and weir fishways with rock weirs. River Res. Appl. 33, 1130–1142 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3157Article Google Scholar 
  27. Romão, F.; Quaresma, A.L.; Santos, J.M.; Amaral, S.D.; Branco, P.; Pinheiro, A.N.: Multislot fishway improves entrance performance and fish transit time over vertical slots. Water (2021). https://doi.org/10.3390/w13030275Article Google Scholar 

Download references

Figura 1 – Mapa de localização da PCH Salto Paraopeba

하천 저수지 물리적 모델의 침적 과정에 대한 전산 유체 역학 모델링(CFD) 기준

Natália Melo da Silva1 1; Jorge Luis Zegarra Tarqui2,Edna Maria de Faria Viana 3

Abstract

저수지 침전은 수력 발전의 지속 가능한 발전을 위한 주요 문제 중 하나이며 브라질에 매우 중요합니다. 브라질의 주요 에너지원은 수력발전소에서 나옵니다. 소규모 수력 발전소(SHP)는 재생 에너지의 보완적 발전을 위한 중요한 대안입니다.

이들의 설계, 건설, 운영 및 재동력을 최적화하기 위해 저수지 내 퇴적물의 유체 역학 및 이동을 연구하는 것이 매우 중요합니다.

3차원 전산유체역학 – CFD 3D 모델링은 복잡한 흐름 문제에 가장 적합한 방법입니다. 제안된 방법은 MG Jeceaba 자치구에 위치한 PCH Salto Paraopeba의 유체 역학 및 퇴적물 이동 현상을 재현하고 평가하는 것을 목표로 하며, 취수구의 완전한 침전으로 인해 작동이 중단되었습니다.

모델의 검증은 미나스제라이스 연방대학교의 수력학 연구 센터(CPH)에 구축된 축소된 물리적 모델의 실험 데이터를 사용하여 수행됩니다.

Abstract: The reservoir silting is one of the main problems for sustainable development in the
generation of hydroelectric energy and it is of great significance for Brazil. The main source of energy
in Brazil comes from hydroelectric power plant. The Small Hydroelectric Power Plant (SHP) are an
important alternative for complementary generation of renewable energy.
Seeking to optimize the design, construction, operation, and repowering of these, it is extremely
important to study the hydrodynamics and transport of sediments in their reservoirs. Threedimensional Computational Fluid Dynamics – CFD 3D modeling is the most appropriate method for
complex flow problems. The proposed method aims to reproduce and evaluate the hydrodynamic and
sediment transport phenomena of the PCH Salto Paraopeba, located in the municipality of Jeceaba,
MG, which stopped working due to the complete silting up of its water intake. The validation of the
model will be done using experimental data from the reduced physical model, built at the Hydraulic
Research Center (CPH) at the Federal University of Minas Gerais.

Keywords

퇴적물 수송, 물리적 모델, 소규모 수력 발전소, Sediment transport, physical model, Small Hydroelectric Power Plant.

Figura 1 – Mapa de localização da PCH Salto Paraopeba
Figura 1 – Mapa de localização da PCH Salto Paraopeba
Figura 2 – PCH Salto Paraopeba e modelo reduzido.
Figura 2 – PCH Salto Paraopeba e modelo reduzido.

REFERÊNCIAS

ALBARELLO, L. “Guia para implantação de pequenas centrais hidrelétricas- PCHs”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Trabalho de Conclusão de Curso de Especialista. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Eficiência Energética Aplicada aos Processos Produtivos. UFSM, Panambi /RS, 2014.

ANEEL, SIGA – Sistema de Informações de Geração da ANEEL. Disponível em: . Acesso em 10 de maio de 2023.

CAMPELLO, B.S.C. “Estudo Da Velocidade de Queda e do Início do Movimento das Partículas de Borracha e Areia”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Saneamento, Meio Ambiente e Recursos Hídricos. UFMG, Belo Horizonte /MG, 2017.

CAMPOS, A.S. “A Importância do Coeficiente de Rugosidade de Manning na Avaliação Numérica
do Assoreamento de Reservatórios A Fio D’água”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de PósGraduação em Saneamento, Meio Ambiente e Recursos Hídricos. UFMG, Belo Horizonte /MG,
2018.

CARVALHO, N. O. et al. Guia de avaliação de assoreamento de reservatórios, ANEEL, Brasília,
2000.

CARVALHO, N. O. Hidrossedimentologia prática, CPRM, Rio de Janeiro, 1994.

CARVALHO, N. O. Hidrossedimentologia prática, CPRM, Rio de Janeiro, 2008.

EMIG, PCH Salto do Paraopeba. Disponível em: < https://www.cemig.com.br/usina/pch-salto-doparaopeba/>. Acesso em 12 de maio de 2023.

ELETROBRÁS; Instituto de Pesquisas Hidráulicas – IPH. Diagnóstico das Condições sedimentológicas dos Principais Rios Brasileiros. UFRGS, Rio de Janeiro, 1992.

FLOW-3D®. FLOW-3D® 2022R2 – User Manual. Disponível em: < https://users.flow3d.com/flow3d/> FORTUNA, A.O. (2000). Técnicas Computacionais para Dinâmica dos Fluidos – Conceitos Básicos e Aplicações. São Paulo – SP.

GONÇALVES, M.O. “Análise Comparativa Entre Modelo Reduzido e Modelos Computacionais Uni
e Bidimensionais”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Engenharia de
Recursos Hídricos e Ambiental. UFRP, Curitiba/PR, 2017.

HILLEBRAND, G.; KLASSEN, I.; OLSEN, N. R. B. (2017). “3D CFD modelling of velocities and
sediment transport in the Iffezheim hydropower reservoir”. Hydrology Research 48 (1), pp. 147–159.
JULIEN, P. Y. (2010). Erosion and sedimentation, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 2nd
edn.

MAHMOOD, K. (1987). Reservoir sedimentation – impact, extent and mitigation. World Bank Tech.
Paper No. 71. Washington, DC.

MIRANDA, R.B. “A influência do assoreamento na geração de energia hidrelétrica: estudo de caso
na Usina de Três Irmãos – SP”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Ciências
da Engenharia Ambiental. USP, São Carlos/SP, 2011.

MOHAMMAD, M.E.; AL-ANSARI, N.; KNUTSSON, S.; LAUE, J. (2020). “A Computational
Fluid Dynamics Simulation Model of Sediment Deposition in a Storage Reservoir Subject to Water
Withdrawal”. Water, 12, 959.

OLIVEIRA, M. A.“Repotenciação de pequenas centrais hidrelétricas: Avaliação técnica e
econômica”. Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Engenharia de Energia.
UNIFEI, Itajubá/MG, 2012.

SALIBA, A.P.M. Notas de aula, Modelos fundo móvel, Disciplina Introdução a Modelagem Física
em Engenharia, Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais. Belo Horizonte, 2020.

SOARES, W.S. “Taxa de Assoreamento no Reservatório da Usina Hidrelétrica do Funil, MG”.
Dissertação de Mestrado. Programa de Pós-Graduação em Tecnologias e Inovações Ambientais.
UFLA, Lavras/MG, 2015.

비선형 파력의 영향에 따른 잔해 언덕 방파제 형상의 효과에 대한 수치 분석

비선형 파력의 영향에 따른 잔해 언덕 방파제 형상의 효과에 대한 수치 분석

Numerical Analysis of the Effects of Rubble Mound Breakwater Geometry Under the Effect of Nonlinear Wave Force

Arabian Journal for Science and EngineeringAims and scopeSubmit manuscript

Cite this article

Abstract

Assessing the interaction of waves and porous offshore structures such as rubble mound breakwaters plays a critical role in designing such structures optimally. This study focused on the effect of the geometric parameters of a sloped rubble mound breakwater, including the shape of the armour, method of its arrangement, and the breakwater slope. Thus, three main design criteria, including the wave reflection coefficient (Kr), transmission coefficient (Kt), and depreciation wave energy coefficient (Kd), are discussed. Based on the results, a decrease in wavelength reduced the Kr and increased the Kt and Kd. The rubble mound breakwater with the Coreloc armour layer could exhibit the lowest Kr compared to other armour geometries. In addition, a decrease in the breakwater slope reduced the Kr and Kd by 3.4 and 1.25%, respectively. In addition, a decrease in the breakwater slope from 33 to 25° increased the wave breaking height by 6.1% on average. Further, a decrease in the breakwater slope reduced the intensity of turbulence depreciation. Finally, the armour geometry and arrangement of armour layers on the breakwater with its different slopes affect the wave behaviour and interaction between the wave and breakwater. Thus, layering on the breakwater and the correct use of the geometric shapes of the armour should be considered when designing such structures.

파도와 잔해 더미 방파제와 같은 다공성 해양 구조물의 상호 작용을 평가하는 것은 이러한 구조물을 최적으로 설계하는 데 중요한 역할을 합니다. 본 연구는 경사진 잔해 둔덕 방파제의 기하학적 매개변수의 효과에 초점을 맞추었는데, 여기에는 갑옷의 형태, 배치 방법, 방파제 경사 등이 포함된다. 따라서 파동 반사 계수(Kr), 투과 계수(Kt) 및 감가상각파 에너지 계수(Kd)에 대해 논의합니다. 결과에 따르면 파장이 감소하면 K가 감소합니다.r그리고 K를 증가시켰습니다t 및 Kd. Coreloc 장갑 층이 있는 잔해 언덕 방파제는 가장 낮은 K를 나타낼 수 있습니다.r 다른 갑옷 형상과 비교했습니다. 또한 방파제 경사가 감소하여 K가 감소했습니다.r 및 Kd 각각 3.4%, 1.25% 증가했다. 또한 방파제 경사가 33°에서 25°로 감소하여 파도 파쇄 높이가 평균 6.1% 증가했습니다. 또한, 방파제 경사의 감소는 난류 감가상각의 강도를 감소시켰다. 마지막으로, 경사가 다른 방파제의 장갑 형상과 장갑 층의 배열은 파도 거동과 파도와 방파제 사이의 상호 작용에 영향을 미칩니다. 따라서 이러한 구조를 설계 할 때 방파제에 층을 쌓고 갑옷의 기하학적 모양을 올바르게 사용하는 것을 고려해야합니다.

Keywords

  • Rubble mound breakwater
  • Computational fluid dynamics
  • Armour layer
  • Wave reflection coefficient
  • Wave transmission coefficient
  • Wave energy dissipation coefficient

References

  1. Sollitt, C.K.; Cross, R.H.: Wave transmission through permeable breakwaters. In Coastal Engineering. pp. 1827–1846. (1973)
  2. Sulisz, W.: Wave reflection and transmission at permeable breakwaters of arbitrary cross-section. Coast. Eng. 9(4), 371–386 (1985)Article  Google Scholar 
  3. Kobayashi, N.; Wurjanto, A.: Numerical model for waves on rough permeable slopes. J. Coast. Res.149–166. (1990)
  4. Wurjanto, A.; Kobayashi, N.: Irregular wave reflection and runup on permeable slopes. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 119(5), 537–557 (1993)Article  Google Scholar 
  5. van Gent, M.R.: Numerical modelling of wave interaction with dynamically stable structures. In Coastal Engineering 1996. pp. 1930–1943. (1997)
  6. Liu, P.L.F.; Wen, J.: Nonlinear diffusive surface waves in porous media. J. Fluid Mech. 347, 119–139 (1997)Article  MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 
  7. Troch, P.; De Rouck, J.: Development of two-dimensional numerical wave flume for wave interaction with rubble mound breakwaters. In Coastal Engineering. pp. 1638–1649. (1999)
  8. Liu, P.L.F.; Lin, P.; Chang, K.A.; Sakakiyama, T.: Numerical modeling of wave interaction with porous structures. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 125(6), 322–330 (1999)Article  Google Scholar 
  9. Abdolmaleki, K.; Thiagarajan, K.P.; Morris-Thomas, M.T.: Simulation of the dam break problem and impact flows using a Navier-Stokes solver. Simulation 13, 17 (2004)Google Scholar 
  10. Higuera, P.; Lara, J.L.; Losada, I.J.: Realistic wave generation and active wave absorption for Navier-Stokes models: application to OpenFOAM®. Coast. Eng. 71, 102–118 (2013)Article  Google Scholar 
  11. Higuera, P.; Lara, J.L.; Losada, I.J.: Three-dimensional interaction of waves and porous coastal structures using OpenFOAM®. Part II: application. Coast. Eng. 83, 259–270 (2014)Article  Google Scholar 
  12. Gui, Q.; Dong, P.; Shao, S.; Chen, Y.: Incompressible SPH simulation of wave interaction with porous structure. Ocean Eng. 110, 126–139 (2015)Article  Google Scholar 
  13. Dentale, F.; Donnarumma, G.; Carratelli, E.P.; Reale, F.: A numerical method to analyze the interaction between sea waves and rubble mound emerged breakwaters. WSEAS Trans. Fluid Mech 10, 106–116 (2015)Google Scholar 
  14. Dentale, F.; Reale, F.; Di Leo, A.; Carratelli, E.P.: A CFD approach to rubble mound breakwater design. Int. J. Naval Archit. Ocean Eng. 10(5), 644–650 (2018)Article  Google Scholar 
  15. Koley, S.: Wave transmission through multilayered porous breakwater under regular and irregular incident waves. Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem. 108, 393–401 (2019)Article  MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 
  16. Koley, S.; Panduranga, K.; Almashan, N.; Neelamani, S.; Al-Ragum, A.: Numerical and experimental modeling of water wave interaction with rubble mound offshore porous breakwaters. Ocean Eng. 218, 108218 (2020)Article  Google Scholar 
  17. Pourteimouri, P.; Hejazi, K.: Development of an integrated numerical model for simulating wave interaction with permeable submerged breakwaters using extended Navier-Stokes equations. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 8(2), 87 (2020)Article  Google Scholar 
  18. Cao, D.; Yuan, J.; Chen, H.: Towards modelling wave-induced forces on an armour layer unit of rubble mound coastal revetments. Ocean Eng. 239, 109811 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  19. Díaz-Carrasco, P.; Eldrup, M.R.; Andersen, T.L.: Advance in wave reflection estimation for rubble mound breakwaters: the importance of the relative water depth. Coast. Eng. 168, 103921 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  20. Vieira, F.; Taveira-Pinto, F.; Rosa-Santos, P.: Damage evolution in single-layer cube armoured breakwaters with a regular placement pattern. Coast. Eng. 169, 103943 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  21. Booshi, S.; Ketabdari, M.J.: Modeling of solitary wave interaction with emerged porous breakwater using PLIC-VOF method. Ocean Eng. 241, 110041 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  22. Aristodemo, F.; Filianoti, P.; Tripepi, G.; Gurnari, L.; Ghaderi, A.: On the energy transmission by a submerged barrier interacting with a solitary wave. Appl. Ocean Res. 122, 103123 (2022)Article  Google Scholar 
  23. Teixeira, P.R.; Didier, E.: Numerical analysis of performance of an oscillating water column wave energy converter inserted into a composite breakwater with rubble mound foundation. Ocean Eng. 278, 114421 (2023)Article  Google Scholar 
  24. Burgan, H.I.: Numerical modeling of structural irregularities on unsymmetrical buildings. Tehnički vjesnik 28(3), 856–861 (2021)Google Scholar 
  25. Jones, I.P.: CFDS-Flow3D user guide. (1994)
  26. Al Shaikhli, H.I.; Khassaf, S.I.: Stepped mound breakwater simulation by using flow 3D. Eurasian J. Eng. Technol. 6, 60–68 (2022)Google Scholar 
  27. Hirt, C.W.; Nichols, B.D.: Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39(1), 201–225 (1981)Article  MATH  Google Scholar 
  28. Ghaderi, A.; Dasineh, M.; Aristodemo, F.; Aricò, C.: Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13(5), 674 (2021)Article  Google Scholar 
  29. Yakhot, V.; Orszag, S.A.; Thangam, S.; Gatski, T.B.; Speziale, C.G.: Development of turbulence models for shear flows by a double expansion technique. Phys. Fluids A 4(7), 1510–1520 (1992)Article  MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 
  30. Van der Meer, J.W.; Stam, C.J.M.: Wave runup on smooth and rock slopes of coastal structures. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 118(5), 534–550 (1992)Article  Google Scholar 
  31. Goda, Y.; Suzuki, Y. Estimation of incident and reflected waves in random wave experiments. In: ASCE, Proceedings of 15th International Conference on Coastal Engineering, (Honolulu, Hawaii). vol. 1, pp. 828–845. (1976)
  32. Zanuttigh, B.; Van der Meer, J.W.: Wave reflection from coastal structures. In: AA.VV., Proceedings of the XXX International Conference on Coastal Engineering, World Scientific, (San Diego, CA, USA, September 2006). pp. 4337–4349. (2006)
  33. Seelig W.N.; Ahrens J.P.: Estimation of wave reflection and energy dissipation coefficients for beaches, revetments, and breakwaters. CERC, Technical Paper, Fort Belvoir. vol. 81, p. 41 (1981)
  34. Mase, H.: Random wave runup height on gentle slope. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 115(5), 649–661 (1989)Article  Google Scholar 
Figure 1. Three-dimensional finite element model of local scouring of semi-exposed submarine cable.

반노출 해저케이블의 국부 정련과정 및 영향인자에 대한 수치적 연구

Numerical Study of the Local Scouring Process and Influencing Factors of Semi-Exposed Submarine Cables

by Qishun Li,Yanpeng Hao *,Peng Zhang,Haotian Tan,Wanxing Tian,Linhao Chen andLin Yang

School of Electric Power Engineering, South China University of Technology, Guangzhou 510640, China

*Author to whom correspondence should be addressed.J. Mar. Sci. Eng.202311(7), 1349; https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse11071349

Received: 10 June 2023 / Revised: 19 June 2023 / Accepted: 27 June 2023 / Published: 1 July 2023(This article belongs to the Section Ocean Engineering)

일부 수식이 손상되어 표시될 수 있습니다. 이 경우 원문을 참조하시기 바랍니다.

Abstract

Local scouring might result in the spanning of submarine cables, endangering their mechanical and electrical properties. In this contribution, a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics simulation model is developed using FLOW-3D, and the scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables is investigated. The effects of the sediment critical Shields number, sediment density, and ocean current velocity on local scouring are discussed, and variation rules for the submarine cables’ spanning time are provided. The results indicate that three scouring holes are formed around the submarine cables. The location of the bottom of the holes corresponds to that of the maximum shear velocity. The continuous development of scouring holes at the wake position leads to the spanning of the submarine cables. The increase in the sediment’s critical Shields number and sediment density, as well as the decrease in the ocean current velocity, will extend the time for maintaining the stability of the upstream scouring hole and retard the development velocity of the wake position and downstream scouring holes. The spanning time has a cubic relationship with the sediment’s critical Shields number, a linear relationship with the sediment density, and an exponential relationship with the ocean current velocity. In this paper, the local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables is studied, which provides a theoretical basis for the operation and maintenance of submarine cables.

Keywords: 

submarine cablelocal scouringnumerical simulationcomputational fluid dynamics

1. Introduction

As a key piece of equipment in cross-sea power grids, submarine cables are widely used to connect autonomous power grids, supply power to islands or offshore platforms, and transmit electric power generated by marine renewable energy installations to onshore substations [1]. Once submarine cables break down due to natural disasters or human-made damage, the normal operation of other marine electric power equipment connected to them may be affected. These chain reactions will cause great economic losses and serious social impacts [2].

To protect submarine cables, they are usually buried 1 to 3 m below the seabed [3]. However, submarine cables are still confronted with potential threats from the complex subsea environment. Under the influence of fishing, anchor damage, ocean current scouring, and other factors, the sediment above submarine cables will always inevitably migrate. When a submarine cable is partially exposed, the scouring at this position will be exacerbated; eventually, it will cause the submarine cable to span. According to a field investigation of the 500 kV oil-filled submarine cable that is part of the Hainan networking system, the total length of the span is 49 m [4]. Under strong ocean currents, spanning submarine cables may experience vortex-induced vibrations. Fatigue stress caused by vortex-induced vibrations may lead to metal sheath rupture [5], which endangers the mechanical and electrical properties of submarine cables. Therefore, understanding the local scouring processes of partially exposed submarine cables is crucial for predicting scouring patterns. This is the basis for developing effective operation and maintenance strategies for submarine cables.

The mechanism and influencing factors of sediment erosion have been examined by researchers around the world. In 1988, Sumer [6] conducted experiments to show that the shedding vortex in the wake of a pipeline would increase the Shields parameter by 3–4 times, which would result in severe scouring. In 1991, Chiew [7] performed experiments to prove that the maximum scouring depth could be obtained when the pipeline was located on a flat bed and was scoured by a unidirectional water flow. Based on the test results, they provided a prediction formula for the maximum scouring depth. In 2003, Mastbergen [8] proposed a one-dimensional, steady-state numerical model of turbidity currents, which considered the negative pore pressures in the seabed. The calculated results of this model were basically consistent with the actual scouring of a submarine canyon. In 2007, Dey [9] presented a semitheoretical model for the computation of the maximum clear-water scour depth below underwater pipelines in uniform sediments under a steady flow, and the predicted scour depth in clear water satisfactorily agreed with the observed values. In 2008, Dey [10] conducted experiments on clear-water scour below underwater pipelines under a steady flow and obtained a variation pattern of the depth of the scouring hole. In 2008, Liang [11] used a two-dimensional numerical simulation to study the scouring process of a tube bundle under the action of currents and waves. They discovered that, compared with the scouring of a single tube, the scouring depth of the tube bundle was deeper, and the scouring time was longer. In 2012, Yang [12] found that placing rubber sheets under pipes can greatly accelerate their self-burial. The rubber sheets had the best performance when their length was about 1.5 times the size of the pipe. In 2020, Li [13] investigated the two-dimensional local scour beneath two submarine pipelines in tandem under wave-plus-current conditions via numerical simulation. They found that for conditions involving waves plus a low-strength current, the scour pattern beneath the two pipelines behaved like that in the pure-wave condition. Conversely, when the current had equal strength to the wave-induced flow, the scour pattern beneath the two pipelines resembled that in the pure-current condition. In 2020, Guan [14] studied and discussed the interactive coupling effects among a vibrating pipeline, flow field, and scour process through experiments, and the experimental data showed that the evolution of the scour hole had significant influences on the pipeline vibrations. In 2021, Liu [15] developed a two-dimensional finite element numerical model and researched the local scour around a vibrating pipeline. The numerical results showed that the maximum vibration amplitude of the pipeline could reach about 1.2 times diameter, and the maximum scour depth occurred on the wake side of the vibrating pipeline. In 2021, Huang [16] carried out two-dimensional numerical simulations to investigate the scour beneath a single pipeline and piggyback pipelines subjected to an oscillatory flow condition at a KC number of 11 and captured typical steady-streaming structures around the pipelines due to the oscillatory flow condition. In 2021, Cui [17] investigated the characteristics of the riverbed scour profile for a pipeline buried at different depths under the condition of riverbed sediments with different particle sizes. The results indicated that, in general, the equilibrium scour depth changed in a spoon shape with the gradual increase in the embedment ratio. In 2022, Li [18] used numerical simulation to study the influence of the burial depth of partially buried pipelines on the surrounding flow field, but they did not investigate the scour depth. In 2022, Zhu [19] performed experiments to prove that the scour hole propagation rate under a pipeline decreases with an increasing pipeline embedment ratio and rises with the KC number. In 2022, Najafzadeh [20] proposed equations for the prediction of the scouring propagation rate around pipelines due to currents based on a machine learning model, and the prediction results were consistent with the experimental data. In 2023, Ma [21] used the computational fluid dynamics coarse-grained discrete element method to simulate the scour process around a pipeline. The results showed that this method can effectively reduce the considerable need for computing resources and excessive computation time. In 2023, through numerical simulations, Hu [22] discovered that the water velocity and the pipeline diameter had a significant effect on the depth of scouring.

In the preceding works, the researchers investigated the mechanism of sediment scouring and the effect of various factors on the local scouring of submarine pipelines. However, submarine cables are buried beneath the seabed, while submarine pipelines are erected above the seabed. The difference in laying methods leads to a large discrepancy between their local scouring processes. Therefore, the conclusions of the above investigations are not applicable to the local scouring of submarine cables. Currently, there is no report on the research of the local scouring of partially exposed submarine cables.

In this paper, a three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics (CFD) finite element model, based on two-phase flow, is established using FLOW-3D. The local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables under steady-state ocean currents is studied, and the variation rules of the depth and the shape of the scouring holes, as well as the shear velocity with time, are obtained. By setting different critical Shields numbers of the sediment, different sediment densities, and different ocean current velocities, the change rule of the scouring holes’ development rate and the time required for the spanning of submarine cables are explored.

2. Sediment Scouring Model

In the sediment scouring model, the sediment is set as the dispersed particle, which is regarded as a kind of quasifluid. In this context, sediment scouring is considered as a two-phase flow process between the liquid phase and solid particle phase. The sediment in this process is further divided into two categories: one is suspended in the fluid, and the other is deposited on the bottom.When the local Shields number of sediment is greater than the critical Shields number, the deposited sediment will be transformed into the suspended sediment under the action of ocean currents. The calculation formulae of the local Shields numbers θ and the critical Shields numbers 

θcr of sediment is given as [23,24

]

𝜃=𝑈2𝑓(𝜌𝑠/𝜌𝑓−1)𝑔𝑑50,�=��2(��/��−1)��50,(1)

𝜃𝑐𝑟=0.31+1.2𝐷∗+0.055(1−𝑒−0.02𝐷∗),���=0.31+1.2�*+0.055(1−�−0.02�*),(2)

𝐷∗=𝑑50𝜌𝑓(𝜌𝑠−𝜌𝑓)𝑔/𝜇2−−−−−−−−−−−−−−√3,�*=�50��(��−��)�/�23,(3)where 

Uf is the shearing velocity of bed surface, 

ρs is the density of the sediment particle, 

ρf is the fluid density, g is the acceleration of gravity, d

50 is the median size of sediment, and μ is the dynamic viscosity of sediment.And each sediment particle suspended in the fluid obeys the equations for mass conservation and energy conservation

∂𝑐𝑠∂𝑡+∇⋅(𝑢𝑐𝑠)=0,∂��∂�+∇⋅(�¯��)=0,(4)

∂𝑢𝑠∂𝑡+𝑢⋅∇𝑢𝑠=−1𝜌𝑠∇𝑃+𝐹−𝐾𝑓𝑠𝜌𝑠𝑢𝑟,∂��∂�+�¯⋅∇��=−1��∇�+�−�������,(5)where 

cs is the concentration of the sediment particle, 

𝑢�¯ is the mean velocity vector of the fluid and the sediment particle, 

us is the velocity of the sediment particle, 

fs is the volume fraction of the sediment particle, P is the pressure, F is the volumetric and viscous force, K is the drag force, and 

ur is the relative velocity.

3. Numerical Setup and Modeling

In this paper, a three-dimensional submarine cable local scouring simulation model is established by FLOW-3D. Based on the numerical simulation, the process of the submarine cable, which gradually changes from semi-exposed to the spanning state under the steady-state ocean current, is studied. The geometric modeling, the mesh division, the physical field setup, and the grid independent test of CFD numerical model are as follows.

3.1. Geometric Modeling and Mesh Division

A three-dimensional (3D) numerical model of the local scouring of a semi-exposed submarine cable is established, which is shown in Figure 1. The dimensions of the model are marked in Figure 1. The inlet direction of the ocean current is defined as the upstream of the submarine cable (referred to as upstream), and the outlet direction of the ocean current is defined as the downstream of the submarine cable (referred to as downstream).

Jmse 11 01349 g001 550

Figure 1. Three-dimensional finite element model of local scouring of semi-exposed submarine cable.

The submarine cable with a diameter of 0.2 m is positioned on sediment that is initially in a semi-exposed state. When the length of the span is short, the submarine cable will not show obvious deformation due to gravity or scouring from the ocean current. Therefore, the submarine cable surface is set as the fixed boundary. The model’s left boundary is set as the inlet, the right boundary is set as the outlet, the front and rear boundaries are set as symmetry, and the bottom boundary is set as the non-slip wall. Since the water depth above the submarine cable is more than 0.6 m in practice, the top boundary of the model is also set as symmetry. The sediment near the inlet and the outlet will be carried by ocean currents, which leads to the abnormal scouring terrain. At each end of the sediment, a baffle (thickness of 3 cm) is installed to ensure that the simulation results can reflect the real situation.

Due to the fact that the flow field around the semi-exposed submarine cable is not a simple two-dimensional symmetrical distribution, it should be solved by three-dimensional numerical simulation. Considering the accuracy and efficiency of the calculation, the size of mesh is set to 0.02 m. The total number of meshes after the dissection is 133,254.

3.2. Physical Field Setup

The CFD finite element model contains four physical field modules: sediment scouring module, gravity and non-inertial reference frame module, density evaluation module, and viscosity and turbulence module. In this paper, the renormalization group (RNG) kε turbulence model is used, which has high computational accuracy for turbulent vortices. Therefore, this turbulence model is suitable for calculating the sediment scouring process around the semi-exposed submarine cable [25]. The key parameters of the numerical simulation are referring to the survey results of submarine sediments in the Korean Peninsula [26], as listed in Table 1.Table 1. Key parameters of numerical simulation.

Table

3.3. Mesh Independent Test

In order to eliminate errors caused by the quantity of grids in the calculation process, two sizes of mesh are set on the validation model, and the scour profiles under different mesh sizes are compared. The validation model is shown in Figure 2, and the scouring terrain under different mesh size is given in Figure 3.

Jmse 11 01349 g002 550

Figure 2. Validation model.

Jmse 11 01349 g003 550

Figure 3. Scouring terrain under different mesh sizes.

It can be seen from Figure 3 that with the increase in the number of meshes, the scouring terrain of the verification model changes slightly, and the scouring depth is basically unchanged. Considering the accuracy of the numerical simulation and the calculation’s time cost, it is reasonable to consider setting the mesh size to 0.02 m.

4. Results and Analysis

4.1. Analysis of Local Scouring Process

Based on the CFD finite element numerical simulation, the local scouring process of the submarine cable under the steady-state ocean current is analyzed. The end time of the simulation is 9 h, the initial time step is 0.01 s, and the fluid velocity is 0.40 m/s. Simulation results are saved every minute. Figure 4 illustrates the scouring terrain around the semi-exposed submarine cable, which has been scoured by the steady-state current for 5 h.

Jmse 11 01349 g004 550

Figure 4. Scouring terrain around semi-exposed submarine cable (scour for 5 h).

As can be seen from Figure 4, three scouring holes were separately formed in the upstream wake position and downstream of the semi-exposed submarine cable. The scouring holes are labeled according to their locations. The variation of the scouring terrain around the semi-exposed submarine cable over time is given in Figure 5. The red circle in the picture corresponds to the position of the submarine cable, and the red box in the legend marks the time when the submarine cable is spanning.

Jmse 11 01349 g005 550

Figure 5. Variation of scouring terrain around semi-exposed submarine cable adapted to time.

From Figure 5, in the first hour of scouring, the upstream (−0.5 m to −0.1 m) and downstream (0.43 m to 1.5 m) scouring holes appeared. The upstream scouring hole was relatively flat with depth of 0.04 m. The depth of the downstream scouring hole increased with the increase in distance, and the maximum depth was 0.13 m. The scouring hole that developed at the wake position was very shallow, and its depth was only 0.007 m.

In the second hour of scouring, the upstream scouring hole’s depth remained nearly constant. The depth of the downstream scouring hole only increased by 0.002 m. The scouring hole at the wake position developed steadily, and its depth increased from 0.007 m to 0.014 m.

The upstream and downstream scouring holes did not continue to develop during the third to the sixth hour. Compared to the first two hours, the development of scouring holes at the wake position accelerated significantly, with an average growth rate of 0.028 m/h. The growth rate in the fifth hour of the scouring hole at the wake position was slightly faster than the other times. After 6 h of scouring, the sediment on the right side of the submarine cable had been hollowed out.

In the seventh and the eighth hour of scouring, the upstream scouring hole’s depth increased slightly, the downstream scouring hole still remained stable, and the depth of the scouring hole at wake position increased by 0.019 m. The sediment under the submarine cable was gradually eroded as well. By the end of the eighth hour, the lower right part of the submarine cable had been exposed to water as well.

At 8 h 21 min of the scouring, the submarine cable was completely spanned, and the scouring holes were connected to each other. Within the next 10 min, the development of the scouring holes sped up significantly, and the maximum depth of scouring holes increased greatly to 0.27 m.

In reference [17], researchers have studied the local scouring process of semi-buried pipelines in sandy riverbeds through experiments. The test results show that the scouring process can be divided into a start-up stage, micropore formation stage, extension stage, and equilibrium stage. In this paper, the first three stages are simulated, and the results are in good agreement with the experiment, which proves the accuracy of the present numerical model.

In this research, the velocity of ocean currents at the sediment surface is defined as the shear velocity, which plays an important role in the process of local scouring. Figure 6 provides visual data on how the shear velocity varies over time.

Jmse 11 01349 g006 550

Figure 6. Shear velocity changes in the scouring process.

The semi-exposed submarine cable protrudes from the seabed, which makes the shear velocity of its surface much higher than other locations. After the submarine cable is spanned, the shear velocity of the scouring hole surface below it is taken. This is the reason for the sudden change of shear velocity at the submarine cable’s location in Figure 6.The shear velocity in the initial state of the upstream scouring hole is obviously greater than in subsequent times. After 1 h of scouring, the shear velocity in the upstream scouring hole rapidly decreased from 1.1 × 10

−2 m/s to 3.98 × 10

−3 m/s and remained stable until the end of the sixth hour. This phenomenon explains why the upstream scouring hole developed rapidly in the first hour but remained stable for the following 5 h.The shear velocity in the downstream scouring hole reduced at first and then increased; its initial value was 1.41 × 10

−2 m/s. It took approximately 5 h for the shear velocity to stabilize, and the stable shear velocity was 2.26 × 10

−3 m/s. Therefore, compared with the upstream scouring hole, the downstream scouring hole was deeper and required more time to reach stability.The initial shear velocity in the scouring hole at the wake position was only 7.1 × 10

−3 m/s, which almost does not change in the first hour. This leads to a very slow development of the scouring hole at the wake position in the early stages. The maximum shear velocity in this scouring hole gradually increased to 1.05 × 10

−2 m/s from the second to the fifth hour, and then decreased to 6.61 × 10

−3 m/s by the end of the eighth hour. This is why the scouring hole at the wake position grows fastest around the fifth hour. Consistent with the pattern of change in the scouring hole’s terrain, the location of the maximal shear velocity also shifted to the right with time.

The shear velocity of all three scouring holes rose dramatically in the last hour. Combined with the terrain in Figure 5, this can be attributed to the complete spanning of the submarine cable.

From Equations (3)–(5), one can see the movement of the sediment is related directly with the sediment’s critical Shields number, sediment density, and ocean current velocity. Based on the parameters in Table 1, the influence of the above parameters on the local scouring process of semi-exposed submarine cables will be discussed.

4.2. Influence Factors

4.2.1. Sediment’s Critical Shields Number

The sediment’s critical Shields number 

θcr is set as 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, and 0.07, and the variations of scouring terrain over time under each 

θcr are displayed in Figure 7.

Jmse 11 01349 g007 550

Figure 7. Influence of sediment’s critical Shields number 

θcr on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (a

θcr = 0.02; (b

θcr = 0.03; (c

θcr = 0.04; (d

θcr = 0.05; (e

θcr = 0.06; and (f

θcr = 0.07.From Figure 7, one can see that a change in 

θcr will affect the depth of the upstream scouring hole and the development speed of the scouring hole at the wake position, but it will have no significant impact on the expansion of the downstream scouring hole.Under conditions of different 

θcr, the upstream scouring hole will reach a temporary plateau within 1 h, at which time the stable depth will be about 0.04 m. When 

θcr ≤ 0.05, the upstream scouring hole will continue to expand after a few hours. The stable time is obviously affected by 

θcr, which will gradually increase from 1 h to 11 h with the increase in 

θcr. The terrain of the upstream scouring hole will gradually convert to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. Since the scouring hole at the wake position has not been stable, its state at the time of submarine cable spanning is studied emphatically. In the whole process of scouring, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. With the increase in 

θcr, the development velocity of the scouring hole at the wake position will decrease considerably. Its average evolution velocity decreases from 3.88 cm/h to 1.62 cm/h, and its depth decreases from 21.9 cm to 18.8 cm. Under the condition of each 

θcr, the downstream scouring hole will stabilize within 1 h, and the stable depth will be basically unchanged (all about 13.5 cm).As 

θcr increases, so does the sediment’s ability to withstand shearing forces, which will cause it to become increasingly difficult to be eroded or carried away by ocean currents. This effect has been directly reflected in the depth of scouring holes (upstream and wake position). Due to the blocking effect of semi-exposed submarine cables, the wake is elongated, which is why the downstream scouring hole develops before the scouring hole at the wake position and quickly reaches a stable state. However, due to the high wake intensity, this process is not significantly affected by the change of 

θcr.

4.2.2. Sediment Density

The density of sediment 

ρs is set as 1550 kg/m

3, 1600 kg/m

3, 1650 kg/m

3, 1700 kg/m

3, 1750 kg/m

3, and 1800 kg/m

3, and the variation of scouring terrain over time under each 

ρs are displayed in Figure 8.

Jmse 11 01349 g008 550

Figure 8. Influence of sediment density 

ρs on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (a

ρs = 1550 kg/m

3; (bρs = 1600 kg/m

3; (cρs = 1650 kg/m

3; (dρs = 1700 kg/m

3; (eρs = 1750 kg/m

3; and (f

ρs = 1800 kg/m

3.From Figure 8, one can see that a change in 

ρs will also affect the depth of the upstream scouring hole and the development speed of the scouring hole at the wake position. In addition, it can even have an impact on the downstream scouring hole depth.Under different 

ρs conditions, the upstream scouring hole will always reach a temporary stable state in 1 h, at which time the stable depth will be 0.04 m. When 

ρs ≤ 1750 kg/m

3, the upstream scouring hole will continue to expand after a few hours. The stabilization time of upstream scouring hole is more clearly affected by 

ρs, which will gradually increase from 3 h to 13 h with the increase in 

ρs. The terrain of the upstream scouring hole will gradually change to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. Since the scouring hole at the wake position has not been stable, its state at the time of the submarine cable spanning is studied emphatically, too. In the whole process of scouring, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. When 

ρs is large, the development rate of scouring hole obviously decreased with time. With the increase in 

ρs, the development velocity of the scouring hole at the wake position reduces from 3.38 cm/h to 1.14 cm/h, and the depth of this scouring hole declines from 20 cm to 15 cm. As 

ρs increases, the stabilization time of the downstream scouring hole increases from less than 1 h to about 2 h, but the stabilization depth of the downstream scouring hole remains essentially the same (all around 13.5 cm).As can be seen from Equation (1), the increase in 

ρs will reduce the Shields number, thus weakening the shear action of the sediment by the ocean current, which explains the extension of the stability time of the upstream scouring hole. At the same time, with the increase in the depth of scouring hole at the wake position, its shear velocity will decreases. Therefore, under a larger 

ρs value, the development speed of scouring hole at the wake position will decrease significantly with time. Possibly for the same reason, 

ρs can affect the development rate of downstream scouring hole.

4.2.3. Ocean Current Velocity

The ocean current velocity v is set as 0.35 m/s, 0.40 m/s, 0.45 m/s, 0.50 m/s, 0.55 m/s, and 0.60 m/s. Figure 9 presents the variation in scouring terrain with time for each v.

Jmse 11 01349 g009 550

Figure 9. Influence of ocean current velocity v on local scouring around semi-exposed submarine cable: (av = 0.35 m/s; (bv = 0.40 m/s; (cv = 0.45 m/s; (dv = 0.50 m/s; (ev = 0.55 m/s; and (fv = 0.60 m/s.

Changes in v affect the depth of the upstream and downstream scouring holes, as well as the development velocity of the wake position and downstream scouring holes.

When v ≤ 0.45 m/s, the upstream scouring hole will reach a temporary stable state within 1 h, at which point the stable depth will be 0.04 m. The stabilization time of the upstream scouring hole is affected by v, which will gradually decrease from 15 h to 3 h with the increase in v. When v > 0.45 m/s, the upstream scouring hole is going to expand continuously. With the increase in v, its average development velocity increases from 6.68 cm/h to 8.66 cm/h, and its terrain changes to deep on the left and to shallow on the right. When the submarine cable is spanning, special attention should be paid to the depth of the scouring hole at the wake position. Throughout whole scouring process, the scouring hole at the wake position continues to develop and does not reach a stable state. With the increase in v, the depth of scouring hole at the wake position will increase from 14 cm to 20 cm, and the average development velocity will increase from 0.91 cm/h to 10.43 cm/h. As v increases, the time required to stabilize the downstream scouring hole is shortened from 1to 2 h to less than 1 h, but the stable depth is remains nearly constant at 13.5 cm.

An increase in v will increase the shear velocity. Therefore, when the depth of the scouring hole increases, the shear velocity in the hole will also increase, which can deepen both the upstream and downstream scouring hole. According to Equation (1), the Shields number is proportional to the square of the shear velocity. The increase in shear velocity significantly intensifies local scouring, which increases the development rate of scouring holes at the wake position and downstream.

4.3. Variation Rule of Spanning Time

In this paper, the spanning time is defined as the time taken for a semi-exposed submarine cable (initial state) to become a spanning submarine cable. Figure 10 illustrates the effect of the above parameters on the spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable.

Jmse 11 01349 g010 550

Figure 10. Influence of different parameters on spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable: (a) Sediment critical Shields number; (b) Sediment density; and (c) Ocean current velocity.From Figure 10a, the spanning time monotonically increases with the increase in the critical Shields number of sediment. However, the slope of the curve decreases first and then increases, and the inflection point is at 

θcr = 4.59 × 10

−2. The relationship between spanning time t and sediment’s critical Shields number 

θcr can be formulated by a cubic function as shown in Equation (6):

𝑡=−2.98+6.76𝜃𝑐𝑟−1.45𝜃2𝑐𝑟+0.11𝜃3𝑐𝑟.�=−2.98+6.76���−1.45���2+0.11���3.(6)It can be seen from Figure 10b that with the increase in the sediment density, the spanning time increases monotonically and linearly. The relationship between the spanning time t and the sediment’s density 

ρs can be formulated by the first order function as shown in Equation (7):

𝑡=−41.59+30.54𝜌𝑠.�=−41.59+30.54��.(7)Figure 10c shows that with the increase in the ocean current velocity, the spanning time decreases monotonically. The slope of the curve increases with the increase in the ocean current velocity, so it can be considered that there is saturation of the ocean current velocity effect. The relationship between the spanning time t and the ocean current velocity v can be formulated by the exponential function

𝑡=0.15𝑣−4.38.�=0.15�−4.38.(8)

5. Conclusions

In this paper, a three-dimensional CFD finite element numerical simulation model is established, which is used to research the local scouring process of the semi-exposed submarine cable under the steady-state ocean current. The relationship between shear velocity and scouring terrain is discussed, the influence of sediment critical Shields number, sediment density and ocean current velocity on the local scouring process is analyzed, and the variation rules of the spanning time of the semi-exposed submarine cable is given. The conclusions are as follows:

  • Under the steady-state ocean currents, scouring holes will be formed at the upstream, wake position and downstream of the semi-exposed submarine cable. The upstream and downstream scouring holes develop faster, which will reach a temporary stable state at about 1 h after the start of the scouring. The scouring hole at the wake position will continue to expand at a slower rate and eventually lead to the spanning of the submarine cable.
  • There is a close relationship between the distribution of shear velocity and the scouring terrain. As the local scouring process occurs, the location of the maximum shear velocity within the scouring hole shifts and causes the bottom of the hole to move as well.
  • When the sediment’s critical Shields number and density are significantly large and ocean current velocity is sufficiently low, the duration of the stable state of the upstream scouring hole will be prolonged, and the average development velocity of the scouring holes at the wake position and downstream will be reduced.
  • The relationship between the spanning time and the critical Shields number θcr can be formulated as a cubic function, in which the curve’s inflection point is θcr = 4.59 × 10−2. The relationship between spanning time and sediment density can be formulated as a linear function. The relationship between spanning time and ocean current velocity can be formulated by exponential function.

Based on the conclusions of this paper, even when it is too late to take measures or when the exposed position of the submarine cable cannot be located, the degree of burial depth development still can be predicted. This prediction is important for the operation and maintenance of the submarine cable. However, the study still leaves something to be desired. Only the local scouring process under the steady-state ocean current was studied, which is an extreme condition. In practice, exposed submarine cables are more likely to be scoured by reciprocating ocean currents. In the future, we will investigate the local scouring of submarine cables under the reciprocating ocean current.

Author Contributions

Conceptualization, Y.H. and Q.L.; methodology, Q.L., P.Z. and H.T.; software, Q.L.; validation, Q.L., L.C. and W.T.; writing—original draft preparation, Q.L.; writing—review and editing, Y.H. and Q.L.; supervision, Y.H. and L.Y. All authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript.

Funding

This research was funded by the [Smart Grid Joint Fund Key Project between National Natural Science Foundation of China and State Grid Corporation] grant number [U1766220].

Institutional Review Board Statement

Not applicable.

Informed Consent Statement

Not applicable.

Data Availability Statement

The data supporting the reported results cannot be shared at this time, as they have been used in producing more publications on this research.

Acknowledgments

This work is supported by the Smart Grid Joint Fund Key Project of the National Natural Science Foundation of China and State Grid Corporation (Grant No. U1766220).

Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare no conflict of interest.

References

  1. Taormina, B.; Bald, J.; Want, A.; Thouzeau, G.; Lejart, M.; Desroy, N.; Carlier, A. A review of potential impacts of submarine power cables on the marine environment: Knowledge gaps, recommendations and future directions. Renew. Sust. Energ. Rev. 201896, 380–391. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  2. Gulski, E.; Anders, G.J.; Jogen, R.A.; Parciak, J.; Siemiński, J.; Piesowicz, E.; Paszkiewicz, S.; Irska, I. Discussion of electrical and thermal aspects of offshore wind farms’ power cables reliability. Renew. Sust. Energ. Rev. 2021151, 111580. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  3. Wang, W.; Yan, X.; Li, S.; Zhang, L.; Ouyang, J.; Ni, X. Failure of submarine cables used in high-voltage power transmission: Characteristics, mechanisms, key issues and prospects. IET Gener. Transm. Distrib. 202115, 1387–1402. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  4. Chen, H.; Chen, Z.; Lu, H.; Wu, C.; Liang, J. Protection method for submarine cable detection and exposed suspension problem in Qiongzhou straits. Telecom Pow. Technol. 201936, 60–61+63. [Google Scholar]
  5. Zhu, J.; Ren, B.; Dong, P.; Chen, W. Vortex-induced vibrations of a free spanning submarine power cable. Ocean Eng. 2023272, 113792. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  6. Sumer, B.M.; Jensen, H.R.; Mao, Y.; Fredsøe, J. Effect of lee-wake on scour below pipelines in current. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean. Eng. 1988114, 599–614. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  7. Chiew, Y.M. Prediction of maximum scour depth at submarine pipelines. J. Hydraul. Eng. 1991117, 452–466. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  8. Mastbergen, D.R.; Vandenberg, J.H. Breaching in fine sands and the generation of sustained turbidity currents in submarine canyons. Sedimentology 200350, 625–637. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  9. Dey, S.; Singh, N.P. Clear-water scour depth below underwater pipelines. J. Hydro-Env. Res. 20071, 157–162. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  10. Dey, S.; Singh, N.P. Clear-water scour below underwater pipelines under steady flow. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2008134, 588–600. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  11. Liang, D.; Cheng, L. Numerical study of scour around a pipeline bundle. Proc. Inst. Civil Eng. Mar. Eng. 2008161, 89–95. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  12. Yang, L.; Guo, Y.; Shi, B.; Kuang, C.; Xu, W.; Cao, S. Study of scour around submarine pipeline with a rubber plate or rigid spoiler in wave conditions. J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 2012138, 484–490. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  13. Li, Y.; Ong, M.C.; Fuhrman, D.R.; Larsen, B.E. Numerical investigation of wave-plus-current induced scour beneath two submarine pipelines in tandem. Coast. Eng. 2020156, 103619. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  14. Guan, D.; Hsieh, S.C.; Chiew, Y.M.; Low, Y.M.; Wei, M. Local scour and flow characteristics around pipeline subjected to vortex-induced vibrations. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2020146, 04019048. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  15. Liu, M.M.; Jin, X.; Wang, L.; Yang, F.; Tang, J. Numerical investigation of local scour around a vibrating pipeline under steady currents. Ocean Eng. 2021221, 108546. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  16. Huang, J.; Yin, G.; Ong, M.C.; Myrhaug, D.; Jia, X. Numerical investigation of scour beneath pipelines subjected to an oscillatory flow condition. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 20219, 1102. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  17. Cui, F.; Du, Y.; Hao, X.; Peng, S.; Bao, Z.; Peng, S. Experimental study on local scour and related mechanical effects at river-crossing underwater oil and gas pipelines. Adv. Civ. Eng. 20212021, 6689212. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  18. Li, B.; Ma, H. Scouring mechanism of suspended and partially-buried pipelines under steady flow. Coast. Eng. 2022177, 104201. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  19. Najafzadeh, M.; Oliveto, G. Scour propagation rates around offshore pipelines exposed to currents by applying data-driven models. Water 202214, 493. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  20. Zhu, Y.; Xie, L.; Wong, T.; Su, T. Development of three-dimensional scour below pipelines in regular waves. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 202210, 124. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  21. Ma, H.; Li, B. CFD-CGDEM coupling model for scour process simulation of submarine pipelines. Ocean Eng. 2023271, 113789. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  22. Hu, K.; Bai, X.; Vaz, M.A. Numerical simulation on the local scour processing and influencing factors of submarine pipeline. J. Mar. Sci. Eng. 202311, 234. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  23. Yang, B.; Gao, F.; Wu, Y. Experimental study on local scour of sandy seabed under submarine pipeline in unidirectional currents. Eng. Mech. 200825, 206–210. [Google Scholar]
  24. Cheng, Y.; Wang, X.; Luo, W.; Huang, X.; Lyu, X. Experimental study of local scour around a downstream inclined pile under combined waves and current. Adv. Eng. Sci. 202153, 64–71. [Google Scholar]
  25. Lu, Y.; Zhou, L.; Shen, X. Different turbulence models for simulating a liquid-liquid hydro cyclone. J. Tsinghua Univ. 200141, 105–109. [Google Scholar]
  26. Yun, D.H.; Kim, Y.T. Experimental study on settlement and scour characteristics of artificial reef with different reinforcement type and soil type. Geotext. Geomembr. 201846, 448–454. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process

극저온 자체 가압 공정을 위한 인기 있는 액체-증기 상 변화 모델의 타당성 평가

액체-증기 상 변화 모델은 밀폐된 용기의 자체 가압 프로세스 시뮬레이션에 매우 큰 영향을 미칩니다. Hertz-Knudsen 관계, 에너지 점프 모델 및 그 파생물과 같은 널리 사용되는 액체-증기 상 변화 모델은 실온 유체를 기반으로 개발되었습니다. 액체-증기 전이를 통한 극저온 시뮬레이션에 널리 적용되었지만 각 모델의 성능은 극저온 조건에서 명시적으로 조사 및 비교되지 않았습니다. 본 연구에서는 171가지 일반적인 액체-증기 상 변화 모델을 통합한 통합 다상 솔버가 제안되었으며, 이를 통해 이러한 모델을 실험 데이터와 직접 비교할 수 있습니다. 증발 및 응축 모델의 예측 정확도와 계산 속도를 평가하기 위해 총 <>개의 자체 가압 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다. 압력 예측은 최적화 전략이 서로 다른 모델 계수에 크게 의존하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 에너지 점프 모델은 극저온 자체 가압 시뮬레이션에 적합하지 않은 것으로 나타났습니다. 평균 편차와 CPU 소비량에 따르면 Lee 모델과 Tanasawa 모델은 다른 모델보다 안정적이고 효율적인 것으로 입증되었습니다.

Elsevier

International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer

Volume 181, December 2021, 121879

International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer

Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process

Author links open overlay panelZhongqi Zuo, Jingyi Wu, Yonghua HuangShow moreAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2021.121879Get rights and content

Abstract

Liquid-vapor phase change models vitally influence the simulation of self-pressurization processes in closed containers. Popular liquid-vapor phase change models, such as the Hertz-Knudsen relation, energy jump model, and their derivations were developed based on room-temperature fluids. Although they had widely been applied in cryogenic simulations with liquid-vapor transitions, the performance of each model was not explicitly investigated and compared yet under cryogenic conditions. A unified multi-phase solver incorporating four typical liquid-vapor phase change models has been proposed in the present study, which enables direct comparison among those models against experimental data. A total number of 171 self-pressurization simulations were conducted to evaluate the evaporation and condensation models’ prediction accuracy and calculation speed. It was found that the pressure prediction highly depended on the model coefficients, whose optimization strategies differed from each other. The energy jump model was found inadequate for cryogenic self-pressurization simulations. According to the average deviation and CPU consumption, the Lee model and the Tanasawa model were proven to be more stable and more efficient than the others.

Introduction

The liquid-vapor phase change of cryogenic fluids is widely involved in industrial applications, such as the hydrogen transport vehicles [1], shipborne liquid natural gas (LNG) containers [2] and on-orbit cryogenic propellant tanks [3]. These applications require cryogenic fluids to be stored for weeks to months. Although high-performance insulation measures are adopted, heat inevitably enters the tank via radiation and conduction. The self-pressurization in the tank induced by the heat leakage eventually causes the venting loss of the cryogenic fluids and threatens the safety of the craft in long-term missions. To reduce the boil-off loss and extend the cryogenic storage duration, a more comprehensive understanding of the self-pressurization mechanism is needed.

Due to the difficulties and limitations in implementing cryogenic experiments, numerical modeling is a convenient and powerful way to study the self-pressurization process of cryogenic fluids. However, how the phase change models influence the mass and heat transfer under cryogenic conditions is still unsettled [4]. As concluded by Persad and Ward [5], a seemingly slight variation in the liquid-vapor phase change models can lead to erroneous predictions.

Among the liquid-vapor phase change models, the kinetic theory gas (KTG) based models and the energy jump model are the most popular ones used in recent self-pressurization simulations [6]. The KTG based models, also known as the Hertz-Knudsen relation models, were developed on the concept of the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution of the gas molecular [7]. The Hertz-Knudsen relation has evolved to several models, including the Schrage model [8], the Tanasawa model [9], the Lee model [10] and the statistical rate theory (SRT) [11], which will be described in Section 2.2. Since the Schrage model and the Lee model are embedded and configured as the default ones in the commercial CFD solvers Flow-3D® and Ansys Fluent® respectively, they have been widely used in self-pressurization simulations for liquid nitrogen [12], [13] and liquid hydrogen [14], [15]. The major drawback of the KTG models lies in the difficulty of selecting model coefficients, which were reported in a considerably wide range spanning three magnitudes even for the same working fluid [16], [17], [18], [19], [20], [21]. Studies showed that the liquid level, pressure and mass transfer rate are directly influenced by the model coefficients [16], [22], [23], [24], [25]. Wrong coefficients will lead to deviation or even divergence of the results. The energy jump model is also known as the thermal limitation model. It assumes that the evaporation and condensation at the liquid-vapor interface are induced only by heat conduction. The model is widely adopted in lumped node simulations due to its simplicity [6], [26], [27]. To improve the accuracy of mass flux prediction, the energy jump model was modified by including the convection heat transfer [28], [29]. However, the convection correlations are empirical and developed mainly for room-temperature fluids. Whether the correlation itself can be precisely applied in cryogenic simulations still needs further investigation.

Fig. 1 summarizes the cryogenic simulations involving the modeling of evaporation and condensation processes in recent years. The publication has been increasing rapidly. However, the characteristics of each evaporation and condensation model are not explicitly revealed when simulating self-pressurization. A comparative study of the phase change models is highly needed for cryogenic fluids for a better simulation of the self-pressurization processes.

In the present paper, a unified multi-phase solver incorporating four typical liquid-vapor phase change models, namely the Tanasawa model, the Lee model, the energy jump model, and the modified energy jump model has been proposed, which enables direct comparison among different models. The models are used to simulate the pressure and temperature evolutions in an experimental liquid nitrogen tank in normal gravity, which helps to evaluate themselves in the aspects of accuracy, calculation speed and robustness.

Section snippets

Governing equations for the self-pressurization tank

In the present study, both the fluid domain and the solid wall of the tank are modeled and discretized. The heat transportation at the solid boundaries is considered to be irrelevant with the nearby fluid velocity. Consequently, two sets of the solid and the fluid governing equations can be decoupled and solved separately. The pressures in the cryogenic container are usually from 100 kPa to 300 kPa. Under these conditions, the Knudsen number is far smaller than 0.01, and the fluids are

Self-pressurization results and phase change model comparison

This section compares the simulation results by different phase change models. Section 3.1 compares the pressure and temperature outputs from two KTG based models, namely the Lee model and the Tanasawa model. Section 3.2 presents the pressure predictions from the energy transport models, namely the energy jump model and the modified energy jump model, and compares pressure prediction performances between the KTG based models and the energy transport models. Section 3.3 evaluates the four models 

Conclusion

A unified vapor-liquid-solid multi-phase numerical solver has been accomplished for the self pressurization simulation in cryogenic containers. Compared to the early fluid-only solver, the temperature prediction in the vicinity of the tank wall improves significantly. Four liquid-vapor phase change models were integrated into the solver, which enables fair and effective comparison for performances between each other. The pressure and temperature prediction accuracies, and the calculation speed

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Zhongqi Zuo: Data curation, Formal analysis, Writing – original draft, Validation. Jingyi Wu: Conceptualization, Writing – review & editing, Validation. Yonghua Huang: Conceptualization, Formal analysis, Writing – review & editing, Validation.

Declaration of Competing Interest

Authors declare that they have no financial and personal relationships with other people or organizations that can inappropriately influence our work, there is no professional or other personal interest of any nature or kind in any product, service and/or company that could be construed as influencing the position presented in, or the review of, the manuscript entitled, “Validity evaluation of popular liquid-vapor phase change models for cryogenic self-pressurization process”.

Acknowledgement

This project is supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 51936006).

References (40)

There are more references available in the full text version of this article.

Cited by (7)

Figure 4.2 Protrusion length investigation under R1 regime Q=1 m³/s with non-constrained BC elevation, 3 cm, 4 cm, 5 cm, 6cm & 7 cm from up to down respectively (grid M3 is employed).

Mathematical Modelling of Air-water flow Structure in Circular Dropshafts

Alternate title: Dairesel Düşülü Bacalarda Hava-Su Karışımının Matematiksel Modellemesi
Uçar, Muhammed.   Necmettin Erbakan University (Turkey) ProQuest Dissertations Publishing,  2021. 28840631.

Abstract

Citizens’ daily needs such as; transportation, communication, clean water and sewage are supplied with infrastructure systems. Horizontal and vertical expansion in the cities due to the increase in population leads to serious demand for infrastructural improvements. The infrastructure systems in developing cities are required to be designed in a satisfactory capacity to supply the increasing demand for residential and industrial constructions. The districts having insufficient infrastructure systems inevitably confront heavy traffic, flood, air pollution problems, and also having difficulties with the inadequacy of parking area, clear and potable water, communication. The problems may cause social and health problems over time. At this point, it is wished to emphasize that the primary factor of citycivilization development depends on infrastructural systems and it is meaningful to name the engineering field like civil engineering, literally leads civilization. Dropshafts, commonly used in the urban storm and sewage water systems produced generally circular are used for energy dissipation and flow direction control. Aeration is significant for the working principle of the flow in dropshaft and this study is made mainly for this two-phase (air-water) physics of dropshafts. Chanson showed that aeration and energy dissipation is directly linked to each other (2002), but the influencing factors and the action mechanisms of the factors on the phenomena are not discovered entirely. By the comprehension of the factors, more effective dropshafts will be able to design. This study aims to guide the more comprehensive investigation of design factors using Computational Fluid Dynamics-CFD programs. The reasons for the preference of the programs are the cost-effectiveness of material, workmanship and duration relative to hydraulic modelling. The competence of the inputs, outputs and solution system of the CFD code is validated by the comparison of previous hydraulic modelling results.

Keywords

CFD, Dropshaft, Sewer system, Storm Water System, Two-Phase Flow

Influence of crest geometric on discharge coefficient efficiency of labyrinth weirs

Influence of crest geometric on discharge coefficient efficiency of labyrinth weirs

Erick Mattos-Villarroel a, Jorge Flores-Velázquez b, Waldo Ojeda-Bustamante c, Carlos Díaz-Delgado d, Humberto Salinas-Tapia dShow moreAdd to MendeleyShareCite

aMexican Institute of Water Technology, Mexico
bPostgraduate College, Hydrosciences, Carr. Mex-Tex Km 36.5, Texcoco, Mexico State, 56230, Mexico
cAgricultural Engineering Graduate Program, University of Chapingo, Mexicod
Inter-American Institute of Water Science and Technology, Mexico

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2021.102031Get rights and content

Highlights

  • •Optimizing the geometric design of weirs can improve hydraulic performance.
  • •Labyrinth type weirs allow the discharge capacity to be increased compared to linear weirs.
  • •Hydraulic heads with ratio HT/P > 0.5 generated sub-atmospheric pressures on the side walls of the weir.
  • •Numerical simulation it is a strong tool to analyze and get optimized the weir function.

Abstract

Labyrinth type weirs are structures that, due to their geometry, allow the discharge capacity to be increased compared to linear weirs. They are a favorable option for dam rehabilitation and upstream level control. There are various geometries of labyrinth type weirs such as trapezoidal, triangular or piano key as well as different types of crest profiles. Geometric changes are directly related to hydraulic efficiency. The objective of this work was to analyze the hydraulic performance of a labyrinth type weir, by simulating several geometries of the apex and of the crest using Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD). For model validation, experimental studies reported in the literature were used. Tests were carried out with trapezoidal and circular apexes and four types of crest profiles: sharp-crest, half-round, quarter-round and Waterways Experiment Station (WES). The results revealed a determination coefficient of R2 = 0.984 between experimental and simulated data with CFD, which provides statistical agreement. Simulations showed that circular-apex weirs are more efficient than those with trapezoidal apex, because they have a higher discharge coefficient (4.7% higher). Of the four types of crest profiles analyzed, the half-round and the WES crest profiles had similar discharge coefficients and were generally greater than those of the sharp-crest and the quarter-round (5.26% y 8.5% higher) profiles. Nevertheless, to facilitate a practical construction process, it is recommended to use a half-round profile. For hydraulic heads with HT/P > 0.5 ratio, all profiles generated sub-atmospheric pressures on the side walls of the weir. However, when HT/P ≈ 0.8 ratio the half-round crest generated a higher negative pressure (−1500 Pa), while the sharp-crest profile managed to increase the pressure by 76% (−350 Pa), but with a greater area of negative pressure. On the other hand, the WES profile reduced the negative-pressure area by 50%.

Keywords

Labyrinth weir

Computational fluids dynamics (CFD)

Discharge coefficient

Apex shape

Crest profile

Figures (12)

  1. Fig. 1. Geometric parameters of a labyrinth weir
  2. Fig. 2. Crest profiles: (A) sharp-crest, (B) half-round, (C) quarter-round, (D) WES
  3. Fig. 3. Apex shapes
  4. Fig. 4. Weir and boundary conditions
  5. Fig. 5. Hydraulic head approach an asymptotic zero-grid spacing value
  6. Fig. 6. Percentage relative error of the discharge coefficient as a function of HT/P
  7. Fig. 7. Comparison of the discharge coefficients obtained numerically against the…
  8. Fig. 8. Pressure distribution in the downstream side walls of the labyrinth weir
  9. Fig. 9. Comparison of the discharge coefficient in trapezoidal apex labyrinth weirs
  10. Fig. 10. Comparison of the discharge coefficient in circular apex labyrinth weirs
  11. Fig. 11. Local drowning at the upstream apex
  12. Fig. 12. Ratio of the discharge coefficient of the circular apex weir with the…
원문보기
Figure 1. Photorealistic view of an inclined axis TAST (photo A. Stergiopoulou).

CFD Simulations of Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines Harnessing the Small Hydropotential of Greek Watercourses

Alkistis Stergiopoulou1, Vassilios Stergiopoulos2
1Institut für Wasserwirtschaft, Hydrologie und Konstruktiven Wasserbau, B.O.K.U. University,
Muthgasse 18, 1190 Vienna, (actually Senior Process Engineer at the VTU Engineering in Vienna,
Zieglergasse 53/1/24, 1070 Vienna, Austria).
2 School of Pedagogical and Technological Education, Department of Civil Engineering Educators,
ASPETE Campus, Eirini Station, 15122 Amarousio, Athens, Greece.
Received 4 Jan. 2021; Received in revised form 8 Aug. 2021; Accepted 8 Aug. 2021; Available online 14 Aug. 2021

Abstract

This paper presents a short view of the first Archimedean Screw Turbines CFD modelling results, which
were carried out within the recent research entitled “Rebirth of Archimedes in Greece: contribution to the
study of hydraulic mechanics and hydrodynamic behavior of Archimedean cochlear waterwheels, for
recovering the hydraulic potential of Greek natural and technical watercourses”. This CFD analysis, based
to the Flow-3D code, concerns typical Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines (TASTs) and shows some
promising performances for such small hydropower systems harnessing the important unexploited
hydraulic potential of natural and technical watercourses of Greece, of the order of several TWh / year and of a total installed capacity in the range of thousands MWs.

이 논문은 최초의 아르키메데스 나사 터빈 CFD 모델링 결과에 대한 간략한 견해를 제시하며, 이는 “그리스에서 아르키메데스의 부활: 수리 역학 및 아르키메데스 달팽이관 물레방아의 유체역학적 거동 연구에 대한 기여”라는 제목의 최근 연구에서 수행되었습니다. 그리스 자연 및 기술 수로의 수력 잠재력”. Flow-3D 코드를 기반으로 하는 이 CFD 분석은 일반적인 TAST(Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines)에 관한 것이며 그리스의 자연 및 기술 수로의 중요한 미개발 수력 잠재력을 활용하는 이러한 TWh/년 및 수천 MW 범위의 총 설치 용량인 소규모 수력 발전 시스템에 대한 몇 가지 유망한 성능을 보여줍니다.
Copyright © 2021 International Energy and Environment Foundation – All rights reserved.

Keywords

CFD; Flow-3D; TAST; Small Hydro; Renewable Energy; Greek Watercourses.

Figure 1. Photorealistic view of an inclined axis TAST (photo A. Stergiopoulou).
Figure 1. Photorealistic view of an inclined axis TAST (photo A. Stergiopoulou).

References.

[1] A. Stergiopoulou, Computational and experimental investigation of the hydrodynamic behaviour of
screw hydro turbine, Ph.D. Thesis, NTUA, 2017.
[2] B. Pelikan, A. Lashofer, Verbesserung der Strömungseigenschaften sowie Planungs-und
Betriebsoptimierung von Wasserkraftschnecken, Research Project, BOKU University, Vienna,
2012.
[3] G. Müller, J. Senior, Simplified theory of Archimedean screws, Journal of Hydraulic Research 47
(5) (2009) 666-669.
[4] C. Rorres, The turn of the screw: Optimal design of an Archimedes screw, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, 80 (2000) 72-80.
[5] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Return of Archimedes: Harnessing with new Archimedean
spirals the hydraulic potential of the Greek watercourses, in: Proceedings of the Conference for
Climate Change, Thessaloniki, 2009.
[6] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, from the old Archimedean screw pumps to the new
Archimedean screw turbines for hydropower production in Greece, in: Proceedings of CEMEPE
Conference, Mykonos, June 21-26, 2009.
International Journal of Energy and Environment (IJEE), Volume 12, Issue 1, 2021, pp.19-30
[7] V. Stergiopoulos, A. Stergiopoulou, E. Kalkani, Quo Vadis Archimedes Nowadays in Greece?
Towards Modern Archimedean Turbines for Recovering Greek Small Hydropower Potential, in:
Proceedings of 3rd International Scientific “Energy and Climate Change” Conference, Athens, 2010.
[8] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, E. Κalkani, Greece beyond the horizon of the era of transition:
Archimedean screw hydropower development terra incognita, International Journal of Energy and
Development, v.6, Issue 6, pp. 627-536, 2015.
[9] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, E. Κalkani, Experimental and theoretical research of zero head
innovative horizontal axis Archimedean screw turbines, Journal of Energy and Development, v.6,
Issue 5, pp. 471-478, 2015.
[10] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, E. Κalkani, Back to the Future: Rediscovering the Archimedean
screws as modern turbines for harnessing Greek small hydropower potential, in: Proceedings of the
Third International Conference CEMEPE 2011 & SECOTOX, Skiathos, 2011.
[11] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Educational Renewable Energy Screw Wheel Technologies for
Pico Hydropower Generation, Modern Environmental Science and Engineering, v.4, No.5, pp. 439-
445, May 2018.
[12] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Educational Renewable Energy Screw Wheel Technologies for
Pico Hydropower Generation, Modern Environmental Science and Engineering, v.4, No.5, pp. 439-
445, May 2018.
[13] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Towards an inventory of the archimedean small hydropower
potential of Greece, INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT
Volume 11, Issue 2, 2020 pp.137-144.
[14] Flow Science, FLOW-3D Manual, 2013.
[15] K. Versteeg and W. Malalasekera, An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Pearson,
2007.
[16] C. Hirsch, Numerical Computation of internal and external flows: The fundamentals of
Computational Fluid dynamics, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
[17] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos and E. Kalkani, An eagle’s CFD view of Studying Innovative
Archimedean Screw Renewable Hydraulic Energy Systems, Proceedings of the 4th International
Conference on Environmental Management, Engineering, Planning and Economics (CEMEPE) and
SECOTOX Conference, Mykonos island, Greece, pp.454-460 June 24-28, 2013.
[18] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, A., E. Kalkani, Computational Fluid Dynamics Study on a 3D
Graphic Solid Model of Archimedean Screw Turbines, Fresenius Environmental Bulletin, vol.23-
No1, 2014.
[19] Α. Stergiopoulou, Kalkani E., “Towards a First C.F.D. Study of Innovative Archimedean Inclined
Axis Hydropower Turbines”, International Journal of Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT),
Vol. 2 Issue 9, September – 2013, pp. 193-199.
[20] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, A first CFD study of small hydro energy recovery from the
Attica water supply network, INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENERGY AND
ENVIRONMENT, Volume 11, Issue 3, 2020 pp.157-166.

Study on Hydrodynamic Performance of Unsymmetrical Double Vertical Slotted Barriers

침수된 강성 식생을 갖는 개방 수로 흐름의 특성에 대한 3차원 수치 시뮬레이션

A 3-D numerical simulation of the characteristics of open channel flows with submerged rigid vegetation

Journal of Hydrodynamics volume 33, pages833–843 (2021)Cite this article

Abstract

이 백서는 Flow-3D를 적용하여 다양한 흐름 배출 및 식생 시나리오가 흐름 속도(세로, 가로 및 수직 속도 포함)에 미치는 영향을 조사합니다.

실험적 측정을 통한 검증 후 식생직경, 식생높이, 유량방류량에 대한 민감도 분석을 수행하였다. 종방향 속도의 경우 흐름 구조에 가장 큰 영향을 미치는 것은 배출보다는 식생 직경에서 비롯됩니다.

그러나 식생 높이는 수직 분포의 변곡점을 결정합니다. 식생지 내 두 지점, 즉 상류와 하류의 횡속도를 비교하면 수심에 따른 대칭적인 패턴을 확인할 수 있다. 식생 지역의 가로 및 세로 유체 순환 패턴을 포함하여 흐름 또는 식생 시나리오와 관계없이 수직 속도에 대해서도 동일한 패턴이 관찰됩니다.

또한 식생의 직경이 클수록 이러한 패턴이 더 분명해집니다. 상부 순환은 초목 캐노피 근처에서 발생합니다. 식생지역의 가로방향과 세로방향의 순환에 관한 이러한 발견은 침수식생을 통한 3차원 유동구조를 밝혀준다.

This paper applies the Flow-3D to investigate the impacts of different flow discharge and vegetation scenarios on the flow velocity (including the longitudinal, transverse and vertical velocities). After the verification by using experimental measurements, a sensitivity analysis is conducted for the vegetation diameter, the vegetation height and the flow discharge. For the longitudinal velocity, the greatest impact on the flow structure originates from the vegetation diameter, rather than the discharge. The vegetation height, however, determines the inflection point of the vertical distribution. Comparing the transverse velocities at two positions in the vegetated area, i.e., the upstream and the downstream, a symmetric pattern is identified along the water depth. The same pattern is also observed for the vertical velocity regardless of the flow or vegetation scenario, including both transverse and vertical fluid circulation patterns in the vegetated area. Moreover, the larger the vegetation diameter is, the more evident these patterns become. The upper circulation occurs near the vegetation canopy. These findings regarding the circulations along the transverse and vertical directions in the vegetated region shed light on the 3-D flow structure through the submerged vegetation.

Key words

  • Submerged rigid vegetation
  • longitudinal velocity
  • transverse velocity
  • vertical velocity
  • open channel

References

  1. Angelina A., Jordanova C. S. J. Experimental study of bed load transport through emergent vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 2003, 129(6): 474–478.Article Google Scholar 
  2. Li Y., Wang Y., Anim D. O. et al. Flow characteristics in different densities of submerged flexible vegetation from an open-channel flume study of artificial plants [J]. Geomorphology, 2014, 204: 314–324.Article Google Scholar 
  3. Bai F., Yang Z., Huai W. et al. A depth-averaged two dimensional shallow water model to simulate flow-rigid vegetation interactions [J]. Procedia Engineering, 2016, 154: 482–489.Article Google Scholar 
  4. Huai W. X., Song S., Han J. et al. Prediction of velocity distribution in straight open-channel flow with partial vegetation by singular perturbation method [J]. Applied Mathematics and Mechanics (Engilsh Editon), 2016, 37(10): 1315–1324.Article MathSciNet Google Scholar 
  5. Wang P. F., Wang C. Numerical model for flow through submerged vegetation regions in a shallow lake [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2011, 23(2): 170–178.Article Google Scholar 
  6. Wang W. J., Cui X. Y., Dong F. et al. Predictions of bulk velocity for open channel flow through submerged vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2020, 32(4): 795–799.Article Google Scholar 
  7. Zhang M., Li C. W., Shen Y. Depth-averaged modeling of free surface flows in open channels with emerged and submerged vegetation [J]. Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(1–2): 540–553.Article MathSciNet Google Scholar 
  8. Huai W., Wang W., Hu Y. et al. Analytical model of the mean velocity distribution in an open channel with double-layered rigid vegetation [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2014, 69: 106–113.Article Google Scholar 
  9. Panigrahi K., Khatua K. K. Prediction of velocity distribution in straight channel with rigid vegetation [J]. Aquatic Procedia, 2015, 4: 819–825.Article Google Scholar 
  10. Huai W. X., Zeng Y. H., Xu Z. G. et al. Three-layer model for vertical velocity distribution in open channel flow with submerged rigid vegetation [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2009, 32(4): 487–492.Article Google Scholar 
  11. Chen S. C., Kuo Y. M., Li Y. H. Flow characteristics within different configurations of submerged flexible vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydrology, 2011, 398(1–2): 124–134.Article Google Scholar 
  12. Yagci O., Tschiesche U., Kabdasli M. S. The role of different forms of natural riparian vegetation on turbulence and kinetic energy characteristics [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2010, 33(5): 601–614.Article Google Scholar 
  13. Wu F. S. Characteristics of flow resistance in open channels with non-submerged rigid vegetation [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2008, 20(2): 239–245.Article Google Scholar 
  14. Huai W., Hu Y., Zeng Y. et al. Velocity distribution for open channel flows with suspended vegetation [J]. Advances in Water Resources, 2012, 49: 56–61.Article Google Scholar 
  15. Pu J. H., Hussain A., Guo Y. K. et al. Submerged flexible vegetation impact on open channel flow velocity distribution: An analytical modelling study on drag and friction [J]. Water Science and Engineering, 2019, 12(2): 121–128.Article Google Scholar 
  16. Zhang M. L., Li C. W., Shen Y. M. A 3D non-linear k-ε turbulent model for prediction of flow and mass transport in channel with vegetation [J]. Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2010, 34(4): 1021–1031.Article MathSciNet Google Scholar 
  17. Anjum N., Tanaka N. Numerical investigation of velocity distribution of turbulent flow through vertically double-layered vegetation [J]. Water Science and Engineering, 2019, 12(4): 319–329.Article Google Scholar 
  18. Wang W., Huai W. X., Gao M. Numerical investigation of flow through vegetated multi-stage compound channel [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2014, 26(3): 467–473.Article Google Scholar 
  19. Ghani U., Anjum N., Pasha G. A. et al. Numerical investigation of the flow characteristics through discontinuous and layered vegetation patches of finite width in an open channel [J]. Environmental Fluid Mechanics, 2019, 19(6): 1469–1495.Article Google Scholar 
  20. Aydin M. C., Emiroglu M. E. Determination of capacity of labyrinth side weir by CFD [J]. Flow Measurement and Instrumentation, 2013, 29: 1–8.Article Google Scholar 
  21. Hao W. L., Wu W. Q., Zhu C. J. et al. Experimental study on vertical distribution of flow velocity in vegetated river channel [J]. Water Resources and Power, 2015, 33(2): 85–88(in Chinese).Google Scholar 
  22. Pietri L., Petroff A., Amielh M. et al. Turbulent flows interacting with varying density canopies [J]. Mécanique and Industries, 2009, 10(3–4): 181–185.Article Google Scholar 
  23. Li Y., Du W., Yu Z. et al. Impact of flexible emergent vegetation on the flow turbulence and kinetic energy characteristics in a flume experiment [J]. Journal of Hydro-environment Research, 2015, 9(3): 354–367.Article Google Scholar 
  24. Li W. Q., Wang D., Jiao J. L. et al. Effects of vegetation patch density on flow velocity characteristics in an open channel [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2018, 31(5): 1052–1059.Article Google Scholar 
  25. Langre E. D., Gutierrez A., Cossé J. On the scaling of drag reduction by reconfiguration in plants [J]. Comptes Rendus Mécanique, 2012, 340(1–2): 35–40.Article Google Scholar 
  26. Fathi-Maghadam M., Kouwen N. Nonrigid, nonsubmerged, vegetative roughness on floodplains [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 1997, 123(1): 51–57.Article Google Scholar 
  27. Liang D., Wu X. A random walk simulation of scalar mixing in flows through submerged vegetations [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2014, 26(3): 343–350.Article MathSciNet Google Scholar 
  28. Ghisalberti M., Nepf H. Mass transport in vegetated shear flows [J]. Environmental Fluid Mechanics, 2005, 5(6): 527–551.Article Google Scholar 
Figure 4 Snapshots of the trimaran model during the tests. a Inboard side hulls in the Tri-1confguration, b Outboard side hulls in the Tri-4 confguration, c Symmetric side hulls in the Tri-4confguration

조파식 3동선의 선체측면대칭이 저항성능에 미치는 영향에 관한 실험적 연구

Abolfath Askarian KhoobAtabak FeiziAlireza MohamadiKarim Akbari VakilabadiAbbas Fazeliniai & Shahryar Moghaddampour

Abstract

이 논문은 비대칭 인보드, 비대칭 아웃보드 및 다양한 스태거/분리 위치에서의 대칭을 포함하는 세 가지 대안적인 측면 선체 형태를 가진 웨이브 피어싱 3동선의 저항 성능에 대한 실험적 조사 결과를 제시했습니다. 

모델 테스트는 0.225에서 0.60까지의 Froude 수에서 삼동선 축소 모형을 사용하여 National Iranian Marine Laboratory(NIMALA) 예인 탱크에서 수행되었습니다. 

결과는 측면 선체를 주 선체 트랜섬의 앞쪽으로 이동함으로써 삼동선의 총 저항 계수가 감소하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 

또한 조사 결과, 측면 선체의 대칭 형태가 3개의 측면 선체 형태 중 전체 저항에 대한 성능이 가장 우수한 것으로 나타났습니다. 본 연구의 결과는 저항 관점에서 측면 선체 구성을 선택하는 데 유용합니다.

Keywords

  • Resistance performance
  • Wave-piercing trimaran
  • Seakeeping characteristics
  • Side hull symmetry
  • Model test
  • Experimental study
Figure 4 Snapshots of the trimaran model during the tests. a Inboard side hulls in the Tri-1confguration, b Outboard side hulls in the Tri-4 confguration, c Symmetric side hulls in the Tri-4confguration
Figure 4 Snapshots of the trimaran model during the tests. a Inboard side hulls in the Tri-1confguration, b Outboard side hulls in the Tri-4 confguration, c Symmetric side hulls in the Tri-4confguration

References

  • Ackers BB, Thad JM, Tredennick OW, Landen CH, Miller EJ, Sodowsky JP, Hadler JB (1997) An investigation of the resistance characteristics of powered trimaran side-hull configurations. SNAME Transactions 105:349–373Google Scholar 
  • ASME (2005) Test uncertainty, The American society of mechanical engineers performance test code, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, No. PTC 19. 1–2005, New York
  • Chen Y, Yang L, Xie Y, Yu S (2016) The research on characteristic parameters and resistance chart of operation and maintenance trimaran in the sea. Polish Maritime Research 23(s1):20–24. https://doi.org/10.1515/pomr-2016-0041Article Google Scholar 
  • Claire M, Andrea M (2014) Resistance analysis for a trimaran. International Journal of Mechanical, Aerospace, Industrial, Mechatronic and Manufacturing Engineering 8(1):7–15Google Scholar 
  • Deng R, Li C, Huang D, Zhou G (2015) The effect of trimming and sinkage on the trimaran resistance calculation. Procedia Engineering 126:327–331. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2015.11.199Article Google Scholar 
  • Doctors L, Scrace R (2003) The optimization of trimaran side hull position for minimum resistance. Seventh International Conference on Fast Transportation (FAST 2003), Ischia, Italy, 1–12
  • Du L, Hefazi H, Sahoo P (2019) Rapid resistance estimation method of non-Wigley trimarans. Ships and Offshore Structures 14(8):910–920. https://doi.org/10.1080/17445302.2019.1588499Article Google Scholar 
  • Ghadimi P, Nazemian A, Ghadimi A (2019) Numerical scrutiny of the influence of side hulls arrangement on the motion of a Trimaran vessel in regular waves through CFD analysis. Journal of the Brazilian Society of Mechanical Sciences and Engineering 41(1):1–10. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40430-018-1505-xArticle Google Scholar 
  • Hafez K, El-Kot A-R (2011) Comparative analysis of the separation variation influence on the hydrodynamic performance of a high speed trimaran. Journal of Marine Science and Application 10(4):377–393. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11804-011-1083-0Article Google Scholar 
  • Hafez KA, El-Kot AA (2012) Comparative investigation of the stagger variation influence on the hydrodynamic interference of high speed trimaran. Alexandria Engineering Journal 51(3):153–169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2012.02.002Article Google Scholar 
  • Hashimoto H, Amano S, Umeda N, Matsuda A (2011) Influence of side-hull positions on dynamic behaviors of a trimaran running in following and stern quartering seas. Proceedings of the 21th International Conference on Offshore and Polar Engineering, 573–580
  • Insel M, Molland AF (1991) An investigation into the resistance components of high speed displacement catamarans. Transactions of the Royal Institution of Naval Architects 134:1–20. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11804-013-1193-yArticle Google Scholar 
  • ITTC (2014) Testing and extrapolation methods in resistance towing tank tests, Recommended Procedures, 7.5–02–02–01
  • Iqbal M, Utama IKAP (2014) An investigation into the effect of water depth on the resistance components of trimaran configuration. Proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Marine Technology, Surabaya
  • Lewis EV (1988) Principles of Naval Architecture. The Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers III: 323–324
  • Luhulima RB, Utama I, Sulisetyono A (2016) Experimental investigation into the resistance components of displacement trimaran at various lateral spacing. International Journal of Engineering Research & Science (IJOER) 2:21–29Google Scholar 
  • Luhulima RB (2017) An Investigation into the resistance of displacement trimaran: a comparative analysis between experimental and CFD approaches. International Journal of Mechanical Engineering (IJME) 6:9–18Google Scholar 
  • Molland AF, Turnock SR, Hudson DA (2011) Ship resistance and propulsion: practical estimation of ship propulsive power. Cambridge University Press, 544.
  • Verna S, Khan K, Praveen PC (2012) Trimaran hull form optimization, using ship flow. International Journal of Innovative Research and Development 1(10):5–15
  • Yanuar Y, Gunawan G, Talahatu MA, Indrawati RT, Jamaluddin A (2013) Resistance analysis of unsymmetrical trimaran model with outboard side hulls configuration. Journal of Marine Science and Application 12(3):293–297Article Google Scholar 
  • Yanuar Y, Gunawan G, Talahatu MA, Indrawati RT, Jamaluddin A (2015a) Resistance reduction on trimaran ship model by biopolymer of eel slime. Journal of Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering 12(2):95–102. https://doi.org/10.3329/jname.v12i2.19549Article Google Scholar 
  • Yanuar Y, Gunawan G, Waskito KT, Jamaluddin A (2015b) Experimental study resistances of asymmetrical Pentamaran model with separation and staggered hull variation of inner side-hulls. International Journal of Fluid Mechanics Research 42(1):82–94. https://doi.org/10.1615/interjfluidmechres.v42.i1.60Article Google Scholar 
  • Zhang WP, Zong Z, Wang WH (2012) Special problems and solutions for numerical prediction on longitudinal motion of trimaran. Applied Mechanics and Materials 152-154: 1262–75. https://doi.org/10.4028/www.scientific.net/amm.152-154.1262
  • Zhang L, Zhang JN, Shang YC (2019) A potential flow theory and boundary layer theory based hybrid method for waterjet propulsion. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering 7(4):113–132. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse7040113Article Google Scholar 
Thermo-fluid modeling of influence of attenuated laser beam intensity profile on melt pool behavior in laser-assisted powder-based direct energy deposition

레이저 보조 분말 기반 직접 에너지 증착에서 용융 풀 거동에 대한 감쇠 레이저 빔 강도 프로파일의 영향에 대한 열유체 모델링

Thermo-fluid modeling of influence of attenuated laser beam intensity profile on melt pool behavior in laser-assisted powder-based direct energy deposition

Mohammad Sattari, Amin Ebrahimi, Martin Luckabauer, Gert-willem R.B.E. Römer

Research output: Chapter in Book/Conference proceedings/Edited volume › Conference contribution › Professional

5Downloads (Pure)

Abstract

A numerical framework based on computational fluid dynamics (CFD), using the finite volume method (FVM) and volume of fluid (VOF) technique is presented to investigate the effect of the laser beam intensity profile on melt pool behavior in laser-assisted powder-based directed energy deposition (L-DED). L-DED is an additive manufacturing (AM) process that utilizes a laser beam to fuse metal powder particles. To assure high-fidelity modeling, it was found that it is crucial to accurately model the interaction between the powder stream and the laser beam in the gas region above the substrate. The proposed model considers various phenomena including laser energy attenuation and absorption, multiple reflections of the laser rays, powder particle stream, particle-fluid interaction, temperature-dependent properties, buoyancy effects, thermal expansion, solidification shrinkage and drag, and Marangoni flow. The latter is induced by temperature and element-dependent surface tension. The model is validated using experimental results and highlights the importance of considering laser energy attenuation. Furthermore, the study investigates how the laser beam intensity profile affects melt pool size and shape, influencing the solidification microstructure and mechanical properties of the deposited material. The proposed model has the potential to optimize the L-DED process for a variety of materials and provides insights into the capability of numerical modeling for additive manufacturing optimization.

Original languageEnglish
Title of host publicationFlow-3D World Users Conference
Publication statusPublished – 2023
EventFlow-3D World User Conference – Strasbourg, France
Duration: 5 Jun 2023 → 7 Jun 2023

Conference

ConferenceFlow-3D World User Conference
Country/TerritoryFrance
CityStrasbourg
Period5/06/23 → 7/06/23
Figure 2 Modeling the plant with cylindrical tubes at the bottom of the canal.

Optimized Vegetation Density to Dissipate Energy of Flood Flow in Open Canals

열린 운하에서 홍수 흐름의 에너지를 분산시키기 위해 최적화된 식생 밀도

Mahdi Feizbahr,1Navid Tonekaboni,2Guang-Jun Jiang,3,4and Hong-Xia Chen3,4
Academic Editor: Mohammad Yazdi

Abstract

강을 따라 식생은 조도를 증가시키고 평균 유속을 감소시키며, 유동 에너지를 감소시키고 강 횡단면의 유속 프로파일을 변경합니다. 자연의 많은 운하와 강은 홍수 동안 초목으로 덮여 있습니다. 운하의 조도는 식물의 영향을 많이 받기 때문에 홍수시 유동저항에 큰 영향을 미친다. 식물로 인한 흐름에 대한 거칠기 저항은 흐름 조건과 식물에 따라 달라지므로 모델은 유속, 유속 깊이 및 수로를 따라 식생 유형의 영향을 고려하여 유속을 시뮬레이션해야 합니다. 총 48개의 모델을 시뮬레이션하여 근관의 거칠기 효과를 조사했습니다. 결과는 속도를 높임으로써 베드 속도를 감소시키는 식생의 영향이 무시할만하다는 것을 나타냅니다.

Abstract

Vegetation along the river increases the roughness and reduces the average flow velocity, reduces flow energy, and changes the flow velocity profile in the cross section of the river. Many canals and rivers in nature are covered with vegetation during the floods. Canal’s roughness is strongly affected by plants and therefore it has a great effect on flow resistance during flood. Roughness resistance against the flow due to the plants depends on the flow conditions and plant, so the model should simulate the current velocity by considering the effects of velocity, depth of flow, and type of vegetation along the canal. Total of 48 models have been simulated to investigate the effect of roughness in the canal. The results indicated that, by enhancing the velocity, the effect of vegetation in decreasing the bed velocity is negligible, while when the current has lower speed, the effect of vegetation on decreasing the bed velocity is obviously considerable.

1. Introduction

Considering the impact of each variable is a very popular field within the analytical and statistical methods and intelligent systems [114]. This can help research for better modeling considering the relation of variables or interaction of them toward reaching a better condition for the objective function in control and engineering [1527]. Consequently, it is necessary to study the effects of the passive factors on the active domain [2836]. Because of the effect of vegetation on reducing the discharge capacity of rivers [37], pruning plants was necessary to improve the condition of rivers. One of the important effects of vegetation in river protection is the action of roots, which cause soil consolidation and soil structure improvement and, by enhancing the shear strength of soil, increase the resistance of canal walls against the erosive force of water. The outer limbs of the plant increase the roughness of the canal walls and reduce the flow velocity and deplete the flow energy in vicinity of the walls. Vegetation by reducing the shear stress of the canal bed reduces flood discharge and sedimentation in the intervals between vegetation and increases the stability of the walls [3841].

One of the main factors influencing the speed, depth, and extent of flood in this method is Manning’s roughness coefficient. On the other hand, soil cover [42], especially vegetation, is one of the most determining factors in Manning’s roughness coefficient. Therefore, it is expected that those seasonal changes in the vegetation of the region will play an important role in the calculated value of Manning’s roughness coefficient and ultimately in predicting the flood wave behavior [4345]. The roughness caused by plants’ resistance to flood current depends on the flow and plant conditions. Flow conditions include depth and velocity of the plant, and plant conditions include plant type, hardness or flexibility, dimensions, density, and shape of the plant [46]. In general, the issue discussed in this research is the optimization of flood-induced flow in canals by considering the effect of vegetation-induced roughness. Therefore, the effect of plants on the roughness coefficient and canal transmission coefficient and in consequence the flow depth should be evaluated [4748].

Current resistance is generally known by its roughness coefficient. The equation that is mainly used in this field is Manning equation. The ratio of shear velocity to average current velocity  is another form of current resistance. The reason for using the  ratio is that it is dimensionless and has a strong theoretical basis. The reason for using Manning roughness coefficient is its pervasiveness. According to Freeman et al. [49], the Manning roughness coefficient for plants was calculated according to the Kouwen and Unny [50] method for incremental resistance. This method involves increasing the roughness for various surface and plant irregularities. Manning’s roughness coefficient has all the factors affecting the resistance of the canal. Therefore, the appropriate way to more accurately estimate this coefficient is to know the factors affecting this coefficient [51].

To calculate the flow rate, velocity, and depth of flow in canals as well as flood and sediment estimation, it is important to evaluate the flow resistance. To determine the flow resistance in open ducts, Manning, Chézy, and Darcy–Weisbach relations are used [52]. In these relations, there are parameters such as Manning’s roughness coefficient (n), Chézy roughness coefficient (C), and Darcy–Weisbach coefficient (f). All three of these coefficients are a kind of flow resistance coefficient that is widely used in the equations governing flow in rivers [53].

The three relations that express the relationship between the average flow velocity (V) and the resistance and geometric and hydraulic coefficients of the canal are as follows:where nf, and c are Manning, Darcy–Weisbach, and Chézy coefficients, respectively. V = average flow velocity, R = hydraulic radius, Sf = slope of energy line, which in uniform flow is equal to the slope of the canal bed,  = gravitational acceleration, and Kn is a coefficient whose value is equal to 1 in the SI system and 1.486 in the English system. The coefficients of resistance in equations (1) to (3) are related as follows:

Based on the boundary layer theory, the flow resistance for rough substrates is determined from the following general relation:where f = Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction, y = flow depth, Ks = bed roughness size, and A = constant coefficient.

On the other hand, the relationship between the Darcy–Weisbach coefficient of friction and the shear velocity of the flow is as follows:

By using equation (6), equation (5) is converted as follows:

Investigation on the effect of vegetation arrangement on shear velocity of flow in laboratory conditions showed that, with increasing the shear Reynolds number (), the numerical value of the  ratio also increases; in other words the amount of roughness coefficient increases with a slight difference in the cases without vegetation, checkered arrangement, and cross arrangement, respectively [54].

Roughness in river vegetation is simulated in mathematical models with a variable floor slope flume by different densities and discharges. The vegetation considered submerged in the bed of the flume. Results showed that, with increasing vegetation density, canal roughness and flow shear speed increase and with increasing flow rate and depth, Manning’s roughness coefficient decreases. Factors affecting the roughness caused by vegetation include the effect of plant density and arrangement on flow resistance, the effect of flow velocity on flow resistance, and the effect of depth [4555].

One of the works that has been done on the effect of vegetation on the roughness coefficient is Darby [56] study, which investigates a flood wave model that considers all the effects of vegetation on the roughness coefficient. There are currently two methods for estimating vegetation roughness. One method is to add the thrust force effect to Manning’s equation [475758] and the other method is to increase the canal bed roughness (Manning-Strickler coefficient) [455961]. These two methods provide acceptable results in models designed to simulate floodplain flow. Wang et al. [62] simulate the floodplain with submerged vegetation using these two methods and to increase the accuracy of the results, they suggested using the effective height of the plant under running water instead of using the actual height of the plant. Freeman et al. [49] provided equations for determining the coefficient of vegetation roughness under different conditions. Lee et al. [63] proposed a method for calculating the Manning coefficient using the flow velocity ratio at different depths. Much research has been done on the Manning roughness coefficient in rivers, and researchers [496366] sought to obtain a specific number for n to use in river engineering. However, since the depth and geometric conditions of rivers are completely variable in different places, the values of Manning roughness coefficient have changed subsequently, and it has not been possible to choose a fixed number. In river engineering software, the Manning roughness coefficient is determined only for specific and constant conditions or normal flow. Lee et al. [63] stated that seasonal conditions, density, and type of vegetation should also be considered. Hydraulic roughness and Manning roughness coefficient n of the plant were obtained by estimating the total Manning roughness coefficient from the matching of the measured water surface curve and water surface height. The following equation is used for the flow surface curve:where  is the depth of water change, S0 is the slope of the canal floor, Sf is the slope of the energy line, and Fr is the Froude number which is obtained from the following equation:where D is the characteristic length of the canal. Flood flow velocity is one of the important parameters of flood waves, which is very important in calculating the water level profile and energy consumption. In the cases where there are many limitations for researchers due to the wide range of experimental dimensions and the variety of design parameters, the use of numerical methods that are able to estimate the rest of the unknown results with acceptable accuracy is economically justified.

FLOW-3D software uses Finite Difference Method (FDM) for numerical solution of two-dimensional and three-dimensional flow. This software is dedicated to computational fluid dynamics (CFD) and is provided by Flow Science [67]. The flow is divided into networks with tubular cells. For each cell there are values of dependent variables and all variables are calculated in the center of the cell, except for the velocity, which is calculated at the center of the cell. In this software, two numerical techniques have been used for geometric simulation, FAVOR™ (Fractional-Area-Volume-Obstacle-Representation) and the VOF (Volume-of-Fluid) method. The equations used at this model for this research include the principle of mass survival and the magnitude of motion as follows. The fluid motion equations in three dimensions, including the Navier–Stokes equations with some additional terms, are as follows:where  are mass accelerations in the directions xyz and  are viscosity accelerations in the directions xyz and are obtained from the following equations:

Shear stresses  in equation (11) are obtained from the following equations:

The standard model is used for high Reynolds currents, but in this model, RNG theory allows the analytical differential formula to be used for the effective viscosity that occurs at low Reynolds numbers. Therefore, the RNG model can be used for low and high Reynolds currents.

Weather changes are high and this affects many factors continuously. The presence of vegetation in any area reduces the velocity of surface flows and prevents soil erosion, so vegetation will have a significant impact on reducing destructive floods. One of the methods of erosion protection in floodplain watersheds is the use of biological methods. The presence of vegetation in watersheds reduces the flow rate during floods and prevents soil erosion. The external organs of plants increase the roughness and decrease the velocity of water flow and thus reduce its shear stress energy. One of the important factors with which the hydraulic resistance of plants is expressed is the roughness coefficient. Measuring the roughness coefficient of plants and investigating their effect on reducing velocity and shear stress of flow is of special importance.

Roughness coefficients in canals are affected by two main factors, namely, flow conditions and vegetation characteristics [68]. So far, much research has been done on the effect of the roughness factor created by vegetation, but the issue of plant density has received less attention. For this purpose, this study was conducted to investigate the effect of vegetation density on flow velocity changes.

In a study conducted using a software model on three density modes in the submerged state effect on flow velocity changes in 48 different modes was investigated (Table 1).

Table 1 

The studied models.

The number of cells used in this simulation is equal to 1955888 cells. The boundary conditions were introduced to the model as a constant speed and depth (Figure 1). At the output boundary, due to the presence of supercritical current, no parameter for the current is considered. Absolute roughness for floors and walls was introduced to the model (Figure 1). In this case, the flow was assumed to be nonviscous and air entry into the flow was not considered. After  seconds, this model reached a convergence accuracy of .

Figure 1 

The simulated model and its boundary conditions.

Due to the fact that it is not possible to model the vegetation in FLOW-3D software, in this research, the vegetation of small soft plants was studied so that Manning’s coefficients can be entered into the canal bed in the form of roughness coefficients obtained from the studies of Chow [69] in similar conditions. In practice, in such modeling, the effect of plant height is eliminated due to the small height of herbaceous plants, and modeling can provide relatively acceptable results in these conditions.

48 models with input velocities proportional to the height of the regular semihexagonal canal were considered to create supercritical conditions. Manning coefficients were applied based on Chow [69] studies in order to control the canal bed. Speed profiles were drawn and discussed.

Any control and simulation system has some inputs that we should determine to test any technology [7077]. Determination and true implementation of such parameters is one of the key steps of any simulation [237881] and computing procedure [8286]. The input current is created by applying the flow rate through the VFR (Volume Flow Rate) option and the output flow is considered Output and for other borders the Symmetry option is considered.

Simulation of the models and checking their action and responses and observing how a process behaves is one of the accepted methods in engineering and science [8788]. For verification of FLOW-3D software, the results of computer simulations are compared with laboratory measurements and according to the values of computational error, convergence error, and the time required for convergence, the most appropriate option for real-time simulation is selected (Figures 2 and 3 ).

Figure 2 

Modeling the plant with cylindrical tubes at the bottom of the canal.

Figure 3 

Velocity profiles in positions 2 and 5.

The canal is 7 meters long, 0.5 meters wide, and 0.8 meters deep. This test was used to validate the application of the software to predict the flow rate parameters. In this experiment, instead of using the plant, cylindrical pipes were used in the bottom of the canal.

The conditions of this modeling are similar to the laboratory conditions and the boundary conditions used in the laboratory were used for numerical modeling. The critical flow enters the simulation model from the upstream boundary, so in the upstream boundary conditions, critical velocity and depth are considered. The flow at the downstream boundary is supercritical, so no parameters are applied to the downstream boundary.

The software well predicts the process of changing the speed profile in the open canal along with the considered obstacles. The error in the calculated speed values can be due to the complexity of the flow and the interaction of the turbulence caused by the roughness of the floor with the turbulence caused by the three-dimensional cycles in the hydraulic jump. As a result, the software is able to predict the speed distribution in open canals.

2. Modeling Results

After analyzing the models, the results were shown in graphs (Figures 414 ). The total number of experiments in this study was 48 due to the limitations of modeling.


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)
  • (d)
    (d)

Figure 4 

Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 1 m and flow velocities of 3–3.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 1 meter and a flow velocity of (a) 3 meters per second, (b) 3.1 meters per second, (c) 3.2 meters per second, and (d) 3.3 meters per second.

Figure 5 

Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3 meters per second.

Figure 6 

Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.1 meters per second.

Figure 7 

Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.2 meters per second.

Figure 8 

Canal diagram with a depth of 1 meter and a flow rate of 3.3 meters per second.


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)
  • (d)
    (d)

Figure 9 

Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 2 m and flow velocities of 4–4.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.

Figure 10 

Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4 meters per second.

Figure 11 

Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.1 meters per second.

Figure 12 

Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.2 meters per second.

Figure 13 

Canal diagram with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of 4.3 meters per second.


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(d)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)
  • (d)
    (d)

Figure 14 

Flow velocity profiles for canals with a depth of 3 m and flow velocities of 5–5.3 m/s. Canal with a depth of 2 meters and a flow rate of (a) 4 meters per second, (b) 4.1 meters per second, (c) 4.2 meters per second, and (d) 4.3 meters per second.

To investigate the effects of roughness with flow velocity, the trend of flow velocity changes at different depths and with supercritical flow to a Froude number proportional to the depth of the section has been obtained.

According to the velocity profiles of Figure 5, it can be seen that, with the increasing of Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.

According to Figures 5 to 8, it can be found that, with increasing the Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the models 1 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and of course increasing the Froude number.

According to Figure 10, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.

According to Figure 11, we see that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 510, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

With increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases (Figure 12). But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models (Figures 58 and 1011), which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

According to Figure 13, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of Figures 5 to 12, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

According to Figure 15, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases.

Figure 15 

Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5 meters per second.

According to Figure 16, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher model, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

Figure 16 

Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.1 meters per second.

According to Figure 17, it is clear that, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

Figure 17 

Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.2 meters per second.

According to Figure 18, with increasing Manning’s coefficient, the canal bed speed decreases. But this deceleration is more noticeable than the deceleration of the higher models, which can be justified by increasing the speed and, of course, increasing the Froude number.

Figure 18 

Canal diagram with a depth of 3 meters and a flow rate of 5.3 meters per second.

According to Figure 19, it can be seen that the vegetation placed in front of the flow input velocity has negligible effect on the reduction of velocity, which of course can be justified due to the flexibility of the vegetation. The only unusual thing is the unexpected decrease in floor speed of 3 m/s compared to higher speeds.


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)

Figure 19 

Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 1 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 1 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 1 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 1 m.

According to Figure 20, by increasing the speed of vegetation, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow rate becomes more noticeable. And the role of input current does not have much effect in reducing speed.


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)

Figure 20 

Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 2 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 2 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 2 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 2 m.

According to Figure 21, it can be seen that, with increasing speed, the effect of vegetation on reducing the bed flow rate becomes more noticeable and the role of the input current does not have much effect. In general, it can be seen that, by increasing the speed of the input current, the slope of the profiles increases from the bed to the water surface and due to the fact that, in software, the roughness coefficient applies to the channel floor only in the boundary conditions, this can be perfectly justified. Of course, it can be noted that, due to the flexible conditions of the vegetation of the bed, this modeling can show acceptable results for such grasses in the canal floor. In the next directions, we may try application of swarm-based optimization methods for modeling and finding the most effective factors in this research [27815188994]. In future, we can also apply the simulation logic and software of this research for other domains such as power engineering [9599].


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)


(a)


(b)


(c)

  • (a)
    (a)
  • (b)
    (b)
  • (c)
    (c)

Figure 21 

Comparison of velocity profiles with the same plant densities (depth 3 m). Comparison of velocity profiles with (a) plant densities of 25%, depth 3 m; (b) plant densities of 50%, depth 3 m; and (c) plant densities of 75%, depth 3 m.

3. Conclusion

The effects of vegetation on the flood canal were investigated by numerical modeling with FLOW-3D software. After analyzing the results, the following conclusions were reached:(i)Increasing the density of vegetation reduces the velocity of the canal floor but has no effect on the velocity of the canal surface.(ii)Increasing the Froude number is directly related to increasing the speed of the canal floor.(iii)In the canal with a depth of one meter, a sudden increase in speed can be observed from the lowest speed and higher speed, which is justified by the sudden increase in Froude number.(iv)As the inlet flow rate increases, the slope of the profiles from the bed to the water surface increases.(v)By reducing the Froude number, the effect of vegetation on reducing the flow bed rate becomes more noticeable. And the input velocity in reducing the velocity of the canal floor does not have much effect.(vi)At a flow rate between 3 and 3.3 meters per second due to the shallow depth of the canal and the higher landing number a more critical area is observed in which the flow bed velocity in this area is between 2.86 and 3.1 m/s.(vii)Due to the critical flow velocity and the slight effect of the roughness of the horseshoe vortex floor, it is not visible and is only partially observed in models 1-2-3 and 21.(viii)As the flow rate increases, the effect of vegetation on the rate of bed reduction decreases.(ix)In conditions where less current intensity is passing, vegetation has a greater effect on reducing current intensity and energy consumption increases.(x)In the case of using the flow rate of 0.8 cubic meters per second, the velocity distribution and flow regime show about 20% more energy consumption than in the case of using the flow rate of 1.3 cubic meters per second.

Nomenclature

n:Manning’s roughness coefficient
C:Chézy roughness coefficient
f:Darcy–Weisbach coefficient
V:Flow velocity
R:Hydraulic radius
g:Gravitational acceleration
y:Flow depth
Ks:Bed roughness
A:Constant coefficient
:Reynolds number
y/∂x:Depth of water change
S0:Slope of the canal floor
Sf:Slope of energy line
Fr:Froude number
D:Characteristic length of the canal
G:Mass acceleration
:Shear stresses.

Data Availability

All data are included within the paper.

Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare that they have no conflicts of interest.

Acknowledgments

This work was partially supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Contract no. 71761030 and Natural Science Foundation of Inner Mongolia under Contract no. 2019LH07003.

References

  1. H. Yu, L. Jie, W. Gui et al., “Dynamic Gaussian bare-bones fruit fly optimizers with abandonment mechanism: method and analysis,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 20, pp. 1–29, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  2. X. Zhao, D. Li, B. Yang, C. Ma, Y. Zhu, and H. Chen, “Feature selection based on improved ant colony optimization for online detection of foreign fiber in cotton,” Applied Soft Computing, vol. 24, pp. 585–596, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  3. J. Hu, H. Chen, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonal learning covariance matrix for defects of grey wolf optimizer: insights, balance, diversity, and feature selection,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 213, Article ID 106684, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  4. C. Yu, M. Chen, K. Chen et al., “SGOA: annealing-behaved grasshopper optimizer for global tasks,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 4, pp. 1–28, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  5. W. Shan, Z. Qiao, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, H. Turabieh, and Y. Teng, “Double adaptive weights for stabilization of moth flame optimizer: balance analysis, engineering cases, and medical diagnosis,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106728, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  6. J. Tu, H. Chen, J. Liu et al., “Evolutionary biogeography-based whale optimization methods with communication structure: towards measuring the balance,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 212, Article ID 106642, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  7. Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang et al., “Towards augmented kernel extreme learning models for bankruptcy prediction: algorithmic behavior and comprehensive analysis,” Neurocomputing, vol. 430, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  8. H.-L. Chen, G. Wang, C. Ma, Z.-N. Cai, W.-B. Liu, and S.-J. Wang, “An efficient hybrid kernel extreme learning machine approach for early diagnosis of Parkinson׳s disease,” Neurocomputing, vol. 184, pp. 131–144, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  9. J. Xia, H. Chen, Q. Li et al., “Ultrasound-based differentiation of malignant and benign thyroid Nodules: an extreme learning machine approach,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 147, pp. 37–49, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  10. C. Li, L. Hou, B. Y. Sharma et al., “Developing a new intelligent system for the diagnosis of tuberculous pleural effusion,” Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine, vol. 153, pp. 211–225, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  11. X. Xu and H.-L. Chen, “Adaptive computational chemotaxis based on field in bacterial foraging optimization,” Soft Computing, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 797–807, 2014.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  12. M. Wang, H. Chen, B. Yang et al., “Toward an optimal kernel extreme learning machine using a chaotic moth-flame optimization strategy with applications in medical diagnoses,” Neurocomputing, vol. 267, pp. 69–84, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  13. L. Chao, K. Zhang, Z. Li, Y. Zhu, J. Wang, and Z. Yu, “Geographically weighted regression based methods for merging satellite and gauge precipitation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 558, pp. 275–289, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  14. F. J. Golrokh, G. Azeem, and A. Hasan, “Eco-efficiency evaluation in cement industries: DEA malmquist productivity index using optimization models,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  15. D. Zhao, L. Lei, F. Yu et al., “Chaotic random spare ant colony optimization for multi-threshold image segmentation of 2D Kapur entropy,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 8, Article ID 106510, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  16. Y. Zhang, R. Liu, X. Wang, H. Chen, and C. Li, “Boosted binary Harris hawks optimizer and feature selection,” Engineering with Computers, vol. 517, pp. 1–30, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  17. L. Hu, G. Hong, J. Ma, X. Wang, and H. Chen, “An efficient machine learning approach for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computers in Biology and Medicine, vol. 59, pp. 116–124, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  18. L. Shen, H. Chen, Z. Yu et al., “Evolving support vector machines using fruit fly optimization for medical data classification,” Knowledge-Based Systems, vol. 96, pp. 61–75, 2016.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  19. X. Zhao, X. Zhang, Z. Cai et al., “Chaos enhanced grey wolf optimization wrapped ELM for diagnosis of paraquat-poisoned patients,” Computational Biology and Chemistry, vol. 78, pp. 481–490, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  20. Y. Xu, H. Chen, J. Luo, Q. Zhang, S. Jiao, and X. Zhang, “Enhanced Moth-flame optimizer with mutation strategy for global optimization,” Information Sciences, vol. 492, pp. 181–203, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  21. M. Wang and H. Chen, “Chaotic multi-swarm whale optimizer boosted support vector machine for medical diagnosis,” Applied Soft Computing Journal, vol. 88, Article ID 105946, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  22. Y. Chen, J. Li, H. Lu, and P. Yan, “Coupling system dynamics analysis and risk aversion programming for optimizing the mixed noise-driven shale gas-water supply chains,” Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 278, Article ID 123209, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  23. H. Tang, Y. Xu, A. Lin et al., “Predicting green consumption behaviors of students using efficient firefly grey wolf-assisted K-nearest neighbor classifiers,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 35546–35562, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  24. H.-J. Ma and G.-H. Yang, “Adaptive fault tolerant control of cooperative heterogeneous systems with actuator faults and unreliable interconnections,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 61, no. 11, pp. 3240–3255, 2015.View at: Google Scholar
  25. H.-J. Ma and L.-X. Xu, “Decentralized adaptive fault-tolerant control for a class of strong interconnected nonlinear systems via graph theory,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, vol. 66, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  26. H. J. Ma, L. X. Xu, and G. H. Yang, “Multiple environment integral reinforcement learning-based fault-tolerant control for affine nonlinear systems,” IEEE Transactions on Cybernetics, vol. 51, pp. 1–16, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  27. J. Hu, M. Wang, C. Zhao, Q. Pan, and C. Du, “Formation control and collision avoidance for multi-UAV systems based on Voronoi partition,” Science China Technological Sciences, vol. 63, no. 1, pp. 65–72, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  28. C. Zhang, H. Li, Y. Qian, C. Chen, and X. Zhou, “Locality-constrained discriminative matrix regression for robust face identification,” IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks and Learning Systems, vol. 99, pp. 1–15, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  29. X. Zhang, D. Wang, Z. Zhou, and Y. Ma, “Robust low-rank tensor recovery with rectification and alignment,” IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 238–255, 2019.View at: Google Scholar
  30. X. Zhang, J. Wang, T. Wang, R. Jiang, J. Xu, and L. Zhao, “Robust feature learning for adversarial defense via hierarchical feature alignment,” Information Sciences, vol. 560, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  31. X. Zhang, R. Jiang, T. Wang, and J. Wang, “Recursive neural network for video deblurring,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 03, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  32. X. Zhang, T. Wang, J. Wang, G. Tang, and L. Zhao, “Pyramid channel-based feature attention network for image dehazing,” Computer Vision and Image Understanding, vol. 197-198, Article ID 103003, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  33. X. Zhang, T. Wang, W. Luo, and P. Huang, “Multi-level fusion and attention-guided CNN for image dehazing,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology, vol. 3, p. 1, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  34. L. He, J. Shen, and Y. Zhang, “Ecological vulnerability assessment for ecological conservation and environmental management,” Journal of Environmental Management, vol. 206, pp. 1115–1125, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  35. Y. Chen, W. Zheng, W. Li, and Y. Huang, “Large group Activity security risk assessment and risk early warning based on random forest algorithm,” Pattern Recognition Letters, vol. 144, pp. 1–5, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  36. J. Hu, H. Zhang, Z. Li, C. Zhao, Z. Xu, and Q. Pan, “Object traversing by monocular UAV in outdoor environment,” Asian Journal of Control, vol. 25, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  37. P. Tian, H. Lu, W. Feng, Y. Guan, and Y. Xue, “Large decrease in streamflow and sediment load of Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau driven by future climate change: a case study in Lhasa River Basin,” Catena, vol. 187, Article ID 104340, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  38. A. Stokes, C. Atger, A. G. Bengough, T. Fourcaud, and R. C. Sidle, “Desirable plant root traits for protecting natural and engineered slopes against landslides,” Plant and Soil, vol. 324, no. 1, pp. 1–30, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  39. T. B. Devi, A. Sharma, and B. Kumar, “Studies on emergent flow over vegetative channel bed with downward seepage,” Hydrological Sciences Journal, vol. 62, no. 3, pp. 408–420, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
  40. G. Ireland, M. Volpi, and G. Petropoulos, “Examining the capability of supervised machine learning classifiers in extracting flooded areas from Landsat TM imagery: a case study from a Mediterranean flood,” Remote Sensing, vol. 7, no. 3, pp. 3372–3399, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  41. L. Goodarzi and S. Javadi, “Assessment of aquifer vulnerability using the DRASTIC model; a case study of the Dezful-Andimeshk Aquifer,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering, vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 17–22, 2016.View at: Google Scholar
  42. K. Zhang, Q. Wang, L. Chao et al., “Ground observation-based analysis of soil moisture spatiotemporal variability across a humid to semi-humid transitional zone in China,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 574, pp. 903–914, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  43. L. De Doncker, P. Troch, R. Verhoeven, K. Bal, P. Meire, and J. Quintelier, “Determination of the Manning roughness coefficient influenced by vegetation in the river Aa and Biebrza river,” Environmental Fluid Mechanics, vol. 9, no. 5, pp. 549–567, 2009.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  44. M. Fathi-Moghadam and K. Drikvandi, “Manning roughness coefficient for rivers and flood plains with non-submerged vegetation,” International Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 1–4, 2012.View at: Google Scholar
  45. F.-C. Wu, H. W. Shen, and Y.-J. Chou, “Variation of roughness coefficients for unsubmerged and submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 9, pp. 934–942, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  46. M. K. Wood, “Rangeland vegetation-hydrologic interactions,” in Vegetation Science Applications for Rangeland Analysis and Management, vol. 3, pp. 469–491, Springer, 1988.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  47. C. Wilson, O. Yagci, H.-P. Rauch, and N. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of a willow vegetated river/floodplain system,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 327, no. 1-2, pp. 13–21, 2006.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  48. R. Yazarloo, M. Khamehchian, and M. R. Nikoodel, “Observational-computational 3d engineering geological model and geotechnical characteristics of young sediments of golestan province,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
  49. G. E. Freeman, W. H. Rahmeyer, and R. R. Copeland, “Determination of resistance due to shrubs and woody vegetation,” International Journal of River Basin Management, vol. 19, 2000.View at: Google Scholar
  50. N. Kouwen and T. E. Unny, “Flexible roughness in open channels,” Journal of the Hydraulics Division, vol. 99, no. 5, pp. 713–728, 1973.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  51. S. Hosseini and J. Abrishami, Open Channel Hydraulics, Elsevier, Amsterdam, Netherlands, 2007.
  52. C. S. James, A. L. Birkhead, A. A. Jordanova, and J. J. O’Sullivan, “Flow resistance of emergent vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 42, no. 4, pp. 390–398, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  53. F. Huthoff and D. Augustijn, “Channel roughness in 1D steady uniform flow: Manning or Chézy?,,” NCR-days, vol. 102, 2004.View at: Google Scholar
  54. M. S. Sabegh, M. Saneie, M. Habibi, A. A. Abbasi, and M. Ghadimkhani, “Experimental investigation on the effect of river bank tree planting array, on shear velocity,” Journal of Watershed Engineering and Management, vol. 2, no. 4, 2011.View at: Google Scholar
  55. A. Errico, V. Pasquino, M. Maxwald, G. B. Chirico, L. Solari, and F. Preti, “The effect of flexible vegetation on flow in drainage channels: estimation of roughness coefficients at the real scale,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 120, pp. 411–421, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  56. S. E. Darby, “Effect of riparian vegetation on flow resistance and flood potential,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 125, no. 5, pp. 443–454, 1999.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  57. V. Kutija and H. Thi Minh Hong, “A numerical model for assessing the additional resistance to flow introduced by flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 34, no. 1, pp. 99–114, 1996.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  58. T. Fischer-Antze, T. Stoesser, P. Bates, and N. R. B. Olsen, “3D numerical modelling of open-channel flow with submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 39, no. 3, pp. 303–310, 2001.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  59. U. Stephan and D. Gutknecht, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged flexible vegetation,” Journal of Hydrology, vol. 269, no. 1-2, pp. 27–43, 2002.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  60. F. G. Carollo, V. Ferro, and D. Termini, “Flow resistance law in channels with flexible submerged vegetation,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 131, no. 7, pp. 554–564, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  61. W. Fu-sheng, “Flow resistance of flexible vegetation in open channel,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. S1, 2007.View at: Google Scholar
  62. P.-f. Wang, C. Wang, and D. Z. Zhu, “Hydraulic resistance of submerged vegetation related to effective height,” Journal of Hydrodynamics, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 265–273, 2010.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  63. J. K. Lee, L. C. Roig, H. L. Jenter, and H. M. Visser, “Drag coefficients for modeling flow through emergent vegetation in the Florida Everglades,” Ecological Engineering, vol. 22, no. 4-5, pp. 237–248, 2004.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  64. G. J. Arcement and V. R. Schneider, Guide for Selecting Manning’s Roughness Coefficients for Natural Channels and Flood Plains, US Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, USA, 1989.
  65. Y. Ding and S. S. Y. Wang, “Identification of Manning’s roughness coefficients in channel network using adjoint analysis,” International Journal of Computational Fluid Dynamics, vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 3–13, 2005.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  66. E. T. Engman, “Roughness coefficients for routing surface runoff,” Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, vol. 112, no. 1, pp. 39–53, 1986.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  67. M. Feizbahr, C. Kok Keong, F. Rostami, and M. Shahrokhi, “Wave energy dissipation using perforated and non perforated piles,” International Journal of Engineering, vol. 31, no. 2, pp. 212–219, 2018.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  68. M. Farzadkhoo, A. Keshavarzi, H. Hamidifar, and M. Javan, “Sudden pollutant discharge in vegetated compound meandering rivers,” Catena, vol. 182, Article ID 104155, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  69. V. T. Chow, Open-channel Hydraulics, Mcgraw-Hill Civil Engineering Series, Chennai, TN, India, 1959.
  70. X. Zhang, R. Jing, Z. Li, Z. Li, X. Chen, and C.-Y. Su, “Adaptive pseudo inverse control for a class of nonlinear asymmetric and saturated nonlinear hysteretic systems,” IEEE/CAA Journal of Automatica Sinica, vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 916–928, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  71. C. Zuo, Q. Chen, L. Tian, L. Waller, and A. Asundi, “Transport of intensity phase retrieval and computational imaging for partially coherent fields: the phase space perspective,” Optics and Lasers in Engineering, vol. 71, pp. 20–32, 2015.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  72. C. Zuo, J. Sun, J. Li, J. Zhang, A. Asundi, and Q. Chen, “High-resolution transport-of-intensity quantitative phase microscopy with annular illumination,” Scientific Reports, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 7654–7722, 2017.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  73. B.-H. Li, Y. Liu, A.-M. Zhang, W.-H. Wang, and S. Wan, “A survey on blocking technology of entity resolution,” Journal of Computer Science and Technology, vol. 35, no. 4, pp. 769–793, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  74. Y. Liu, B. Zhang, Y. Feng et al., “Development of 340-GHz transceiver front end based on GaAs monolithic integration technology for THz active imaging array,” Applied Sciences, vol. 10, no. 21, p. 7924, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  75. J. Hu, H. Zhang, L. Liu, X. Zhu, C. Zhao, and Q. Pan, “Convergent multiagent formation control with collision avoidance,” IEEE Transactions on Robotics, vol. 36, no. 6, pp. 1805–1818, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  76. M. B. Movahhed, J. Ayoubinejad, F. N. Asl, and M. Feizbahr, “The effect of rain on pedestrians crossing speed,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 6, no. 3, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  77. A. Li, D. Spano, J. Krivochiza et al., “A tutorial on interference exploitation via symbol-level precoding: overview, state-of-the-art and future directions,” IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 796–839, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  78. W. Zhu, C. Ma, X. Zhao et al., “Evaluation of sino foreign cooperative education project using orthogonal sine cosine optimized kernel extreme learning machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 61107–61123, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  79. G. Liu, W. Jia, M. Wang et al., “Predicting cervical hyperextension injury: a covariance guided sine cosine support vector machine,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 46895–46908, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  80. Y. Wei, H. Lv, M. Chen et al., “Predicting entrepreneurial intention of students: an extreme learning machine with Gaussian barebone harris hawks optimizer,” IEEE Access, vol. 8, pp. 76841–76855, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  81. A. Lin, Q. Wu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Predicting intentions of students for master programs using a chaos-induced sine cosine-based fuzzy K-Nearest neighbor classifier,” Ieee Access, vol. 7, pp. 67235–67248, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  82. Y. Fan, P. Wang, A. A. Heidari et al., “Rationalized fruit fly optimization with sine cosine algorithm: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 157, Article ID 113486, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  83. E. Rodríguez-Esparza, L. A. Zanella-Calzada, D. Oliva et al., “An efficient Harris hawks-inspired image segmentation method,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 155, Article ID 113428, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  84. S. Jiao, G. Chong, C. Huang et al., “Orthogonally adapted Harris hawks optimization for parameter estimation of photovoltaic models,” Energy, vol. 203, Article ID 117804, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  85. Z. Xu, Z. Hu, A. A. Heidari et al., “Orthogonally-designed adapted grasshopper optimization: a comprehensive analysis,” Expert Systems with Applications, vol. 150, Article ID 113282, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  86. A. Abbassi, R. Abbassi, A. A. Heidari et al., “Parameters identification of photovoltaic cell models using enhanced exploratory salp chains-based approach,” Energy, vol. 198, Article ID 117333, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  87. M. Mahmoodi and K. K. Aminjan, “Numerical simulation of flow through sukhoi 24 air inlet,” Computational Research Progress in Applied Science & Engineering (CRPASE), vol. 03, 2017.View at: Google Scholar
  88. F. J. Golrokh and A. Hasan, “A comparison of machine learning clustering algorithms based on the DEA optimization approach for pharmaceutical companies in developing countries,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
  89. H. Chen, A. A. Heidari, H. Chen, M. Wang, Z. Pan, and A. H. Gandomi, “Multi-population differential evolution-assisted Harris hawks optimization: framework and case studies,” Future Generation Computer Systems, vol. 111, pp. 175–198, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  90. J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “Bayesian hierarchical model-based information fusion for degradation analysis considering non-competing relationship,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175222–175227, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  91. J. Guo, H. Zheng, B. Li, and G.-Z. Fu, “A Bayesian approach for degradation analysis with individual differences,” IEEE Access, vol. 7, pp. 175033–175040, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  92. M. M. A. Malakoutian, Y. Malakoutian, P. Mostafapour, and S. Z. D. Abed, “Prediction for monthly rainfall of six meteorological regions and TRNC (case study: north Cyprus),” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 2, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
  93. H. Arslan, M. Ranjbar, and Z. Mutlum, “Maximum sound transmission loss in multi-chamber reactive silencers: are two chambers enough?,,” ENG Transactions, vol. 2, no. 1, 2021.View at: Google Scholar
  94. N. Tonekaboni, M. Feizbahr, N. Tonekaboni, G.-J. Jiang, and H.-X. Chen, “Optimization of solar CCHP systems with collector enhanced by porous media and nanofluid,” Mathematical Problems in Engineering, vol. 2021, Article ID 9984840, 12 pages, 2021.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  95. Z. Niu, B. Zhang, J. Wang et al., “The research on 220GHz multicarrier high-speed communication system,” China Communications, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 131–139, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  96. B. Zhang, Z. Niu, J. Wang et al., “Four‐hundred gigahertz broadband multi‐branch waveguide coupler,” IET Microwaves, Antennas & Propagation, vol. 14, no. 11, pp. 1175–1179, 2020.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  97. Z.-Q. Niu, L. Yang, B. Zhang et al., “A mechanical reliability study of 3dB waveguide hybrid couplers in the submillimeter and terahertz band,” Journal of Zhejiang University Science, vol. 1, no. 1, 1998.View at: Google Scholar
  98. B. Zhang, D. Ji, D. Fang, S. Liang, Y. Fan, and X. Chen, “A novel 220-GHz GaN diode on-chip tripler with high driven power,” IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 40, no. 5, pp. 780–783, 2019.View at: Publisher Site | Google Scholar
  99. M. Taleghani and A. Taleghani, “Identification and ranking of factors affecting the implementation of knowledge management engineering based on TOPSIS technique,” ENG Transactions, vol. 1, no. 1, 2020.View at: Google Scholar
Numerical simulation on molten pool behavior of narrow gap gas tungsten arc welding

좁은 간격 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접의 용융 풀 거동에 대한 수치 시뮬레이션

Numerical simulation on molten pool behavior of narrow gap gas tungsten arc welding

The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology (2023)Cite this article

Abstract

As a highly efficient thick plate welding resolution, narrow gap gas tungsten arc welding (NG-GTAW) is in the face of a series of problems like inter-layer defects like pores, lack of fusion, inclusion of impurity, and the sensitivity to poor sidewall fusion, which is hard to be repaired after the welding process. This study employs numerical simulation to investigate the molten pool behavior in NG-GTAW root welding. A 3D numerical model was established, where a body-fitted coordinate system was applied to simulate the electromagnetic force, and a bridge transition model was developed to investigate the wire–feed root welding. The simulated results were validated experimentally. Results show that the molten pool behavior is dominated by electromagnetic force when the welding current is relatively high, and the dynamic change of the vortex actually determines the molten pool morphology. For self-fusion welding, there are two symmetric inward vortices in the cross-section and one clockwise vortex in the longitudinal section. With the increasing welding current, the vortices in the cross-section gradually move to the arc center with a decreasing range, while the vortex in the longitudinal section moves backward. With the increasing traveling speed, the vortices in the cross-section move toward the surface of the molten pool with a decreasing range, and the horizontal component of liquid metal velocity changes in the longitudinal section. For wire–feed welding, the filling metal strengthens the downward velocity component; as a result, the vortex formation is blocked in the cross-section and is strengthened in the longitudinal section.

This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

Data availability

The raw/processed data required cannot be shared at this time as the data also forms part of an ongoing study.

References

  1. Wang X, Nan Y, Xie Z, Tsai Y, Yang J, Shang C (2017) Influence of welding pass on microstructure and toughness in the reheated zone of multi-pass weld metal of 550 MPa offshore engineering steel. Mater Sci Eng : A 702:196–205. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.06.081Article Google Scholar 
  2. Bunaziv I, Akselsen OM, Frostevarg J, Kaplan AFH (2018) Deep penetration fiber laser-arc hybrid welding of thick HSLA steel. J Mater Process Technol 256:216–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.02.026Article Google Scholar 
  3. Josefson BL, Karlsson CT (1989) FE-calculated stresses in a multi-pass butt-welded pipe-a simplified approach. Int J Pressure Vessels Pip 38:227–243. https://doi.org/10.1016/0308-0161(89)90017-3Article Google Scholar 
  4. Mitra A, Rajan Babu V, Puthiyavinayagam P, Varier NV, Ghosh M, Desai H, Chellapandi P, Chetal SC (2012) Design and development of thick plate concept for rotatable plugs and technology development for future Indian FBR. Nucl Eng Des 246:245–255. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nucengdes.2012.01.008Article Google Scholar 
  5. Alemdar ASA, Jalal SR, Mulapeer MMS (2022) Influence of friction stir welding process on the mechanical characteristics of the hybrid joints aa2198-t8 to aa2024-t3. Adv Mater Sci Eng 2022:1–11. https://doi.org/10.1155/2022/7055446Article Google Scholar 
  6. Anant R, Ghosh PK (2017) Advancement in narrow gap GMA weld joint of thick section of austenitic stainless steel to HSLA steel. Mater Today: Proc 4:10169–10173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2017.06.342Article Google Scholar 
  7. Wang J, Zhu J, Fu P, Su R, Han W, Yang F (2012) A swing arc system for narrow gap GMA welding. ISIJ Int 52:110–114. https://doi.org/10.2355/isijinternational.52.110Article Google Scholar 
  8. Jiang L, Shi L, Lu Y, Xiang Y, Zhang C, Gao M (2022) Effects of sidewall grain growth on pore formation in narrow gap oscillating laser welding. Optics Laser Technol 156:108483. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2022.108483Article Google Scholar 
  9. Ohnishi T, Kawahito Y, Mizutani M, Katayama S (2013) Butt welding of thick, high strength steel plate with a high power laser and hot wire to improve tolerance to gap variance and control weld metal oxygen content. Sci Technol Welding Join 18:314–322. https://doi.org/10.1179/1362171813Y.0000000108Article Google Scholar 
  10. Cai C, Li L, Tai L (2017) Narrow-gap laser-MIG hybrid welding of thick-section steel with different shielding gas nozzles. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 92:909–916. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-017-0179-3Article Google Scholar 
  11. Yang T, Liu J, Zhuang Y, Sun K, Chen W (2020) Studies on the formation mechanism of incomplete fusion defects in ultra-narrow gap laser wire filling welding. Optics Laser Technol 129:106275. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106275Article Google Scholar 
  12. Miao R, Shan Z, Zhou Q, Wu Y, Ge L, Zhang J, Hu H (2022) Real-time defect identification of narrow overlap welds and application based on convolutional neural networks. J Manuf Syst 62:800–810. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmsy.2021.01.012Article Google Scholar 
  13. Näsström J, Brueckner F, Kaplan AFH (2020) Imperfections in narrow gap multi-layer welding – potential causes and countermeasures. Optics Lasers Eng 129:106011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlaseng.2020.106011Article Google Scholar 
  14. Li W, Yu R, Huang D, Wu J, Wang Y, Hu T, Wang J (2019) Numerical simulation of multi-layer rotating arc narrow gap MAG welding for medium steel plate. J Manuf Proc 45:460–471. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2019.07.035Article Google Scholar 
  15. Han S, Liu G, Tang X, Xu L, Cui H, Shao C (2022) Effect of molten pool behaviors on welding defects in tandem NG-GMAW based on CFD simulation. Int J Heat Mass Transf 195:123165. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2022.123165Article Google Scholar 
  16. Mikihito H, Yoshito I (2016) A simplified Fe simulation method with shell element for welding deformation and residual stress generated by multi-pass butt welding. Int J Steel Struct 16:51–58. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13296-016-3005-0Article Google Scholar 
  17. Cai W, Saez M, Spicer P, Chakraborty D, Skurkis R, Carlson B, Okigami F, Robertson J (2023) Distortion simulation of gas metal arc welding (gmaw) processes for automotive body assembly. Weld World 67:109–139. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40194-022-01369-3Article Google Scholar 
  18. Pazilova UA, Il In AV, Kruglova AA, Motovilina GD, Khlusova EI (2015) Influence of the temperature and strain rate on the structure and fracture mode of high-strength steels upon the simulation of the thermal cycle of welding and post-welding tempering. Phys Metals Metallogr 116:606–614. https://doi.org/10.1134/S0031918X1506006XArticle Google Scholar 
  19. Zhang Z, Wu Q, Grujicic M et al (2016) Monte Carlo simulation of grain growth and welding zones in friction stir welding of aa6082-t6. J Mater Sci 51:1882–1895. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-015-9495-xArticle Google Scholar 
  20. Ikram A, Chung H (2021) Numerical simulation of arc, metal transfer and its impingement on weld pool in variable polarity gas metal arc welding. J Manuf Process 64:1529–1543. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.03.001Article Google Scholar 
  21. Zhao B, Chen J, Wu C, Shi L (2020) Numerical simulation of bubble and arc dynamics during underwater wet flux-cored arc welding. J Manuf Process 59:167–185. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2020.09.054Article Google Scholar 
  22. Zeng Z, Wang Z, Hu S, Wu S (2022) Dynamic molten pool behavior of pulsed gas tungsten arc welding with filler wire in horizontal position and its characterization based on arc voltage. J Manuf Proc 75:1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.12.051Article Google Scholar 
  23. Zhu C, Cheon J, Tang X, Na S, Cui H (2018) Molten pool behaviors and their influences on welding defects in narrow gap GMAW of 5083 Al-alloy. Int J Heat Mass Transf 126:1206–1221. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.05.132Article Google Scholar 
  24. Gu H, Väistö T, Li L (2020) Numerical and experimental study on the molten pool dynamics and fusion zone formation in multi-pass narrow gap laser welding. Optics Laser Technol 126:106081. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106081Article Google Scholar 
  25. Ma C, Chen B, Meng Z, Tan C, Song X, Li Y (2023) Characteristic of keyhole, molten pool and microstructure of oscillating laser TIG hybrid welding. Optics Laser Technol. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2023.109142.161:109142
  26. Ai Y, Liu X, Huang Y, Yu L (2020) Numerical analysis of the influence of molten pool instability on the weld formation during the high speed fiber laser welding. Int J Heat Mass Trans 160:120103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120103Article Google Scholar 
  27. Meng X, Artinov A, Bachmann M, Üstündağ Ö, Gumenyuk A, Rethmeier M (2022) The detrimental molten pool narrowing phenomenon in wire feed laser beam welding and its suppression by magnetohydrodynamic technique. Int J Heat Mass Transf 193:122913. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2022.122913Article Google Scholar 
  28. Li X, Wei X, Zhang L, Lv Q (2023) Numerical simulation for the effect of scanning speed and in situ laser shock peening on molten pool and solidification characteristics. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 125:5031–5046. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-023-10897-1Article Google Scholar 
  29. Ye W, Bao J, Lei J Huang Y, Li Z, Li P, Zhang Y (2022) Multiphysics modeling of thermal behavior of commercial pure titanium powder during selective laser melting. Met Mater Int 28:282-296. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12540-021-01019-1.
  30. Cheng H, Kang L, Wang C, Li Q, Chang B, Chang B (2022) Dynamic behavior of molten pool backside during full-penetration laser welding of Ni-based superalloys. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 119:4587–4598. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-021-08187-9Article Google Scholar 
  31. Jeong H, Park K, Cho J (2016) Numerical analysis of variable polarity arc weld pool. J Mech Sci Technol 30:4307–4313. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12206-016-0845-7Article Google Scholar
Strain rate magnitude at the free surface, illustrating Kelvin-Helmoltz (KH) shear instabilities.

On the reef scale hydrodynamics at Sodwana Bay, South Africa

Environmental Fluid Mechanics (2022)Cite this article

Abstract

The hydrodynamics of coral reefs strongly influences their biological functioning, impacting processes such as nutrient availability and uptake, recruitment success and bleaching. For example, coral reefs located in oligotrophic regions depend on upwelling for nutrient supply. Coral reefs at Sodwana Bay, located on the east coast of South Africa, are an example of high latitude marginal reefs. These reefs are subjected to complex hydrodynamic forcings due to the interaction between the strong Agulhas current and the highly variable topography of the region. In this study, we explore the reef scale hydrodynamics resulting from the bathymetry for two steady current scenarios at Two-Mile Reef (TMR) using a combination of field data and numerical simulations. The influence of tides or waves was not considered for this study as well as reef-scale roughness. Tilt current meters with onboard temperature sensors were deployed at selected locations within TMR. We used field observations to identify the dominant flow conditions on the reef for numerical simulations that focused on the hydrodynamics driven by mean currents. During the field campaign, southerly currents were the predominant flow feature with occasional flow reversals to the north. Northerly currents were associated with greater variability towards the southern end of TMR. Numerical simulations showed that Jesser Point was central to the development of flow features for both the northerly and southerly current scenarios. High current variability in the south of TMR during reverse currents is related to the formation of Kelvin-Helmholtz type shear instabilities along the outer edge of an eddy formed north of Jesser Point. Furthermore, downward vertical velocities were computed along the offshore shelf at TMR during southerly currents. Current reversals caused a change in vertical velocities to an upward direction due to the orientation of the bathymetry relative to flow directions.

Highlights

  • A predominant southerly current was measured at Two-Mile Reef with occasional reversals towards the north.
  • Field observations indicated that northerly currents are spatially varied along Two-Mile Reef.
  • Simulation of reverse currents show the formation of a separated flow due to interaction with Jesser Point with Kelvin–Helmholtz type shear instabilities along the seaward edge.

지금까지 Sodwana Bay에서 자세한 암초 규모 유체 역학을 모델링하려는 시도는 없었습니다. 이러한 모델의 결과는 규모가 있는 산호초 사이의 흐름이 산호초 건강에 어떤 영향을 미치는지 탐색하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 연구에서는 Sodwana Bay의 유체역학을 탐색하는 데 사용할 수 있는 LES 모델을 개발하기 위한 단계별 접근 방식을 구현합니다. 여기서 우리는 이 초기 단계에서 파도와 조수의 영향을 배제하면서 Agulhas 해류의 유체역학에 초점을 맞춥니다. 이 접근법은 흐름의 첫 번째 LES를 제시하고 Sodwana Bay의 산호초에서 혼합함으로써 향후 연구의 기초를 제공합니다.

This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

References

  1. Anarde K, Myres H, Figlus J (2016) Tilt current meter field validation in the surf zone. In: AGU fall meeting abstracts, vol 2016, pp EP23A—-0950
  2. Blocken B (2018) LES over RANS in building simulation for outdoor and indoor applications: A foregone conclusion? Build Simul 11(5):821–870. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12273-018-0459-3Article Google Scholar 
  3. Booij N, Ris RC, Holthuijsen LH (1999) A third-generation wave model for coastal regions: 1. Model description and validation. J Geophys Res Ocean 104(C4):7649–7666. https://doi.org/10.1029/98JC02622Article Google Scholar 
  4. Bouffanais R (2010) Advances and challenges of applied large-eddy simulation. Comput Fluids 39:735–738. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compfluid.2009.12.003Article Google Scholar 
  5. Celliers L, Schleyer MH (2002) Coral bleaching on high-latitude marginal reefs at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Mar Pollut Bull 44:1380–1387Article Google Scholar 
  6. Celliers L, Schleyer MH (2008) Coral community structure and risk assessment of high-latitude reefs at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Biodivers Conserv 17(13):3097–3117. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-007-9271-6Article Google Scholar 
  7. Chen SC (2018) Performance assessment of FLOW-3D and XFlow in the numerical modelling of fish-bone type fishway hydraulics https://doi.org/10.15142/T3HH1J
  8. Corbella S, Pringle J, Stretch DD (2015) Assimilation of ocean wave spectra and atmospheric circulation patterns to improve wave modelling. Coast Eng 100:1–10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2015.03.003Article Google Scholar 
  9. Davis KA, Pawlak G, Monismith SG (2021) Turbulence and coral reefs. Ann Rev Mar Sci. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-marine-042120-071823Article Google Scholar 
  10. Flow Science Inc (2018) FLOW-3D, Version 12.0 Users Manual. Santa Fe, NM, https://www.flow3d.com/
  11. Flow Science Inc (2019) FLOW-3D, Version 12.0 [Computer Software]. Santa Fe, NM, https://www.flow3d.com/
  12. Franco A, Moernaut J, Schneider-Muntau B, Strasser M, Gems B (2020) The 1958 Lituya Bay tsunami – pre-event bathymetry reconstruction and 3D numerical modelling utilising the computational fluid dynamics software Flow-3D. Nat Hazards Earth Syst Sci 20(8):2255–2279Article Google Scholar 
  13. Fringer OB, Gerritsen M, Street RL (2006) An unstructured-grid, finite-volume, nonhydrostatic, parallel coastal ocean simulator. Ocean Model 14(3):139–173Article Google Scholar 
  14. Fringer OB, Dawson CN, He R, Ralston DK, Zhang YJ (2019) The future of coastal and estuarine modeling: findings from a workshop. Ocean Model 143(September):101458. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocemod.2019.101458Article Google Scholar 
  15. Glassom D, Celliers L, Schleyer MH (2006) Coral recruitment patterns at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Coral Reefs 25(3):485–492. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00338-006-0117-6Article Google Scholar 
  16. Gomes A, Pinho JLS, Valente T, do Carmo JS, Hegde VA (2020) Performance assessment of a semi-circular breakwater through CFD modelling. J Mar Sci Eng. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse8030226Article Google Scholar 
  17. Green RH, Lowe RJ, Buckley ML (2018) Hydrodynamics of a tidally forced coral reef atoll. J Geophys Res Oceans 123(10):7084–7101. https://doi.org/10.1029/2018JC013946Article Google Scholar 
  18. Hansen AB, Carstensen S, Christensen DF, Aagaard T (2017) Performance of a tilt current meter in the surf zone. Coastal dynamics
  19. Hench JL, Rosman JH (2013) Observations of spatial flow patterns at the coral colony scale on a shallow reef flat. J Geophys Res Ocean 118(3):1142–1156. https://doi.org/10.1002/jgrc.20105Article Google Scholar 
  20. Hirt CW (1993) Volume-fraction techniques: powerful tools for wind engineering. J Wind Eng Ind Aerodyn 46–47:327–338. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6105(93)90298-3Article Google Scholar 
  21. Hirt CW, Sicilian JM (1985) A porosity technique for the definition of obstacles in rectangular cell meshes. In: Proceedings of 4th International Conference on Ship Hydrodynamics https://ci.nii.ac.jp/naid/10009570543/en/
  22. Hocker LO, Hruska MA (2004) Interleaving synchronous data and asynchronous data in a single data storage file
  23. Hossain MM, Staples AE (2020) Effects of coral colony morphology on turbulent flow dynamics. PLoS ONE 15(10):e0225676. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0225676Article Google Scholar 
  24. Jacob B, Stanev EV (2021) Understanding the impact of bathymetric changes in the german bight on coastal hydrodynamics: one step toward realistic morphodynamic modeling. Front Mar Sci. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2021.640214Article Google Scholar 
  25. Koehl MAR, Hadfield MG (2010) Hydrodynamics of larval settlement from a larva’s point of view. Integr Comp Biol 50(4):539–551. https://doi.org/10.1093/icb/icq101Article Google Scholar 
  26. Lim A, Wheeler AJ, Price DM, O’Reilly L, Harris K, Conti L (2020) Influence of benthic currents on cold-water coral habitats: a combined benthic monitoring and 3D photogrammetric investigation. Sci Rep 10(1):19433. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-76446-yArticle Google Scholar 
  27. Limer BD, Bloomberg J, Holstein DM (2020) The influence of eddies on coral larval retention in the flower garden banks. Front Mar Sci 7:372. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.00372Article Google Scholar 
  28. Monismith SG (2007) Hydrodynamics of coral reefs. Annu Rev Fluid Mech 39(1):37–55. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.fluid.38.050304.092125Article Google Scholar 
  29. Morris T (2009) Physical oceanography of Sodwana Bay and its effect on larval transport and coral bleaching. PhD thesis, Cape Peninsula University of Technology
  30. Morris T, Lamont T, Roberts MJ (2013) Effects of deep-sea eddies on the northern KwaZulu-Natal shelf, South Africa. Afr J Mar Sci 35(3):343–350. https://doi.org/10.2989/1814232X.2013.827991Article Google Scholar 
  31. Perry C, Larcombe P (2003) Marginal and non-reef-building coral environments. Coral Reefs 22:427–432. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00338-003-0330-5Article Google Scholar 
  32. Pope SB (2001) Turbulent flows. Cambridge University Press, CambridgeGoogle Scholar 
  33. Porter SN (2009) Biogeography and potential factors regulating shallow subtidal reef communities in the Western Indian Ocean. PhD thesis, University of Cape Town
  34. Porter SN, Schleyer MH (2017) Long-term dynamics of a high-latitude coral reef community at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Coral Reefs 36(2):369–382. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00338-016-1531-zArticle Google Scholar 
  35. Porter SN, Schleyer MH (2019) Environmental variation and how its spatial structure influences the cross-shelf distribution of high-latitude coral communities in South Africa. Diversity. https://doi.org/10.3390/d11040057Article Google Scholar 
  36. Ramsay PJ (1994) Marine geology of the Sodwana Bay shelf, southeast Africa. Mar Geol 120(3–4):225–247. https://doi.org/10.1016/0025-3227(94)90060-4Article Google Scholar 
  37. Ramsay PJ, Mason TR (1990) Development of a type zoning model for Zululand coral reefs, Sodwana Bay, South Africa. J Coastal Res 6(4):829–852Google Scholar 
  38. Reguero BG, Beck MW, Agostini VN, Kramer P, Hancock B (2018) Coral reefs for coastal protection: a new methodological approach and engineering case study in Grenada. J Environ Manag 210:146–161. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2018.01.024Article Google Scholar 
  39. Reidenbach M, Stocking J, Szczyrba L, Wendelken C (2021) Hydrodynamic interactions with coral topography and its impact on larval settlement. Coral Reefs 40:1–15. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00338-021-02069-yArticle Google Scholar 
  40. Reidenbach MA, Koseff JR, Koehl MAR (2009) Hydrodynamic forces on larvae affect their settlement on coral reefs in turbulent, wave-driven flow. Limnol Oceanogr 54(1):318–330. https://doi.org/10.4319/lo.2009.54.1.0318Article Google Scholar 
  41. Roberts H, Richardson J, Lagumbay R, Meselhe E, Ma Y (2013) Hydrodynamic and sediment transport modeling using FLOW-3D for siting and optimization of the LCA medium diversion at white ditch hydrodynamic and sediment transport modeling using FLOW-3D for siting and optimization of the LCA medium diversion at white D (December)
  42. Roberts MJ, Ribbink AJ, Morris T, Berg MAVD, Engelbrecht DC, Harding RT (2006) Oceanographic environment of the Sodwana Bay coelacanths (Latimeria chalumnae), South Africa: coelacanth research. South Afr J Sci 102(9):435–443Google Scholar 
  43. Rogers JS, Monismith SG, Feddersen F, Storlazzi CD (2013) Hydrodynamics of spur and groove formations on a coral reef. J Geophys Res Ocean 118(6):3059–3073. https://doi.org/10.1002/jgrc.20225Article Google Scholar 
  44. Rogers JS, Monismith SG, Koweek DA, Torres WI, Dunbar RB (2016) Thermodynamics and hydrodynamics in an atoll reef system and their influence on coral cover. Limnol Oceanogr 61(6):2191–2206. https://doi.org/10.1002/lno.10365Article Google Scholar 
  45. Schleyer MH, Celliers L (2003) Coral dominance at the reef-sediment interface in marginal coral communities at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Mar Freshw Res 54(8):967–972. https://doi.org/10.1071/MF02049Article Google Scholar 
  46. Schleyer MH, Porter SN (2018) Chapter One – drivers of soft and stony coral community distribution on the high-latitude coral reefs of South Africa. advances in marine biology, vol 80, Academic Press, pp 1–55, https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.amb.2018.09.001
  47. Scott F, Antolinez JAA, McCall R, Storlazzi C, Reniers A, Pearson S (2020) Hydro-morphological characterization of coral reefs for wave runup prediction. Front Mar Sci 7:361. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.00361Article Google Scholar 
  48. Sebens KP, Grace SP, Helmuth B, Maney EJ Jr, Miles JS (1998) Water flow and prey capture by three scleractinian corals, Madracis mirabilis, Montastrea cavernosa and Porites porites, in a field enclosure. Mar Biol 131(2):347–360Article Google Scholar 
  49. Smagorinsky J (1963) General circulation experiments with the primitive equations. Mon Weather Rev 91(3):99–164Article Google Scholar 
  50. Stocking J, Laforsch C, Sigl R, Reidenbach M (2018) The role of turbulent hydrodynamics and surface morphology on heat and mass transfer in corals. J R Soc Interface 15:20180448. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsif.2018.0448Article Google Scholar 
  51. Van Leer B (1977) Towards the ultimate conservative difference scheme III. Upstream-centered finite-difference schemes for ideal compressible flow. J Comput Phys 23(3):263–275. https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(77)90094-8Article Google Scholar 
  52. Wells C, Pringle J, Stretch D (2021) Cold water temperature anomalies on the Sodwana reefs and their driving mechanisms. South Afr J Sci. https://doi.org/10.17159/sajs.2021/9304Article Google Scholar 
  53. Wyatt ASJ, Lowe RJ, Humphries S, Waite AM (2010) Particulate nutrient fluxes over a fringing coral reef: relevant scales of phytoplankton production and mechanisms of supply. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 405:113–130Article Google Scholar 
  54. Yao Y, He T, Deng Z, Chen L, Guo H (2019) Large eddy simulation modeling of tsunami-like solitary wave processes over fringing reefs. Nat Hazards Earth Syst Sci 19(6):1281–1295. https://doi.org/10.5194/nhess-19-1281-2019Article Google Scholar 
  55. Zhao Q, Tanimoto K (1998) Numerical simulation of breaking waves by large eddy simulation and vof method. Coastal Engineering Proceedings 1(26), 10.9753/icce.v26.%p, https://journals.tdl.org/icce/index.php/icce/article/view/5656

Text and image taken from Deoraj, et al. (2022), On the reef scale hydrodynamics at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Preprint courtesy the authors.

Figure 2: 3D (left) and 2D (right) views of wave elevation using case C

CFD 접근법을 사용하여 파도에서 하이드로포일의 SEAKEEPING 성능

SYAFIQ ZIKRYAND FITRIADHY*
Faculty of Ocean Engineering Technology and Informatics, Universiti Malaysia Terengganu, 21030 Kuala
Terengganu, Terengganu, Malaysia
*
Corresponding author: naoe.afit@gmail.com http://doi.org/10.46754/umtjur.2021.07.017

Abstract

수중익선은 일반적으로 열악한 환경 조건으로 인해 승객의 편안함에 영향을 미칠 수 있는 높은 저항과 과도한 수직 운동(히브 및 피치)을 경험합니다. 따라서 복잡한 유체역학적 현상이 존재하기 때문에 파랑에서 수중익선의 내항성능을 규명할 필요가 있다.

이를 위해 수중익선 운동에 대한 CFD(Computational Fluid Dynamic) 해석을 제안한다. Froude Number 및 포일 받음각과 같은 여러 매개변수가 고려되었습니다.

그 결과 Froude Number의 후속 증가는 히브 및 피치 운동에 반비례한다는 것이 밝혀졌습니다. 본질적으로 이것은 높은 응답 진폭 연산자(RAO)의 형태로 제공되는 수중익선 항해 성능의 업그레이드로 이어졌습니다.

또한 포일 선수의 증가하는 각도는 히브 운동에 비례하는 반면, 포일 선미는 7.5o에서 낮은 히브 운동을 보였고, 그 다음으로 5o, 10o 순으로 나타났다. 피치모션의 경우 포일 보우의 증가는 5o에서 더 낮았고, 그 다음이 10o, 7.5o 순이었다. 포일 선미의 증가는 수중익선에 의한 피치 모션 경험에 비례했습니다.

일반적으로 이 CFD 시뮬레이션은 앞서 언급한 설계 매개변수와 관련하여 공해 상태에서 수중익선 설계의 운영 효율성을 보장하는 데 매우 유용합니다.

Keywords

CFD, hydrofoil, foil angle of attack, heave, pitch.

Figure 1: Overall mesh block being used in simulation
Figure 1: Overall mesh block being used in simulation
Figure 2: 3D (left) and 2D (right) views of wave elevation using case C
Figure 2: 3D (left) and 2D (right) views of wave elevation using case C

References

Djavareshkian, M. H., & Esmaeili, A. (2014). Heuristic optimization of submerged hydrofoil
using ANFIS–PSO. Ocean Engineering, 92, 55-63.
Fitriadhy, A., & Adam, N. A. (2017). Heave and pitch motions performance of a monotricat ship in
head-seas. International Journal of Automotive and Mechanical Engineering, 14, 4243-4258.
Islam, M., Jahra, F., & Hiscock, S. (2016). Data analysis methodologies for hydrodynamic
experiments in waves. Journal of Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering, 13(1),
1-15.
Koutsourakis, N., Bartzis, J. G., & Markatos, N. C. (2012). Evaluation of Reynolds stress, k-ε and
RNG k-ε turbulence models in street canyon flows using various experimental datasets.
Environmental fluid mechanics, 1-25.
Manual, F. D. U. (2011). Flow3D User Manual, v9. 4.2, Flow Science. Inc., Santa Fe, NM. Matveev, K., & Duncan, R. (2005). Development
of the tool for predicting hydrofoil system performance and simulating motion of hydrofoil-assisted boats. Paper presented at the High Speed and High Performance Ship and Craft Symposium, Everett/WA: ASNE, USA.
Seif, M., Mehdigholi, H., & Najafi, A. (2014). Experimental and numerical modeling of the
high speed planing vessel motion. Journal of Marine Engineering & Technology, 13(2), 62-
72.
Sun, X., Yao, C., Xiong, Y., & Ye, Q. (2017). Numerical and experimental study on
seakeeping performance of a swath vehicle in head waves. Applied Ocean Research, 68, 262-
275.
Vakilabadi, K. A., Khedmati, M. R., & Seif, M.S. (2014). Experimental study on heave and
pitch motion characteristics of a wave-piercing trimaran. Transactions of FAMENA, 38(3), 13-
26.
Yakhot, A., Rakib, S., & Flannery, W. (1994). LowReynolds number approximation for turbulent
eddy viscosity. Journal of scientific computing, 9(3), 283-292.
Yakhot, V., & Orszag, S. A. (1986). Renormalization group analysis of turbulence. I. Basic theory.
Journal of scientific computing, 1(1), 3-51.

Fig. 2. Design of the grate inlet types studied: (a) R1, (b) R2, (c) R3, (d) R4, (e) R5, (f) R6, (g) R7 (source: based on geometries of Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)

Three-dimensional Numerical Evaluation of Hydraulic Efficiency and Discharge Coefficient in Grate Inlets

쇠창살 격자 유입구의 수리효율 및 배출계수에 대한 3차원 수치적 평가

Melquisedec Cortés Zambrano*, Helmer Edgardo Monroy González,
Wilson Enrique Amaya Tequia
Faculty of Civil Engineering, Santo Tomas Tunja University. Address Av. Universitaria No. 45-202.
Tunja – Boyacá – Colombia

Abstract

홍수는 지반이동 및 이동의 원인 중 하나이며, 급속한 도시화 및 도시화로 인해 이전보다 빈번하게 발생할 수 있다. 도시 배수 시스템의 특성은 집수 요소가 결정적인 역할을 하는 범람의 발생 및 범위를 정의할 수 있습니다. 이 문서는 7가지 유형의 화격자 유입구의 수력 유입 효율 및 배출 계수에 대한 수치 조사를 제시합니다. FLOW-3D® 시뮬레이터는 Q = 24, 34.1, 44, 100, 200 및 300 L/s의 유속에서 풀 스케일로 격자를 테스트하는 데 사용되며 종방향 기울기가 1.0인 실험 프로토타입의 구성을 유지합니다. %, 1.5% 및 2.0% 및 고정 횡단 경사, 총 126개 모델. 그 결과를 바탕으로 종류별 및 종단경사 조건에 따른 수력유입구 효율곡선과 토출계수를 구성하였다. 결과는 다른 조사에서 제안된 경험적 공식으로 조정되어 프로토타입의 물리적 테스트 결과를 검증하는 역할을 합니다.

Floods are one of the causes of ground movement and displacement, and due to rapid urbanization and urban growth may occur more frequently than before. The characteristics of an urban drainage system can define the occurrence and extent of flooding, where catchment elements have a determining role. This document presents the numerical investigation of the hydraulic inlet efficiency and the discharge coefficient of seven types of grate inlets. The FLOW-3D® simulator is used to test the gratings at a full scale, under flow rates of Q = 24, 34.1, 44, 100, 200 and 300 L/s, preserving the configuration of the experimental prototype with longitudinal slopes of 1.0%, 1.5% and 2.0% and a fixed cross slope, for a total of 126 models. Based on the results, hydraulic inlet efficiency curves and discharge coefficients are constructed for each type and a longitudinal slope condition. The results are adjusted with empirical formulations proposed in other investigations, serving to verify the results of physical testing of prototypes.

Keywords

grate inlet, inlet efficiency, discharge coefficient, computational fluid dynamic, 3D modelling.

Fig. 1. Physical model of the experimental campaign (source: Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 1. Physical model of the experimental campaign (source: Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 2. Design of the grate inlet types studied: (a) R1, (b) R2, (c) R3, (d) R4, (e) R5, (f) R6, (g) R7 (source: based on geometries of Chaparro Andrade
and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 2. Design of the grate inlet types studied: (a) R1, (b) R2, (c) R3, (d) R4, (e) R5, (f) R6, (g) R7 (source: based on geometries of Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 4. Comparison between the results obtained during physical experimentation in prototype 7 and simulation results with FLOW-3D® (source:
made with FlowSight® and photographic record by Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 4. Comparison between the results obtained during physical experimentation in prototype 7 and simulation results with FLOW-3D® (source: made with FlowSight® and photographic record by Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 6. Example of the results of flow depth and velocity vectors in the xy plane, for a stable flow condition in a grate inlet type and free surface
configuration and flow regime, of some grating types (source: produced with FlowSight®)
Fig. 6. Example of the results of flow depth and velocity vectors in the xy plane, for a stable flow condition in a grate inlet type and free surface configuration and flow regime, of some grating types (source: produced with FlowSight®)

References

Alia Md., S., and Sabtu, N. (2020). Comparison of Different Methodologies for Determining the Efficiency of Gully Inlets. In F. M.
Nazri (Ed.), Proceedings of AICCE‘19: Transforming the Nation
for a Sustainable Tomorrow (Vol. 53, pp. 1275-1284). Springer
Nature Switzerland AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-
32816-0_99
Antunes do Carmo, J. S. (2020). Physical Modelling vs. Numerical Modelling: Complementarity and Learning. July. https://doi.
org/10.20944/preprints202007.0753.v1
Aragón-Hernández, J. L. (2013). Modelación numérica integrada de los procesos hidráulicos en el drenaje urbano [Universidad Politécnica de Cataluña]. In Doctoral Tesis. https://
upcommons.upc.edu/handle/2117/95059?locale-attribute=es
Argue, J. R., and Pezzaniti, D. (1996). How reliable are inlet
(hydraulic) models at representing stormwater flow? Science
of the Total Environment, 189-190, 355-359. https://doi.org/10.1016/0048-9697(96)05231-X
Banco Mundial, O. (2019). Agua: Panorama general. https://
www.bancomundial.org/es/topic/water/overview
Cárdenas-Quintero, M., Carvajal-Serna, L. F., and Marbello-Pérez, R. (2018). Evaluación numérica tridimensional de un
sumidero de reja de fondo (Three-Dimensional Numerical Assessment of Grate Inlet). SSRN Electronic Journal, November.
https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3112980
Carvalho, R. F., Lopes, P., Leandro, J., and David, L. M. (2019).
Numerical Research of Flows into Gullies with Different Outlet Locations. Water, 11(2), 794. https://doi.org/10.3390/
w11040794
Chaparro Andrade, F. G., and Abaunza Tabares, K. V. (2021). Importancia de los sumideros, su funcionamiento y diseño en redes de alcantarillado caso de estudio sector nororiental Tunja.
Universidad Santo Tomás.
Cortés Zambrano, M., Amaya Tequia, W. E., and Gamba Fernández, D. S. (2020). Implementation of the hydraulic modelling of
urban drainage in the northeast sector, Tunja, Boyacá. Revista
Facultad de Ingeniería Universidad de Antioquia. https://doi.
org/10.17533/udea.redin.20200578
Cosco, C., Gómez, M., Russo, B., Tellez-Alvarez, J., Macchione, F., Costabile, P., and Costanzo, C. (2020). Discharge coefficients for specific grated inlets. Influence of the Froude
number. Urban Water Journal, 17(7), 656-668. https://doi.org/10.1080/1573062X.2020.1811881
Despotovic, J., Plavsic, J., Stefanovic, N., and Pavlovic, D. (2005).
Inefficiency of storm water inlets as a source of urban floods.
Water Science and Technology, 51(2), 139-145. https://doi.
org/10.2166/wst.2005.0041
Ellis, J. B., and Marsalek, J. (1996). Overview of urban drainage:
Environmental impacts and concerns, means of mitigation and
implementation policies. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 34(6),
723-732. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689609498446
Fang, X., Jiang, S., and Alam, S. R. (2010). Numerical simulations of efficiency of curb-opening inlets. Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, 136(1), 62-66. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)
HY.1943-7900.0000131
Faram, M. G., and Harwood, R. (2000). CFD for the Water Industry; The Role of CFD as a Tool for the Development of Wastewater Treatment Systems. Hydro International, 21-22.
Faram, M. G., and Harwood, R. (2002). Assessment of the
effectiveness of stormwater treatment chambers using
computational fluid dynamics. Global Solutions for Urban Drainage, 40644(September 2002), 1-14. https://doi.
org/10.1061/40644(2002)7
Flow Science, I. (2018). FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 Users Manual.
In FLOW-3D [Computer software]. https://www.flow3d.com
Flow Science, I. (2019). FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 [Computer software] (No. 12). https://www.flow3d.com
Ghanbari, R., and Heidarnejad, M. (2020). Experimental and numerical analysis of flow hydraulics in triangular and rectangular
piano key weirs. Water Science, 00(00), 1-7. https://doi.org/10.
1080/11104929.2020.1724649

Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2005a). Comparative study of methodologies to determine inlet efficiency from test data. HEC-12
methodology vs UPC method. Water Resources Management,
Algarve, Portugal., 80(October 2014), 623-632. https://doi.
org/10.2495/WRM050621
Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2005b). Comparative study among
different methodologies to determine storm sewer inlet efficiency from test data. 10th International Conference on Urban
Drainage, August, 21-26. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/255602448_Comparative_study_among_different_methodologies_to_determine_storm_sewer_inlet_efficiency_
from_test_data
Gómez, M., Recasens, J., Russo, B., and Martínez-Gomariz, E.
(2016). Assessment of inlet efficiency through a 3D simulation: Numerical and experimental comparison. Water Science
and Technology, 74(8), 1926-1935. https://doi.org/10.2166/
wst.2016.326
Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2011). Methodology to estimate hydraulic efficiency of drain inlets. Proceedings of the Institution of
Civil Engineers: Water Management, 164(2), 81-90. https://doi.
org/10.1680/wama.900070
Gómez Valentin, M. (2007). Hidrología urbana. In Hidrología Urbana (pp. 135-147). Instituto Flumen.
Jakeman, A. J., Letcher, R. A., and Norton, J. P. (2006). Ten iterative steps in development and evaluation of environmental
models. Environmental Modelling and Software, 21, 602-614.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsoft.2006.01.004
Jang, J. H., Hsieh, C. T., and Chang, T. H. (2019). The importance of gully flow modelling to urban flood simulation. Urban Water Journal, 16(5), 377-388. https://doi.org/10.1080/1573062X.2019.1669198
Kaushal, D. R., Thinglas, T., Tomita, Y., Kuchii, S., and Tsukamoto, H. (2012). Experimental investigation on optimization of
invert trap configuration for sewer solid management. Powder Technology, 215-216, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2011.08.029
Khazaee, I., and Mohammadiun, M. (2010). Effects of flow field
on open channel flow properties using numerical investigation
and experimental comparison. International Journal of Energy
and Environment, 1(6), 1083-1096. https://doi.org/10.1016/
S0031-9384(10)00122-8
Kleidorfer, M., Tscheikner-Gratl, F., Vonach, T., and Rauch, W.
(2018). What can we learn from a 500-year event? Experiences
from urban drainage in Austria. Water Science and Technology,
77(8), 2146-2154. https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2018.138
Leitão, J. P., Simões, N. E., Pina, R. D., Ochoa-Rodriguez, S.,
Onof, C., and Sá Marques, A. (2017). Stochastic evaluation of
the impact of sewer inlets‘ hydraulic capacity on urban pluvial
flooding. Stochastic Environmental Research and Risk Assessment, 31(8), 1907-1922. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00477-016-
1283-x
Lopes, P., Leandro, J., Carvalho, R. F., Russo, B., and Gómez, M.
(2016). Assessment of the ability of a volume of fluid model to
reproduce the efficiency of a continuous transverse gully with
grate. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, 142(10),
1-9. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0001058
Mohsin, M., and Kaushal, D. R. (2016). 3D CFD validation of invert trap efficiency for sewer solid management using VOF model. Water Science and Engineering, 9(2), 106-114. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.wse.2016.06.006
Palla, A., Colli, M., Candela, A., Aronica, G. T., and Lanza, L.
G. (2018). Pluvial flooding in urban areas: the role of surface
drainage efficiency. Journal of Flood Risk Management, 11,
S663-S676. https://doi.org/10.1111/jfr3.12246
Russo, B. (2010). Design of surface drainage systems according
to hazard criteria related to flooding of urban areas [Universitat
Politècnica de Catalunya]. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/
tesis?codigo=258828
Sedano-Cruz, K., Carvajal-Escoar, Y., and Ávila Díaz, A. J. (2013).
ANÁLISIS DE ASPECTOS QUE INCREMENTAN EL RIESGO
DE INUNDACIONES EN COLOMBIA. Luna Azul, 37, 219-218.
https://www.redalyc.org/articulo.oa?id=321729206014
Spaliviero, F., May, R. W. P., Escarameia, M. (2000). Spacing of road gullies. Hydraulic performance of BS EN 124 gully gratings. HR Walingford, 44(0). https://doi.org/10.13140/
RG.2.1.1344.0889
Téllez-Álvarez, J., Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2020). Quantification of energy loss in two grated inlets under pressure. Water
(Switzerland), 12(6). https://doi.org/10.3390/w12061601
Téllez Álvarez, J., Gómez, V., Russo, B., and Redondo, J. M.
(2003). Performance assessment of numerical modelling
for hydraulic efficiency of a grated inlet. 1, 6-8. https://doi.org/10.16309/j.cnki.issn.1007-1776.2003.03.004
Téllez Álvarez, J., Gómez Valentin, M., Paindelli, A., and Russo,
B. (2017). ACTIVIDAD EXPERIMENTAL DE I+D+i EN INGENIERÍA
HIDRÁULICA EN ESPAÑA. In L. J. Balairón Pérez and D. López
Gómez (Eds.), Seminario 2017, Comunicaciones de las líneas prioritarias (pp. 41-43). Universitat Politècnica de València.
https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107415324.004
Téllez Álvarez, J., Gómez Valentin, M., and Russo, B. (2019).
Modelling of Surcharge Flow Through Grated Inlet. In P. Gourbesville and G. Caignaert (Eds.), Advances in Hydroinformati-

cs. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-
4451-42-0
UNDRR, I., and CRED, I. (2018). Pérdidas económicas, pobreza y
Desastres 1998 – 2017 (Vol. 6, Issue 1). https://doi.org/10.12962/
j23373520.v6i1.22451
Vyzikas, T., and Greaves, D. (2018). Numerial Modelling.
In D. Greaves and G. Iglesias (Eds.), Wave and Tidal Energy (pp. 289-363). John Wiley and Sons Ltd. https://doi.
org/10.1002/9781119014492
Yakhot, V., and Orszag, S. A. (1986). Renormalization Group Analysis of Turbulence. I . Basic Theory. Journal of Scientific Computing, 1(1), 3-51. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01061452
Yakhot, V., and Smith, L. M. (1992). The renormalization group,
the ɛ-expansion and derivation of turbulence models. Journal
of Scientific Computing, 7(l), 35-61. https://doi.org/10.1007/
BF01060210
Yazdanfar, Z., and Sharma, A. (2015). Urban drainage system
planning and design – Challenges with climate change and urbanization: A review. Water Science and Technology, 72(2), 165-https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2015.207

Experiments and analysis of dynamic characteristics of liquid sloshing in horizontal Cassini tank

수평 Cassini 탱크에서 액체 슬로싱의 동적 특성에 대한 실험 및 분석

Experiments and analysis of dynamic characteristics of liquid sloshing in horizontal Cassini tank

Houlin Luo1, Wenjun Wu2, Bingchao Jiang3, Shouyi Guo3, Libing Huang3 and Baozeng Yue4

Accepted Manuscript online 23 May 2023 • © 2023 IOP Publishing Ltd

What is an Accepted Manuscript?DOI 10.1088/1402-4896/acd81a

Abstract

In this study, the sloshing behaviors and dynamic characteristics of liquid sloshing in a horizontal Cassini tank were studied. The forces and torques generated by the liquid sloshing in non-equilibrium states were experimentally measured with force transducers which have been mounted on the experiment platform. In small-amplitude rotational and translational nonlinear sloshing cases, the CFD simulations were in good agreement with the experimental data. However, as the dynamic ratio of longitudinal and transversal sloshing force became large, errors occurred and became obvious in CFD simulations. Further experiments on the sloshing forces and torques in the rotating sloshing state were performed.The effects of the magnitude and frequency of the external excitations and the tank-filling ratio son the sloshing characteristics were also studied. The experiments results show that the liquid sloshing in the Cassini tank is highly correlated with the excitation frequency where small variation in the frequency leads to complex changes in the liquid sloshing characteristics. In the cases with low liquid-filling ratio, in resonance state, the rotational sloshing is easier to be excited, however, in the stable-state the amplitudes of longitudinal sloshing force and torque are more significant than those of other sloshing conditions. The transversal sloshing force and torque are very small in both, rotational and translational nonlinear sloshing of small amplitude.

본 연구에서는 수평 카시니 수조에서 액체 슬로싱의 슬로싱 거동과 동적 특성을 연구하였다. 비평형 상태에서 액체 슬로싱에 의해 생성된 힘과 토크는 실험 플랫폼에 장착된 힘 변환기로 실험적으로 측정 되었습니다.

진폭이 작은 회전 및 병진 비선형 슬로싱 사례에서 CFD 시뮬레이션은 실험 데이터와 잘 일치했습니다. 그러나 종방향 슬로싱력과 횡방향 슬로싱력의 동적 비율이 커짐에 따라 오류가 발생하고 CFD 시뮬레이션에서 명백해졌습니다.

회전 슬로싱 상태에서 슬로싱 힘과 토크에 대한 추가 실험이 수행되었습니다. 외부 가진의 크기와 빈도 및 슬로싱 특성에 따른 탱크 충전 비율의 영향도 연구되었습니다.

실험 결과는 카시니 탱크의 액체 슬로싱이 여기 주파수와 높은 상관 관계가 있음을 보여줍니다. 여기 주파수의 작은 변화가 액체 슬로싱 특성의 복잡한 변화로 이어집니다. 액체 충전율이 낮은 경우에는 공진 상태에서 회전 슬로싱이 들기 쉽지만 안정 상태에서는 종방향 슬로싱 힘과 토크의 진폭이 다른 슬로싱 조건보다 더 중요합니다.

횡방향 슬로싱 힘과 토크는 작은 진폭의 회전 및 병진 비선형 슬로싱 모두에서 매우 작습니다.

Figure 1 | Laboratory channel dimensions.

강화된 조도 계수 및 인버트 레벨 변화가 있는 90도 측면 턴아웃에서의 유동에 대한 실험적 및 수치적 연구

Experimental and numerical study of flow at a 90 degree lateral turnout with enhanced roughness coefficient and invert level changes

Maryam Bagheria, Seyed M. Ali Zomorodianb, Masih Zolghadrc, H. Md. Azamathulla d,*
and C. Venkata Siva Rama Prasade
a Hydraulic Structures, Department of Water Engineering, Shiraz University, Shiraz, Iran
b Department of Water Engineering, College of Agriculture, Shiraz University, Shiraz, Iran
c Department of Water Sciences Engineering, College of Agriculture, Jahrom University, Jahrom, Iran
d Civil & Environmental Engineering, The University of the West Indies, St. Augustine Campus, Port of Spain, Trinidad
e Department of Civil Engineering, St. Peters Engineering College, Hyderabad, India
*Corresponding author. E-mail: azmatheditor@gmail.com

ABSTRACT

측면 분기기(흡입구)의 상류측에서 유동 분리는 분기기 입구에서 맴돌이 전류를 일으키는 중요한 문제입니다. 이는 흐름의 유효 폭, 분기 용량 및 효율성을 감소시킵니다. 따라서 분리구역의 크기를 파악하고 그 크기를 줄이기 위한 방안을 제시하는 것이 필수적이다.

본 연구에서는 분리 구역의 크기를 줄이기 위한 방법으로 분출구 입구에 7가지 유형의 조면화 요소와 4가지 다른 방류가 있는 3가지 다른 베드 인버트 레벨의 설치(총 84회 실험)를 조사했습니다. 또한 3D 전산 유체 역학(CFD) 모델을 사용하여 분리 구역의 흐름 패턴과 치수를 평가했습니다.

결과는 조도 계수를 향상시키면 분리 영역 치수를 최대 38%까지 줄일 수 있는 반면 드롭 구현 효과는 사용된 조도 계수에 따라 이 영역을 다르게 축소할 수 있음을 보여주었습니다. 두 방법을 결합하면 분리 구역 치수를 최대 63%까지 줄일 수 있습니다.

Flow separation at the upstream side of lateral turnouts (intakes) is a critical issue causing eddy currents at the turnout entrance. It reduces the effective width of flow, turnout capacity and efficiency. Therefore, it is essential to identify the dimensions of the separation zone and propose remedies to reduce its dimensions.

Installation of 7 types of roughening elements at the turnout entrance and 3 different bed invert levels, with 4 different discharges (making a total of 84 experiments) were examined in this study as a method to reduce the dimensions of the separation zone. Additionally, a 3-D Computational Fluid Dynamic (CFD) model was utilized to evaluate the flow pattern and dimensions of the separation zone.

Results showed that enhancing the roughness coefficient can reduce the separation zone dimensions up to 38% while the drop implementation effect can scale down this area differently based on the roughness coefficient used. Combining both methods can reduce the separation zone dimensions up to 63%.

Key words

discharge ratio, flow separation zone, intake, three dimensional simulation

Experimental and numerical study of flow at a 90 degree lateral turnout with enhanced
roughness coefficient and invert level changes
Experimental and numerical study of flow at a 90 degree lateral turnout with enhanced roughness coefficient and invert level changes
Figure 1 | Laboratory channel dimensions.
Figure 1 | Laboratory channel dimensions.
Figure 2 | Roughness plates.
Figure 2 | Roughness plates.
Figure 4 | Effect of roughness on separation zone dimensions.
Figure 4 | Effect of roughness on separation zone dimensions.
Figure 10 | Comparision of the vortex area (software output) for three roughnesses (0.009, 0.023 and 0.032).
Figure 10 | Comparision of the vortex area (software output) for three roughnesses (0.009, 0.023 and 0.032).
Figure 11 | Comparison of vortex area in 3D mode (tecplot output) with two roughnesses (a) 0.009 and (b) 0.032.
Figure 11 | Comparison of vortex area in 3D mode (tecplot output) with two roughnesses (a) 0.009 and (b) 0.032.
Figure 12 | Velocity vector for flow condition Q¼22 l/s, near surface.
Figure 12 | Velocity vector for flow condition Q¼22 l/s, near surface.

REFERENCES

Abbasi, A., Ghodsian, M., Habibi, M. & Salehi Neishabouri, S. A. 2004 Experimental investigation on dimensions of flow separation zone at
lateral intakeentrance. Research & Construction; Pajouhesh va Sazandegi 62, 38–44. (In Persian).
Al-Zubaidy, R. & Hilo, A. 2021 Numerical investigation of flow behavior at the lateral intake using Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD).
Materials Today: Proceedings. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2021.11.172.
Chow, V. T. 1959 Open Channel Hydraulics. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Jalili, H., Hosseinzadeh Dalir, A. & Farsadizadeh, D. 2011 Effect of intake geometry on the sediment transport and lateral flow pattern.
Iranian Water Research Journal 5 (9), 1–10. (In Persian).
Jamshidi, A., Farsadizadeh, D. & Hosseinzadeh Dalir, A. 2016 Variations of flow separation zone at lateral intake entrance using submerged
vanes. Journal of Civil Engineering Urban 6 (3), 54–63. Journal homepage. Available from: www.ojceu.ir/main.
Karami Moghaddam, K. & Keshavarzi, A. 2007 Investigation of flow structure in lateral intakes of 55° and 90° with rounded entrance edge.
In: 03 National Congress on Civil Engineering University of Tabriz. Available from: https://civilica.com/doc/16317. (In Persian).
Karami, H., Farzin, S., Sadrabadi, M. T. & Moazeni, H. 2017 Simulation of flow pattern at rectangular lateral intake with different dike and
submerged vane scenarios. Journal of Water Science and Engineering 10 (3), 246–255. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.wse.2017.10.001.
Kasthuri, B. & Pundarikanthan, N. V. 1987 Discussion on separation zone at open- channel junction. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering
113 (4), 543–548.
Keshavarzi, A. & Habibi, L. 2005 Optimizing water intake angle by flow separation analysis. Journal of Irrigation and Drain 54, 543–552.
https://doi.org/10.1002/ird.207.
Kirkgöz, M. S. & Ardiçlioğ
lu, M. 1997 Velocity profiles of developing and developed open channel flow. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering
1099–1105. 10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1997)123:12(1099).
Nakato, T., Kennedy, J. F. & Bauerly, D. 1990 Pumpstation intake-shoaling control with submerge vanes. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering.
https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1990)116:1(119).
Neary, V. S. & Odgaard, J. A. 1993 Three-dimensional flow structure at open channel diversions. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. ASCE 119
(11), 1224–1230. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1993)119:11(1223).
Nikbin, S. & Borghei, S. M. 2011 Experimental investigation of submerged vanes effect on dimensions of flow separation zone at a 90°
openchannel junction. In: 06rd National Congress on Civil Engineering University of Semnan. (In Persian). Available from: https://
civilica.com/doc/120494.
Odgaard, J. A. & Wang, Y. 1991 Sediment management with submerged vanes, I: theory. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering 117 (3), 267–283.

Ramamurthy, A. S., Junying, Q. & Diep, V. 2007 Numerical and experimental study of dividing open-channel flows. Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering. See: https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2007)133:10(1135).
Seyedian, S., Karami Moghaddam, K. & Shafai Begestan, M. 2008 Determining the optimal radius in lateral intakes of 55° and 90° using
variation of flow velocity. In: 07th Iranian Hydraulic Conference. Power & Water University of Technology (PWUT). (In Persian).
Available from: https://civilica.com/doc/56251.
Zolghadr, M. & Shafai Bejestan, M. 2020 Six legged concrete (SLC) elements as scour countermeasures at wing wall bridge abutments.
International Journal of River Basin Management. doi: 10.1080/15715124.2020.1726357.
Zolghadr, M., Zomorodian, S. M. A., Shabani, R. & Azamatulla Md., H. 2021 Migration of sand mining pit in rivers: an experimental,
numerical and case study. Measurement. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.measurement.2020.108944

Figure 3: Wave pattern at sea surface at 20 knots (10.29 m/s) for mesh 1

Flow-3D에서 CFD 시뮬레이션을 사용한 선박 저항 분석

Ship resistance analysis using CFD simulations in Flow-3D

Author

Deshpande, SujaySundsbø, Per-ArneDas, Subhashis

Abstract

선박의 동력 요구 사항을 설계할 때 고려해야 할 가장 중요한 요소는 선박 저항 또는 선박에 작용하는 항력입니다. 항력을 극복하는 데 필요한 동력이 추진 시스템의 ‘손실’에 기여하기 때문에 추진 시스템을 설계하는 동안 선박 저항을 추정하는 것이 중요합니다. 선박 저항을 계산하는 세 가지 주요 방법이 있습니다:

Holtrop-Mennen(HM) 방법과 같은 통계적 방법, 수치 분석 또는 CFD(전산 유체 역학) 시뮬레이션 및 모델 테스트, 즉 예인 탱크에서 축소된 모델 테스트. 설계 단계 초기에는 기본 선박 매개변수만 사용할 수 있을 때 HM 방법과 같은 통계 모델만 사용할 수 있습니다.

수치 해석/CFD 시뮬레이션 및 모델 테스트는 선박의 완전한 3D 설계가 완료된 경우에만 수행할 수 있습니다. 본 논문은 Flow-3D 소프트웨어 패키지를 사용하여 CFD 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 잔잔한 수상 선박 저항을 예측하는 것을 목표로 합니다.

롤온/롤오프 승객(RoPax) 페리에 대한 사례 연구를 조사했습니다. 선박 저항은 다양한 선박 속도에서 계산되었습니다. 메쉬는 모든 CFD 시뮬레이션의 결과에 영향을 미치기 때문에 메쉬 민감도를 확인하기 위해 여러 개의 메쉬가 사용되었습니다. 시뮬레이션의 결과를 HM 방법의 추정치와 비교했습니다.

시뮬레이션 결과는 낮은 선박 속도에 대한 HM 방법과 잘 일치했습니다. 더 높은 선속을 위한 HM 방법에 비해 결과의 차이가 상당히 컸다. 선박 저항 분석을 수행하는 Flow-3D의 기능이 시연되었습니다.

While designing the power requirements of a ship, the most important factor to be considered is the ship resistance, or the sea drag forces acting on the ship. It is important to have an estimate of the ship resistance while designing the propulsion system since the power required to overcome the sea drag forces contribute to ‘losses’ in the propulsion system. There are three main methods to calculate ship resistance: Statistical methods like the Holtrop-Mennen (HM) method, numerical analysis or CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) simulations, and model testing, i.e. scaled model tests in towing tanks. At the start of the design stage, when only basic ship parameters are available, only statistical models like the HM method can be used. Numerical analysis/ CFD simulations and model tests can be performed only when the complete 3D design of the ship is completed. The present paper aims at predicting the calm water ship resistance using CFD simulations, using the Flow-3D software package. A case study of a roll-on/roll-off passenger (RoPax) ferry was investigated. Ship resistance was calculated at various ship speeds. Since the mesh affects the results in any CFD simulation, multiple meshes were used to check the mesh sensitivity. The results from the simulations were compared with the estimate from the HM method. The results from simulations agreed well with the HM method for low ship speeds. The difference in the results was considerably high compared to the HM method for higher ship speeds. The capability of Flow-3D to perform ship resistance analysis was demonstrated.

Figure 1: Simplified ship geometry
Figure 1: Simplified ship geometry
Figure 3: Wave pattern at sea surface at 20 knots (10.29 m/s) for mesh 1
Figure 3: Wave pattern at sea surface at 20 knots (10.29 m/s) for mesh 1
Figure 4: Ship Resistance (kN) vs Ship Speed (knots)
Figure 4: Ship Resistance (kN) vs Ship Speed (knots)

Publisher

International Society of Multiphysics

Citation

Deshpande SR, Sundsbø P, Das S. Ship resistance analysis using CFD simulations in Flow-3D. The International Journal of Multiphysics. 2020;14(3):227-236

REFERENCES

[1] K. Min and S. Kang, “Study on the form factor and full-scale ship resistance prediction
method,” Journal of Marine Science and Technology, vol. 15, pp. 108-118, June 2010.
[2] A. Molland, S. Turnock and D. Hudson, “Ship Resistance and Propulsion” Second
Edition. In Ship Resistance and Propulsion: Practical Estimation of Ship Propulsive
Power (pp. 12-69), August 2017, Cambridge University Press.
[3] K. Niklas and H. Pruszko, “Full-scale CFD simulations for the determination of ship
resistance as a rational, alternative method to towing tank experiments,” Ocean
Engineering, vol. 190, October 2019.
[4] A. Elkafas, M. Elgohary and A. Zeid, “Numerical study on the hydrodynamic drag force
of a container ship model,” Alexandria Engineering Journal, vol. 58, no. 3, pp. 849-859,
September 2019.
[5] J. Holtrop and G. Mennen, “An approximate power prediction method,” International
Shipbuilding Progress, vol. 29, no. 335, pp. 166-170, July 1982.
[6] E. Bøckmann and S. Steen, “Model test and simulation of a ship with wavefoils,” Applied
Ocean research, vol. 57, pp. 8-18, April 2016.
[7] K. Atreyapurapu, B. Tallapragada and K. Voonna, “Simulation of a Free Surface Flow
over a Container Vessel Using CFD,” International Journal of Engineering Trends and
Technology (IJETT), vol. 18, no. 7, pp. 334-339, December 2014.
[8] J. Petersen, D. Jacobsen and O. Winther, “Statistical modelling for ship propulsion
efficiency,” Journal of Marine Science and Technology, vol. 17, pp. 30-39, December
2011.
[9] H. Versteeg and W. Malalasekera, An introduction to computational fluid dynamics: the
finite volume method (second edition), Harlow, England: Pearson Education Ltd, 2007.
[10]C. Hirth and B. Nichols, “Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free
boundaries,” Journal of Computational Physics, vol. 39, no. 1, pp. 201-225, January 1981.
[11] A. Nordli and H. Khawaja, “Comparison of Explicit Method of Solution for CFD Euler
Problems using MATLAB® and FORTRAN 77,” International Journal of Multiphysics,
vol. 13, no. 2, 2019.
[12] FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 User’s Manual (2018). FLOW-3D [Computer software]. Santa
Fe, NM: Flow Science, Inc. https://www.flow3d.com.
[13] D. McCluskey and A. Holdø, “Optimizing the hydrocyclone for ballast water treatment
using computational fluid dynamics,” International Journal of Multiphysics, vol. 3, no. 3,
2009.
[14]M. Breuer, D. Lakehal and W. Rodi, “Flow around a Surface Mounted Cubical Obstacle:
Comparison of Les and Rans-Results,” Computation of Three-Dimensional Complex
Flows. Notes on Numerical Fluid Mechanics, vol. 49, p. 1996.
[15] G. Wei, “A Fixed-Mesh Method for General Moving Objects in Fluid Flow”, Modern
Physics Letters B, vol. 19, no. 28, pp. 1719-1722, 2005.
[16]J. Michell, “The wave-resistance of a ship,” The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin
Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, Vols. 45, 1898, no. 272, pp. 106-123,
May 2009.

Figure 7. Comparison of Archimedean screw power performances P(W) for Q = 0.15 m3 /s and 0.30m3 /s and angles of orientation 22ο & 32ο .

CFD Simulations of Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines Harnessing the Small Hydropotential of Greek Watercourses

Alkistis Stergiopoulou 1, Vassilios Stergiopoulos 2
1 Institut für Wasserwirtschaft, Hydrologie und Konstruktiven Wasserbau, B.O.K.U. University, Muthgasse 18, 1190 Vienna, (actually Senior Process Engineer at the VTU Engineering in Vienna, Zieglergasse 53/1/24, 1070 Vienna, Austria).2 School of Pedagogical and Technological Education, Department of Civil Engineering Educators, ASPETE Campus, Eirini Station, 15122 Amarousio, Athens, Greece.

Abstract

이 논문은 최초의 아르키메데스 나사 터빈 CFD 모델링 결과에 대한 간략한 견해를 제시하며, 이는 “그리스에서 아르키메데스의 부활: 수리 역학 및 아르키메데스 달팽이관 물레방아의 유체역학적 거동 연구에 대한 기여”라는 제목의 최근 연구에서 수행되었습니다.
그리스 자연 및 기술 수로의 수력 잠재력”. Flow-3D 코드를 기반으로 하는 이 CFD 분석은 일반적인 TAST(Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines)와 관련이 있으며 몇 TWh 정도의 그리스 자연 및 기술 수로의 중요한 미개발 수력 잠재력을 활용하는 연간 및 수천 MW 범위의 총 설치 용량인 소규모 수력 발전 시스템에 대한 몇 가지 유망한 성능을 보여줍니다.

This paper presents a short view of the first Archimedean Screw Turbines CFD modelling results, which were carried out within the recent research entitled “Rebirth of Archimedes in Greece: contribution to the study of hydraulic mechanics and hydrodynamic behavior of Archimedean cochlear waterwheels, for recovering the hydraulic potential of Greek natural and technical watercourses”. This CFD analysis, based to the Flow-3D code, concerns typical Tubular Archimedean Screw Turbines (TASTs) and shows some promising performances for such small hydropower systems harnessing the important unexploited hydraulic potential of natural and technical watercourses of Greece, of the order of several TWh / year and of a total installed capacity in the range of thousands MWs.

Keywords

CFD; Flow-3D; TAST; Small Hydro; Renewable Energy; Greek Watercourses.

Figure 1. Photorealistic view of an inclined axis TAST (photo A. Stergiopoulou).
Figure 1. Photorealistic view of an inclined axis TAST (photo A. Stergiopoulou).
Figure 3. The spectrum of all the screw axis orientation cases.
Figure 3. The spectrum of all the screw axis orientation cases.
Figure 4. Creation of the 3bladed Archimedean Screw with Solidworks
Figure 4. Creation of the 3bladed Archimedean Screw with Solidworks
Figure 6. “Meshing & Geometry” tab Operations (Flow 3-D).
Figure 6. “Meshing & Geometry” tab Operations (Flow 3-D).
Figure 7. Comparison of Archimedean screw power performances P(W) for Q = 0.15 m3
/s and 0.30m3
/s
and angles of orientation 22ο & 32ο
.
Figure 7. Comparison of Archimedean screw power performances P(W) for Q = 0.15 m3 /s and 0.30m3 /s and angles of orientation 22ο & 32ο .
Figure 12. Various performances of the Archimedean Screw (MKE/Mean Kinetic Energy, Torque,
Turbulent Kinetic Energy, Turbulent Dissipation) for flow discharge Q = 0.45 m3
/s and an angle of
orientation θ = 32ο
Figure 12. Various performances of the Archimedean Screw (MKE/Mean Kinetic Energy, Torque, Turbulent Kinetic Energy, Turbulent Dissipation) for flow discharge Q = 0.45 m3 /s and an angle of orientation θ = 32ο

References

[1] A. Stergiopoulou, Computational and experimental investigation of the hydrodynamic behaviour of
screw hydro turbine, Ph.D. Thesis, NTUA, 2017.
[2] B. Pelikan, A. Lashofer, Verbesserung der Strömungseigenschaften sowie Planungs-und
Betriebsoptimierung von Wasserkraftschnecken, Research Project, BOKU University, Vienna,
2012.
[3] G. Müller, J. Senior, Simplified theory of Archimedean screws, Journal of Hydraulic Research 47
(5) (2009) 666-669.
[4] C. Rorres, The turn of the screw: Optimal design of an Archimedes screw, Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, 80 (2000) 72-80.
[5] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Return of Archimedes: Harnessing with new Archimedean
spirals the hydraulic potential of the Greek watercourses, in: Proceedings of the Conference for
Climate Change, Thessaloniki, 2009.
[6] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, from the old Archimedean screw pumps to the new
Archimedean screw turbines for hydropower production in Greece, in: Proceedings of CEMEPE
Conference, Mykonos, June 21-26, 2009.

[7] V. Stergiopoulos, A. Stergiopoulou, E. Kalkani, Quo Vadis Archimedes Nowadays in Greece?
Towards Modern Archimedean Turbines for Recovering Greek Small Hydropower Potential, in:
Proceedings of 3rd International Scientific “Energy and Climate Change” Conference, Athens, 2010.
[8] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, E. Κalkani, Greece beyond the horizon of the era of transition:
Archimedean screw hydropower development terra incognita, International Journal of Energy and
Development, v.6, Issue 6, pp. 627-536, 2015.
[9] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, E. Κalkani, Experimental and theoretical research of zero head
innovative horizontal axis Archimedean screw turbines, Journal of Energy and Development, v.6,
Issue 5, pp. 471-478, 2015.
[10] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, E. Κalkani, Back to the Future: Rediscovering the Archimedean
screws as modern turbines for harnessing Greek small hydropower potential, in: Proceedings of the
Third International Conference CEMEPE 2011 & SECOTOX, Skiathos, 2011.
[11] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Educational Renewable Energy Screw Wheel Technologies for
Pico Hydropower Generation, Modern Environmental Science and Engineering, v.4, No.5, pp. 439-
445, May 2018.
[12] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Educational Renewable Energy Screw Wheel Technologies for
Pico Hydropower Generation, Modern Environmental Science and Engineering, v.4, No.5, pp. 439-
445, May 2018.
[13] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, Towards an inventory of the archimedean small hydropower
potential of Greece, INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT
Volume 11, Issue 2, 2020 pp.137-144.
[14] Flow Science, FLOW-3D Manual, 2013.
[15] K. Versteeg and W. Malalasekera, An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Pearson,
2007.
[16] C. Hirsch, Numerical Computation of internal and external flows: The fundamentals of
Computational Fluid dynamics, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
[17] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos and E. Kalkani, An eagle’s CFD view of Studying Innovative
Archimedean Screw Renewable Hydraulic Energy Systems, Proceedings of the 4th International
Conference on Environmental Management, Engineering, Planning and Economics (CEMEPE) and
SECOTOX Conference, Mykonos island, Greece, pp.454-460 June 24-28, 2013.
[18] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, A., E. Kalkani, Computational Fluid Dynamics Study on a 3D
Graphic Solid Model of Archimedean Screw Turbines, Fresenius Environmental Bulletin, vol.23-
No1, 2014.
[19] Α. Stergiopoulou, Kalkani E., “Towards a First C.F.D. Study of Innovative Archimedean Inclined
Axis Hydropower Turbines”, International Journal of Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT),
Vol. 2 Issue 9, September – 2013, pp. 193-199.
[20] A. Stergiopoulou, V. Stergiopoulos, A first CFD study of small hydro energy recovery from the
Attica water supply network, INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENERGY AND
ENVIRONMENT, Volume 11, Issue 3, 2020 pp.157-166.

Figure 5. Schematic view of flap and support structure [32]

Design Optimization of Ocean Renewable Energy Converter Using a Combined Bi-level Metaheuristic Approach

결합된 Bi-level 메타휴리스틱 접근법을 사용한 해양 재생 에너지 변환기의 설계 최적화

Erfan Amini a1, Mahdieh Nasiri b1, Navid Salami Pargoo a, Zahra Mozhgani c, Danial Golbaz d, Mehrdad Baniesmaeil e, Meysam Majidi Nezhad f, Mehdi Neshat gj, Davide Astiaso Garcia h, Georgios Sylaios i

Abstract

In recent years, there has been an increasing interest in renewable energies in view of the fact that fossil fuels are the leading cause of catastrophic environmental consequences. Ocean wave energy is a renewable energy source that is particularly prevalent in coastal areas. Since many countries have tremendous potential to extract this type of energy, a number of researchers have sought to determine certain effective factors on wave converters’ performance, with a primary emphasis on ambient factors. In this study, we used metaheuristic optimization methods to investigate the effects of geometric factors on the performance of an Oscillating Surge Wave Energy Converter (OSWEC), in addition to the effects of hydrodynamic parameters. To do so, we used CATIA software to model different geometries which were then inserted into a numerical model developed in Flow3D software. A Ribed-surface design of the converter’s flap is also introduced in this study to maximize wave-converter interaction. Besides, a Bi-level Hill Climbing Multi-Verse Optimization (HCMVO) method was also developed for this application. The results showed that the converter performs better with greater wave heights, flap freeboard heights, and shorter wave periods. Additionally, the added ribs led to more wave-converter interaction and better performance, while the distance between the flap and flume bed negatively impacted the performance. Finally, tracking the changes in the five-dimensional objective function revealed the optimum value for each parameter in all scenarios. This is achieved by the newly developed optimization algorithm, which is much faster than other existing cutting-edge metaheuristic approaches.

Keywords

Wave Energy Converter

OSWEC

Hydrodynamic Effects

Geometric Design

Metaheuristic Optimization

Multi-Verse Optimizer

1Introduction

The increase in energy demand, the limitations of fossil fuels, as well as environmental crises, such as air pollution and global warming, are the leading causes of calling more attention to harvesting renewable energy recently [1][2][3]. While still in its infancy, ocean wave energy has neither reached commercial maturity nor technological convergence. In recent decades, remarkable progress has been made in the marine energy domain, which is still in the early stage of development, to improve the technology performance level (TPL) [4][5]and technology readiness level (TRL) of wave energy converters (WECs). This has been achieved using novel modeling techniques [6][7][8][9][10][11][12][13][14] to gain the following advantages [15]: (i) As a source of sustainable energy, it contributes to the mix of energy resources that leads to greater diversity and attractiveness for coastal cities and suppliers. [16] (ii) Since wave energy can be exploited offshore and does not require any land, in-land site selection would be less expensive and undesirable visual effects would be reduced. [17] (iii) When the best layout and location of offshore site are taken into account, permanent generation of energy will be feasible (as opposed to using solar energy, for example, which is time-dependent) [18].

In general, the energy conversion process can be divided into three stages in a WEC device, including primary, secondary, and tertiary stages [19][20]. In the first stage of energy conversion, which is the subject of this study, the wave power is converted to mechanical power by wave-structure interaction (WSI) between ocean waves and structures. Moreover, the mechanical power is transferred into electricity in the second stage, in which mechanical structures are coupled with power take-off systems (PTO). At this stage, optimal control strategies are useful to tune the system dynamics to maximize power output [10][13][12]. Furthermore, the tertiary energy conversion stage revolves around transferring the non-standard AC power into direct current (DC) power for energy storage or standard AC power for grid integration [21][22]. We discuss only the first stage regardless of the secondary and tertiary stages. While Page 1 of 16 WECs include several categories and technologies such as terminators, point absorbers, and attenuators [15][23], we focus on oscillating surge wave energy converters (OSWECs) in this paper due to its high capacity for industrialization [24].

Over the past two decades, a number of studies have been conducted to understand how OSWECs’ structures and interactions between ocean waves and flaps affect converters performance. Henry et al.’s experiment on oscillating surge wave energy converters is considered as one of the most influential pieces of research [25], which demonstrated how the performance of oscillating surge wave energy converters (OSWECs) is affected by seven different factors, including wave period, wave power, flap’s relative density, water depth, free-board of the flap, the gap between the tubes, gap underneath the flap, and flap width. These parameters were assessed in their two models in order to estimate the absorbed energy from incoming waves [26][27]. In addition, Folly et al. investigated the impact of water depth on the OSWECs performance analytically, numerically, and experimentally. According to this and further similar studies, the average annual incident wave power is significantly reduced by water depth. Based on the experimental results, both the surge wave force and the power capture of OSWECs increase in shallow water [28][29]. Following this, Sarkar et al. found that under such circumstances, the device that is located near the coast performs much better than those in the open ocean [30]. On the other hand, other studies are showing that the size of the converter, including height and width, is relatively independent of the location (within similar depth) [31]. Subsequently, Schmitt et al. studied OSWECs numerically and experimentally. In fact, for the simulation of OSWEC, OpenFOAM was used to test the applicability of Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) solvers. Then, the experimental model reproduced the numerical results with satisfying accuracy [32]. In another influential study, Wang et al. numerically assessed the effect of OSWEC’s width on their performance. According to their findings, as converter width increases, its efficiency decreases in short wave periods while increases in long wave periods [33]. One of the main challenges in the analysis of the OSWEC is the coupled effect of hydrodynamic and geometric variables. As a result, numerous cutting-edge geometry studies have been performed in recent years in order to find the optimal structure that maximizes power output and minimizes costs. Garcia et al. reviewed hull geometry optimization studies in the literature in [19]. In addition, Guo and Ringwood surveyed geometric optimization methods to improve the hydrodynamic performance of OSWECs at the primary stage [14]. Besides, they classified the hull geometry of OSWECs based on Figure 1. Subsequently, Whittaker et al. proposed a different design of OSWEC called Oyster2. There have been three examples of different geometries of oysters with different water depths. Based on its water depth, they determined the width and height of the converter. They also found that in the constant wave period the less the converter’s width, the less power captures the converter has [34]. Afterward, O’Boyle et al. investigated a type of OSWEC called Oyster 800. They compared the experimental and numerical models with the prototype model. In order to precisely reproduce the shape, mass distribution, and buoyancy properties of the prototype, a 40th-scale experimental model has been designed. Overall, all the models were fairly accurate according to the results [35].

Inclusive analysis of recent research avenues in the area of flap geometry has revealed that the interaction-based designs of such converters are emerging as a novel approach. An initiative workflow is designed in the current study to maximizing the wave energy extrication by such systems. To begin with, a sensitivity analysis plays its role of determining the best hydrodynamic values for installing the converter’s flap. Then, all flap dimensions and characteristics come into play to finalize the primary model. Following, interactive designs is proposed to increase the influence of incident waves on the body by adding ribs on both sides of the flap as a novel design. Finally, a new bi-level metaheuristic method is proposed to consider the effects of simultaneous changes in ribs properties and other design parameters. We hope this novel approach will be utilized to make big-scale projects less costly and justifiable. The efficiency of the method is also compared with four well known metaheuristic algorithms and out weight them for this application.

This paper is organized as follows. First, the research methodology is introduced by providing details about the numerical model implementation. To that end, we first introduced the primary model’s geometry and software details. That primary model is later verified with a benchmark study with regard to the flap angle of rotation and water surface elevation. Then, governing equations and performance criteria are presented. In the third part of the paper, we discuss the model’s sensitivity to lower and upper parts width (we proposed a two cross-sectional design for the flap), bottom elevation, and freeboard. Finally, the novel optimization approach is introduced in the final part and compared with four recent metaheuristic algorithms.

2. Numerical Methods

In this section, after a brief introduction of the numerical software, Flow3D, boundary conditions are defined. Afterwards, the numerical model implementation, along with primary model properties are described. Finally, governing equations, as part of numerical process, are discussed.

2.1Model Setup

FLOW-3D is a powerful and comprehensive CFD simulation platform for studying fluid dynamics. This software has several modules to solve many complex engineering problems. In addition, modeling complex flows is simple and effective using FLOW-3D’s robust meshing capabilities [36]. Interaction between fluid and moving objects might alter the computational range. Dynamic meshes are used in our modeling to take these changes into account. At each time step, the computational node positions change in order to adapt the meshing area to the moving object. In addition, to choose mesh dimensions, some factors are taken into account such as computational accuracy, computational time, and stability. The final grid size is selected based on the detailed procedure provided in [37]. To that end, we performed grid-independence testing on a CFD model using three different mesh grid sizes of 0.01, 0.015, and 0.02 meters. The problem geometry and boundary conditions were defined the same, and simulations were run on all three grids under the same conditions. The predicted values of the relevant variable, such as velocity, was compared between the grids. The convergence behavior of the numerical solution was analyzed by calculating the relative L2 norm error between two consecutive grids. Based on the results obtained, it was found that the grid size of 0.02 meters showed the least error, indicating that it provided the most accurate and reliable solution among the three grids. Therefore, the grid size of 0.02 meters was selected as the optimal spatial resolution for the mesh grid.

In this work, the flume dimensions are 10 meters long, 0.1 meters wide, and 2.2 meters high, which are shown in figure2. In addition, input waves with linear characteristics have a height of 0.1 meters and a period of 1.4 seconds. Among the linear wave methods included in this software, RNGk-ε and k- ε are appropriate for turbulence model. The research of Lopez et al. shows that RNGk- ε provides the most accurate simulation of turbulence in OSWECs [21]. We use CATIA software to create the flap primary model and other innovative designs for this project. The flap measures 0.1 m x 0.65 m x 0.360 m in x, y and z directions, respectively. In Figure 3, the primary model of flap and its dimensions are shown. In this simulation, five boundaries have been defined, including 1. Inlet, 2. Outlet, 3. Converter flap, 4. Bed flume, and 5. Water surface, which are shown in figure 2. Besides, to avoid wave reflection in inlet and outlet zones, Flow3D is capable of defining some areas as damping zones, the length of which has to be one to one and a half times the wavelength. Therefore, in the model, this length is considered equal to 2 meters. Furthermore, there is no slip in all the boundaries. In other words, at every single time step, the fluid velocity is zero on the bed flume, while it is equal to the flap velocity on the converter flap. According to the wave theory defined in the software, at the inlet boundary, the water velocity is called from the wave speed to be fed into the model.

2.2Verification

In the current study, we utilize the Schmitt experimental model as a benchmark for verification, which was developed at the Queen’s University of Belfast. The experiments were conducted on the flap of the converter, its rotation, and its interaction with the water surface. Thus, the details of the experiments are presented below based up on the experimental setup’s description [38]. In the experiment, the laboratory flume has a length of 20m and a width of 4.58m. Besides, in order to avoid incident wave reflection, a wave absorption source is devised at the end of the left flume. The flume bed, also, includes two parts with different slops. The flap position and dimensions of the flume can be seen in Figure4. In addition, a wave-maker with 6 paddles is installed at one end. At the opposite end, there is a beach with wire meshes. Additionally, there are 6 indicators to extract the water level elevation. In the flap model, there are three components: the fixed support structure, the hinge, and the flap. The flap measures 0.1m x 0.65m x 0.341m in x, y and z directions, respectively. In Figure5, the details are given [32]. The support structure consists of a 15 mm thick stainless steel base plate measuring 1m by 1.4m, which is screwed onto the bottom of the tank. The hinge is supported by three bearing blocks. There is a foam centerpiece on the front and back of the flap which is sandwiched between two PVC plates. Enabling changes of the flap, three metal fittings link the flap to the hinge. Moreover, in this experiment, the selected wave is generated based on sea wave data at scale 1:40. The wave height and the wave period are equal to 0.038 (m) and 2.0625 (s), respectively, which are tantamount to a wave with a period of 13 (s) and a height of 1.5 (m).

Two distinct graphs illustrate the numerical and experi-mental study results. Figure6 and Figure7 are denoting the angle of rotation of flap and surface elevation in computational and experimental models, respectively. The two figures roughly represent that the numerical and experimental models are a good match. However, for the purpose of verifying the match, we calculated the correlation coefficient (C) and root mean square error (RMSE). According to Figure6, correlation coefficient and RMSE are 0.998 and 0.003, respectively, and in Figure7 correlation coefficient and RMSE are respectively 0.999 and 0.001. Accordingly, there is a good match between the numerical and empirical models. It is worth mentioning that the small differences between the numerical and experimental outputs may be due to the error of the measuring devices and the calibration of the data collection devices.